Initial commit of Command & Conquer Generals and Command & Conquer Generals Zero Hour source code.

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/AlphaModifier.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,477 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project name : Buccaneer Bay                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File name : AlphaModifier.cpp                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Mike Lytle                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start date : 11/1/1999                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last update : 11/1/1999                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "AlphaModifier.h"
+
+enum Alpha_Messages
+{
+	AM_NOTHING,
+	AM_UPDATE_DATA,
+	AM_INITIALIZE,
+	AM_BOX_CHECKED,
+};
+
+enum Dialog_Controls
+{
+	DL_EDIT_VALUE,
+	DL_FIND_CHECK_BOX,
+};
+
+void AlphaModifierClass::ModifyObject(TimeValue t, ModContext &mc, ObjectState *os, INode *node)
+{
+	if (!os->obj->IsSubClassOf(triObjectClassID)) 
+	{
+		return;
+	}
+
+	
+	// Get a mesh from input object
+	TriObject *object = (TriObject*)os->obj;
+
+	Mesh *mesh = &object->mesh;
+
+	assert(mesh);
+
+	int numVert = mesh->getNumVerts();
+	int i = 0;
+	float *vdata = NULL;
+
+	// Get parameters from pblock
+	float		sparam = 0.0f; 
+	Interval	valid = LocalValidity(t);
+	int			pass = 1;
+
+	pblock->GetValue(DL_EDIT_VALUE, t, sparam, valid);
+
+	// If needed a control could be put into the dialog box to specify which 
+	// pass to apply the alpha values to.  At this time, it was decided to
+	// not implement this because of the complexity to the artist and the
+	// performance issues in game.
+	//pblock->GetValue(DL_EDIT_PASS, t, pass, valid);
+
+
+	// Start from 0.
+	pass -= 1;
+	assert(pass >= 0);
+
+	// Use a channel for each pass.
+	vdata = mesh->vertexFloat(ALPHA_VERTEX_CHANNEL + pass);
+
+	if (!vdata)
+	{
+		// Turn on the channel for vertex alpha support.
+		mesh->setVDataSupport(ALPHA_VERTEX_CHANNEL + pass);
+		vdata = mesh->vertexFloat(ALPHA_VERTEX_CHANNEL + pass);
+
+		assert(vdata);
+
+		for (i = 0; i < numVert; i++)
+		{
+			if (mesh->VertSel()[i]) 
+			{
+				vdata[i] = 0.0f;
+			} 
+		}
+
+	}
+
+	// Tracks the state of the FIND check box.
+	int box_checked = 0;
+
+
+	if (Message == AM_UPDATE_DATA)
+	{
+		// The user has updated the dialog box, so update the data.
+		assert(vdata);
+
+		pblock->GetValue(DL_FIND_CHECK_BOX, t, box_checked, valid);
+		if (!box_checked)
+		{
+			for (i = 0; i < numVert; i++)
+			{
+				if (SelectedVertices[i]) 
+				{
+					vdata[i] = sparam;
+				} 
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (Message == AM_BOX_CHECKED)
+	{
+		pblock->GetValue(DL_FIND_CHECK_BOX, t, box_checked, valid);
+	}
+
+
+	// The user is trying to find vertices with certain values.
+	if (box_checked)
+	{
+		assert(vdata);
+		// Find the vertices that have the user entered value.
+		for (i = 0; i < numVert; i++)
+		{
+			if (vdata[i] == sparam) 
+			{
+				mesh->VertSel().Set(i);
+				SelectedVertices.Set(i);
+			} 
+			else
+			{
+				mesh->VertSel().Clear(i);
+				SelectedVertices.Clear(i);
+			}
+
+		}
+	  
+	}
+
+	if (Message == AM_INITIALIZE)
+	{
+		assert(vdata);
+
+		SelectedVertices = mesh->VertSel();
+
+		for (i = 0; i < numVert; i++)
+		{
+			if (SelectedVertices[i]) 
+			{
+				// Set the value in the dialog box to the value of the
+				// first selected vertex.
+				pblock->SetValue(DL_EDIT_VALUE, t, vdata[i]);
+				break;
+			} 
+		}
+
+	}
+
+
+	// Always select the vertices that have been saved by the modifier.
+	// This must be done because the mesh changes each time ModfiyObject is called.
+	for (i = 0; i < numVert; i++)
+	{
+		if (SelectedVertices[i]) 
+		{
+			mesh->VertSel().Set(i);
+		} 
+		else
+		{
+			mesh->VertSel().Clear(i);
+		}
+
+	}
+
+	// Display the vertices.
+	mesh->SetDispFlag(DISP_SELVERTS | DISP_VERTTICKS);
+	mesh->selLevel = MESH_VERTEX;
+	object->UpdateValidity(SELECT_CHAN_NUM, object->ChannelValidity (t, SELECT_CHAN_NUM));
+
+	// Clear messages.
+	Message = AM_NOTHING;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*===========================================================================*\
+ |	NotifyInputChanged is called each time the input object is changed in some way
+ |	We can find out how it was changed by checking partID and message
+\*===========================================================================*/
+
+void AlphaModifierClass::NotifyInputChanged(Interval changeInt, PartID partID, RefMessage message, ModContext *mc)
+{
+	if( (partID&PART_TOPO) || (partID&PART_GEOM) || (partID&PART_SELECT) )
+	{
+		NotifyDependents(FOREVER, PART_OBJ, REFMSG_CHANGE);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/*===========================================================================*\
+ |	Class Descriptor OSM
+\*===========================================================================*/
+
+class AlphaClassDesc : public ClassDesc2 {
+	public:
+	int 			IsPublic()					{ return TRUE; }
+	void *			Create( BOOL loading )		{ return new AlphaModifierClass; }
+	const TCHAR *	ClassName()					{ return Get_String(IDS_ALPHA_MODIFIER_CLASS); }
+	SClass_ID		SuperClassID()				{ return OSM_CLASS_ID; }
+	Class_ID 		ClassID()					{ return ALPHA_MODIFIER_CLASSID; }
+	const TCHAR* 	Category()					{ return _T("");  }
+
+	HINSTANCE		HInstance()					{ return AppInstance; }
+
+	// Hardwired name, used by MAX Script as unique identifier
+	const TCHAR*	InternalName()				{ return _T("AlphaMod"); }
+};
+
+static AlphaClassDesc AlphaCD;
+ClassDesc* Get_Alpha_Desc() {return &AlphaCD;}
+
+/*===========================================================================*\
+ |	Paramblock2 Descriptor
+\*===========================================================================*/
+static ParamBlockDesc2 alpha_param_blk 
+(		
+	//rollout
+		0, _T("AlphaModifierParams"),  0, &AlphaCD, P_AUTO_CONSTRUCT + P_AUTO_UI, 0, 
+		IDD_ALPHA_MODIFIER, IDS_PARAMETERS, 0, 0, NULL, 
+
+	// params
+	   
+		DL_EDIT_VALUE,	_T("Custom Data Value"),	TYPE_FLOAT,	P_ANIMATABLE,	IDS_ALPHA_MODIFIER_CLASS,
+		p_default,		0.0f,
+		p_range, 		0.0f, 100.0f, 
+		p_ui,			TYPE_SPINNER, EDITTYPE_FLOAT, IDC_ALPHA_EDIT, IDC_ALPHA_SPIN, 1.0f,
+		end,
+
+		DL_FIND_CHECK_BOX,	_T("1 Custom Data Value"),	TYPE_BOOL,	0,	IDS_ALPHA_MODIFIER_CLASS,
+		p_default,		FALSE,
+		p_ui,			TYPE_SINGLECHEKBOX, IDC_ALPHA_CHECKBOX,
+		p_enabled,		TRUE,
+		end,
+
+/*
+		DL_EDIT_PASS,	_T("2 Custom Data Value"),	TYPE_INT,	P_ANIMATABLE,	IDS_ALPHA_MODIFIER_CLASS,
+		p_default,		1,
+		p_range, 		1, 4, 
+		p_ui,			TYPE_SPINNER, EDITTYPE_INT, IDC_ALPHA_EDIT2, IDC_ALPHA_SPIN2, 1.0,
+		end,
+*/
+
+	end
+);
+
+
+/*===========================================================================*\
+ |	Basic implementation of a dialog handler
+\*===========================================================================*/
+
+BOOL AlphaModDlgProc::DlgProc(TimeValue t, IParamMap2 *map, HWND hWnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
+{
+	int id = LOWORD(wParam);
+	int code = HIWORD(wParam);
+
+	switch (msg) 
+	{
+		case WM_INITDIALOG:
+			AlphaModifier->Message = AM_INITIALIZE;
+			break;
+		case WM_DESTROY:
+			break;
+		case WM_COMMAND:
+			switch (code) 
+			{
+				case EN_UPDATE:
+				break;
+				case EN_SETFOCUS:
+				break;
+				case EN_KILLFOCUS:
+				break;
+				case EN_CHANGE:
+				break;
+			}
+			if (id == IDC_ALPHA_EDIT)
+			{
+				AlphaModifier->Message = AM_UPDATE_DATA;
+			}
+			if (id == IDC_ALPHA_CHECKBOX)
+			{
+				AlphaModifier->Message = AM_BOX_CHECKED;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case WM_NOTIFY:
+			if (id == IDC_ALPHA_EDIT)
+			{
+				AlphaModifier->Message = AM_UPDATE_DATA;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			break;
+
+
+	}
+	return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/*===========================================================================*\
+ |	Constructor
+ |  Ask the ClassDesc2 to make the AUTO_CONSTRUCT paramblocks and wire them in
+\*===========================================================================*/
+
+AlphaModifierClass::AlphaModifierClass()
+{
+	AlphaCD.MakeAutoParamBlocks(this);
+	assert(pblock);
+	Message = 0;
+}
+
+
+/*===========================================================================*\
+ |	Invalidate our UI (or the recently changed parameter)
+\*===========================================================================*/
+
+void AlphaModifierClass::InvalidateUI()
+{
+	alpha_param_blk.InvalidateUI(pblock->LastNotifyParamID());
+}
+
+
+
+/*===========================================================================*\
+ |	Open and Close dialog UIs
+ |	We ask the ClassDesc2 to handle Beginning and Ending EditParams for us
+\*===========================================================================*/
+
+void AlphaModifierClass::BeginEditParams( IObjParam *ip, ULONG flags,Animatable *prev )
+{
+
+	AlphaCD.BeginEditParams(ip, this, flags, prev);
+
+	alpha_param_blk.SetUserDlgProc(new AlphaModDlgProc(this));
+}
+		
+void AlphaModifierClass::EndEditParams( IObjParam *ip, ULONG flags,Animatable *next )
+{
+	AlphaCD.EndEditParams(ip, this, flags, next);
+}
+
+
+
+/*===========================================================================*\
+ |	Standard clone
+\*===========================================================================*/
+
+
+RefTargetHandle AlphaModifierClass::Clone(RemapDir& remap) 
+{	
+	AlphaModifierClass* newmod = new AlphaModifierClass();	
+	newmod->ReplaceReference(0,pblock->Clone(remap));
+	return(newmod);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*===========================================================================*\
+ |	Subanim & References support
+\*===========================================================================*/
+
+Animatable* AlphaModifierClass::SubAnim(int i) 	
+{
+	switch (i) 
+	{
+		case 0: return pblock;
+		default: return NULL;
+	}
+}
+
+TSTR AlphaModifierClass::SubAnimName(int i) 
+{
+	switch (i) 
+	{
+		case 0: return Get_String(IDS_PARAMETERS);
+		default: return _T("");
+	}
+}
+
+RefTargetHandle AlphaModifierClass::GetReference(int i)
+{
+	switch (i) 
+	{
+		case 0: return pblock;
+		default: 
+			assert(TRUE);
+			return NULL;
+	}
+}
+
+void AlphaModifierClass::SetReference(int i, RefTargetHandle rtarg)
+{
+	switch (i) 
+	{
+		case 0: pblock = (IParamBlock2*)rtarg; break;
+		default:
+			assert(TRUE);
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+RefResult AlphaModifierClass::NotifyRefChanged
+(
+		Interval changeInt, 
+		RefTargetHandle hTarget,
+		PartID& partID,  
+		RefMessage message
+) 
+{
+	switch (message) 
+	{
+		case REFMSG_CHANGE:
+		{
+ 			alpha_param_blk.InvalidateUI();
+		}
+		break;
+	}
+	return REF_SUCCEED;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*===========================================================================*\
+ |	The validity of our parameters
+ |	Start at FOREVER, and intersect with the validity of each item
+\*===========================================================================*/
+
+Interval AlphaModifierClass::GetValidity(TimeValue t)
+{
+	float f;	
+	Interval valid = FOREVER;
+	pblock->GetValue(DL_EDIT_VALUE, t, f, valid);
+	return valid;
+}
+
+Interval AlphaModifierClass::LocalValidity(TimeValue t)
+{
+	return GetValidity(t);
+}
+
+
+

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/AlphaModifier.h

@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project name : Buccaneer Bay                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File name : AlphaModifier.h                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Mike Lytle                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start date : 11/1/1999                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last update : 11/1/1999                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#ifndef ALPHA_MODIFIER_H
+#define ALPHA_MODIFIER_H
+
+
+#include <max.h>
+#include "iparamm2.h"
+#include "istdplug.h"
+#include "meshadj.h"
+#include "modstack.h"
+#include "macrorec.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+#include "dllmain.h"
+
+
+#define	ALPHA_MODIFIER_CLASSID		Class_ID(0x518970b3, 0x37d73373)
+
+
+extern ClassDesc* Get_Alpha_Desc();
+
+#define ALPHA_VERTEX_CHANNEL 10
+
+class AlphaModifierClass : public Modifier 
+{
+	public:
+
+		// Global parameter block
+		IParamBlock2	*pblock;
+
+
+		//Constructor/Destructor
+		AlphaModifierClass();
+		~AlphaModifierClass() {}
+		void DeleteThis() { delete this;}
+
+
+		// Plugin identification
+		void GetClassName(TSTR& s) { s= TSTR(Get_String(IDS_ALPHA_MODIFIER_CLASS));}  
+		virtual Class_ID ClassID() { return ALPHA_MODIFIER_CLASSID;}		
+		TCHAR *GetObjectName() { return Get_String(IDS_ALPHA_MODIFIER_CLASS);}
+
+
+		// Defines the behavior for this modifier
+		// This is currently setup to be basic geometry 
+		// modification of deformable objects
+		ChannelMask ChannelsUsed()  {return PART_GEOM|PART_TOPO|PART_SELECT|PART_SUBSEL_TYPE;}
+		ChannelMask ChannelsChanged() {return PART_GEOM|PART_TOPO|PART_SELECT|PART_SUBSEL_TYPE;}
+		Class_ID InputType() { return triObjectClassID;}
+		BOOL ChangeTopology() {return FALSE;}
+
+
+		// Calculate the local validity from the parameters
+		Interval LocalValidity(TimeValue t);
+		Interval GetValidity(TimeValue t);
+							
+
+		// Object modification and notification of change
+		void ModifyObject(TimeValue t, ModContext &mc, ObjectState *os, INode *node);
+		void NotifyInputChanged(Interval changeInt, PartID partID, RefMessage message, ModContext *mc);
+
+
+		// Reference support
+		int NumRefs() { return 1;}
+		RefTargetHandle GetReference(int i);
+		void SetReference(int i, RefTargetHandle rtarg);
+		RefTargetHandle Clone(RemapDir& remap = NoRemap());
+		RefResult NotifyRefChanged( Interval changeInt,RefTargetHandle hTarget, PartID& partID, RefMessage message);
+		
+		// SubAnim support
+		int NumSubs() { return 0;}
+		Animatable* SubAnim(int i);
+		TSTR SubAnimName(int i);
+
+		// Direct paramblock access
+		int	NumParamBlocks() {return 1;}	
+		IParamBlock2* GetParamBlock(int i) { return pblock;}
+		IParamBlock2* GetParamBlockByID(BlockID id) {return (pblock->ID() == id) ? pblock : NULL;}
+		int GetParamBlockIndex(int id) {return id;}
+
+		// Does not use createmouse callbacks
+		CreateMouseCallBack* GetCreateMouseCallBack() {return NULL;}
+
+		// Load and unload our UI
+		void BeginEditParams(IObjParam *ip, ULONG flags,Animatable *prev);
+		void EndEditParams(IObjParam *ip, ULONG flags,Animatable *next);
+		void InvalidateUI();
+
+		// Message saved from window messages.
+		int			Message;
+
+		// Selected vertices.
+		BitArray	SelectedVertices;
+};
+
+
+/*===========================================================================*\
+ |	Dialog Processor
+\*===========================================================================*/
+
+class AlphaModDlgProc : public ParamMap2UserDlgProc 
+{
+	public:
+		AlphaModifierClass *AlphaModifier;
+
+		AlphaModDlgProc() {}
+		AlphaModDlgProc(AlphaModifierClass *alpha_m) {AlphaModifier = alpha_m;}
+
+		BOOL DlgProc(TimeValue t, IParamMap2 *map, HWND hWnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
+		void DeleteThis() {}
+
+		void SetThing(ReferenceTarget *m) {AlphaModifier = (AlphaModifierClass*)m;}
+};
+
+
+#endif //ALPHA_MODIFIER_H
+
+
+

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/AppData.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : G                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/AppData.cpp                    $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                      $Author:: Greg_h                                                      $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 9/26/00 4:24p                                               $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 4                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+/*
+** AppData.cpp - Implementation of some Westwood
+** extensions to the MAXScript language.
+*/
+
+#include <MaxScrpt.h>	// Main MAXScript header
+#include <MaxObj.h>		// MAX* Wrapper objects
+#include <Strings.h>		// MAX String class
+#include <definsfn.h>	// def_* functions to create static function headers
+
+#include "w3dutil.h"	// W3DAppData*Struct accessor functions!
+#include "w3ddesc.h"
+
+
+/*
+** Let MAXScript know we're implementing new built-in functions.
+*/
+def_visible_primitive(copy_app_data,			"wwCopyAppData");
+def_visible_primitive(set_origin_app_data,	"wwSetOriginAppData");
+def_visible_primitive(get_hierarchy_file,		"wwGetHierarchyFile");
+
+
+/*
+**
+** MAXScript Function:
+** wwCopyAppData - Usage: wwCopyAppData to_node from_node
+**
+** Copies all AppData associated with from_node to to_node.
+** This is needed for W3D flags such as Export Geometry
+** and Export Transform to get passed on to their
+** instances/copies/references.
+*/
+Value * copy_app_data_cf (Value **arg_list, int count)
+{
+	// Verify the number and type of the arguments.
+	check_arg_count("wwCopyAppData", 2, count);
+	type_check(arg_list[0], MAXNode, "Target INode");
+	type_check(arg_list[1], MAXNode, "Source INode");
+
+	// Get the INode pointers that were passed in.
+	INode *dest_node = arg_list[0]->to_node();
+	INode *src_node = arg_list[1]->to_node();
+
+	/*
+	** Copy W3DAppData0Struct
+	*/
+	W3DAppData0Struct *app_data_0 = GetW3DAppData0(src_node);
+	if (app_data_0 != NULL) {
+
+		// App Data 0 is now obsolete, not fatal if we don't find one
+		W3DAppData0Struct *copy_data_0 = new W3DAppData0Struct;
+		if (copy_data_0 == NULL)
+			throw RuntimeError("Out of memory.");
+
+		// Copy the app data and give it to the target node.
+		*copy_data_0 = *app_data_0;
+		dest_node->AddAppDataChunk(W3DUtilityClassID, UTILITY_CLASS_ID, W3D_APPDATA_0,
+											sizeof(W3DAppData0Struct), copy_data_0);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Copy W3DAppData1Struct
+	*/
+	W3DAppData1Struct *app_data_1 = GetW3DAppData1(src_node);
+	if (app_data_1 == NULL)
+		throw RuntimeError("Unable to retrieve W3DAppData1Struct from object: ", arg_list[1]);
+
+	W3DAppData1Struct *copy_data_1 = new W3DAppData1Struct;
+	if (copy_data_1 == NULL)
+		throw RuntimeError("Out of memory.");
+
+	// Copy the app data and give it to the target node.
+	*copy_data_1 = *app_data_1;
+	dest_node->AddAppDataChunk(W3DUtilityClassID, UTILITY_CLASS_ID, W3D_APPDATA_1,
+										sizeof(W3DAppData1Struct), copy_data_1);
+
+
+	/*
+	** Copy W3DAppData2Struct
+	*/
+	W3DAppData2Struct *app_data_2 = GetW3DAppData2(src_node);
+	if (app_data_2 == NULL)
+		throw RuntimeError("Unable to retrieve W3DAppData1Struct from object: ", arg_list[1]);
+
+	W3DAppData2Struct *copy_data_2 = new W3DAppData2Struct;
+	if (copy_data_2 == NULL)
+		throw RuntimeError("Out of memory.");
+
+	// Copy the app data and give it to the target node.
+	*copy_data_2 = *app_data_2;
+	dest_node->AddAppDataChunk(W3DUtilityClassID, UTILITY_CLASS_ID, W3D_APPDATA_2,
+										sizeof(W3DAppData2Struct), copy_data_2);
+
+	/*
+	** Copy W3DDazzleAppDataStruct if one is present.
+	*/
+	W3DDazzleAppDataStruct *dazzle_app_data = GetW3DDazzleAppData(src_node);
+	if (dazzle_app_data != NULL) {
+
+		W3DDazzleAppDataStruct *copy_dazzle_data = new W3DDazzleAppDataStruct;
+		if (copy_dazzle_data == NULL)
+			throw RuntimeError("Out of memory.");
+
+
+		// Copy the app data and give it to the target node.
+		*copy_dazzle_data = *dazzle_app_data;
+		dest_node->AddAppDataChunk(W3DUtilityClassID, UTILITY_CLASS_ID, W3D_DAZZLE_APPDATA,
+											sizeof(W3DDazzleAppDataStruct), copy_dazzle_data);
+	}
+	
+	return &ok;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+**
+** MAXScript Function:
+** wwSetOriginAppData - Usage: wwSetOriginAppData origin_node
+**
+** Sets the AppData associated with the given node to values
+** appropriate to an origin. (ie. turn off Export Geometry and
+** Export Transform)
+*/
+Value * set_origin_app_data_cf (Value **arg_list, int count)
+{
+	// Check the arguments that were passed to this function.
+	check_arg_count("wwSetOriginAppData", 1, count);
+	type_check(arg_list[0], MAXNode, "Origin INode");
+
+	// Get the INode that we were given.
+	INode *origin = arg_list[0]->to_node();
+
+	// Get the node's W3DAppData2Struct, and modify it accordingly.
+	W3DAppData2Struct *data = GetW3DAppData2(origin);
+	if (data == NULL)
+		throw RuntimeError("Unable to retrieve W3DAppData0Struct from object: ", arg_list[0]);
+
+	// Turn off Export Geometry and Export Hierarchy.
+	data->Enable_Export_Geometry(false);
+	data->Enable_Export_Transform(false);
+
+	return &ok;
+}
+
+/*
+**
+** MAXScript Function:
+** wwGetHierarchyFile - Usage: wwGetHierarchyFile()
+**
+** Returns the relative pathname of the file that will be loaded
+** during W3D export to get the hierarchy tree. If no such file
+** will be loaded, the return value is the MAXScript undefined.
+**
+*/
+Value * get_hierarchy_file_cf (Value **arg_list, int count)
+{
+	// Check that we weren't passed any arguments.
+	check_arg_count("wwGetHierarchyFile", 0, count);
+
+	// Retrieve the export options from the scene.
+	W3dExportOptionsStruct *options = NULL;
+	AppDataChunk * appdata = MAXScript_interface->GetScenePointer()->GetAppDataChunk(W3D_EXPORTER_CLASS_ID,SCENE_EXPORT_CLASS_ID,0);
+	if (appdata)
+		options = (W3dExportOptionsStruct*)(appdata->data);
+
+	// If we didn't get any options, return undefined.
+	if (!options)
+		return &undefined;
+
+	// Return the relative path to the htree file if it's available.
+	// Otherwise, return the absolute path.
+	one_typed_value_local(String* htree_file);
+	if (options->RelativeHierarchyFilename[0] != 0)
+		vl.htree_file = new String(options->RelativeHierarchyFilename);
+	else if (options->HierarchyFilename[0] != 0)
+		vl.htree_file = new String(options->HierarchyFilename);
+	else
+	{
+		// Neither filename is available, return undefined.
+		pop_value_locals();
+		return &undefined;
+	}
+	return_value(vl.htree_file);
+}
+
+
+
+

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/ExportAll.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : G                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/ExportAll.cpp                  $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                      $Author:: Andre_a                                                     $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 10/15/99 2:08p                                              $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 2                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *  wwExportTreeSettings  -- Returns the directory to export, and recursive flag.              *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+/*
+** ExportAll.cpp - Implements wwExportTreeSettings, which presents the user with a dialog
+** to allow them to choose which directory they want to export, and whether they want to
+** export all subdirectories as well. These settings are then passed back so that a script
+** can go through the directory (and maybe the subdirectories) and export all .max files
+** it finds.
+*/
+
+
+#include "ExportAllDlg.h"
+
+#undef STRICT
+#include <MaxScrpt.h>
+#include <Arrays.h>
+#include <Strings.h>
+#include <definsfn.h>
+
+
+/*
+** Let MAXScript know we're implementing new built-in functions.
+*/
+def_visible_primitive(export_tree_settings, "wwExportTreeSettings");
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * export_tree_settings_cf - Returns the directory to export, and recursive flag.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * wwExportTreeSettings - Usage: wwExportTreeSettings #(<initial path>, <recursive>)           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT: A MaxScript array containing two values:                                             *
+ *		initial_path (string)	- the initial export directory                                   *
+ *		recursive (bool)			- the initial recursive setting                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT: An array of the same format containing the values the user chose.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/4/1999  AJA : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+Value * export_tree_settings_cf (Value **arg_list, int count)
+{
+	// We want an array as an argument
+	check_arg_count("wwExportAll", 1, count);
+	type_check(arg_list[0], Array, "Parameter array");
+
+	// Grab the two values out of the array.
+	// First value is a string whose value is the initial value for the directory.
+	// Second value is a bool, true for a recursive export.
+	ExportAllDlg	dlg(MAXScript_interface);
+	Array *args = (Array*)(arg_list[0]);
+	char *temp = (args->get(1))->to_string();
+	int len = strlen(temp);
+	if (len < MAX_PATH)
+		strcpy(dlg.m_Directory, temp);
+	else
+	{
+		strncpy(dlg.m_Directory, temp, MAX_PATH-1);
+		dlg.m_Directory[MAX_PATH-1] = 0;
+	}
+	dlg.m_Recursive = (args->get(2))->to_bool();
+
+	// Show the dialog to let the user change the settings.
+	if (dlg.DoModal() == IDCANCEL)
+		return &undefined;
+
+	// Create the array we will return to MaxScript.
+	one_typed_value_local(Array *result);
+	vl.result = new Array(2);
+	vl.result->append(new String(dlg.m_Directory));
+	if (dlg.m_Recursive)
+		vl.result->append(&true_value);
+	else
+		vl.result->append(&false_value);
+
+	// Return the new values.
+	return_value(vl.result);
+}

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/ExportAllDlg.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : G                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/ExportAllDlg.cpp               $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                      $Author:: Andre_a                                                     $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 10/15/99 4:25p                                              $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 2                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+
+// ExportAllDlg.cpp : implementation file
+//
+
+#include "ExportAllDlg.h"
+#include <Max.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <shlobj.h>	// SHBrowseForFolder
+
+
+static BOOL CALLBACK _thunk_dialog_proc (HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
+
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// ExportAllDlg dialog
+
+
+ExportAllDlg::ExportAllDlg (Interface *max_interface)
+{
+	m_Directory[0] = '\0';
+	m_Recursive = TRUE;
+	m_hWnd = NULL;
+	assert(max_interface != NULL);
+	m_MaxInterface = max_interface;
+}
+
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// ExportAllDlg Methods
+
+int ExportAllDlg::DoModal (void)
+{
+	// Put up the dialog box.
+	BOOL result = DialogBoxParam(AppInstance, MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDD_EXPORT_ALL),
+							m_MaxInterface->GetMAXHWnd(), (DLGPROC)_thunk_dialog_proc,
+							(LPARAM)this);
+
+	// Return IDOK if the user accepted the new settings.
+	return (result == 1) ? IDOK : IDCANCEL;
+}
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// ExportAllDlg DialogProc
+
+BOOL CALLBACK _thunk_dialog_proc (HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
+{
+	static ExportAllDlg *dialog = NULL;
+
+	if (uMsg == WM_INITDIALOG)
+	{
+		dialog = (ExportAllDlg*)lParam;
+		dialog->m_hWnd = hWnd;
+	}
+
+	if (dialog)
+		return dialog->DialogProc(hWnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
+	else
+		return 0;
+}
+
+BOOL CALLBACK ExportAllDlg::DialogProc (HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
+{
+	int code = HIWORD(wParam);
+
+	switch (uMsg)
+	{
+
+		/*******************************************************************
+		* WM_INITDIALOG
+		*
+		* Initialize all of the custom controls for the dialog box
+		*
+		*******************************************************************/
+		case WM_INITDIALOG:
+
+			OnInitDialog();
+			return TRUE;
+
+
+		/*******************************************************************
+		* WM_COMMAND
+		*
+		*
+		*******************************************************************/
+		case WM_COMMAND:
+
+			switch (LOWORD(wParam))
+			{
+				case IDOK:
+
+					if (OnOK() == FALSE)
+						return TRUE;
+
+					SetCursor(LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_WAIT));
+					EndDialog(m_hWnd, 1);
+					break;
+
+				case IDCANCEL:
+					EndDialog(m_hWnd, 0);
+					break;
+
+				case IDC_BROWSE:
+					OnBrowse();
+					return FALSE;
+
+			}
+			return TRUE;
+
+	}
+
+	return FALSE;
+}
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// ExportAllDlg message handlers
+
+void ExportAllDlg::OnInitDialog (void)
+{
+	CenterWindow(m_hWnd, m_MaxInterface->GetMAXHWnd());
+	SetCursor(LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW));
+
+	// Set the check box state.
+	CheckDlgButton(m_hWnd, IDC_RECURSIVE, m_Recursive);
+
+	// Set the default directory.
+	HWND edit = GetDlgItem(m_hWnd, IDC_DIRECTORY);
+	assert(edit != NULL);
+	SetWindowText(edit, m_Directory);
+}
+
+void ExportAllDlg::OnBrowse() 
+{
+	char			folder_name[MAX_PATH];
+	BROWSEINFO	bi;
+	ZeroMemory(&bi, sizeof(bi));
+	bi.hwndOwner = m_hWnd;
+	bi.pszDisplayName = folder_name;
+	bi.lpszTitle = "Select a folder for export...";
+	bi.ulFlags = BIF_RETURNONLYFSDIRS;
+
+	// Browse for a folder.
+	LPITEMIDLIST il = SHBrowseForFolder(&bi);
+	if (il)
+	{
+		// Get the path of the folder.
+		if (SHGetPathFromIDList(il, folder_name))
+		{
+			HWND edit = GetDlgItem(m_hWnd, IDC_DIRECTORY);
+			assert(edit != NULL);
+			SetWindowText(edit, folder_name);
+		}
+		else
+			MessageBox(m_hWnd, "Error getting pathname with SHGetPathFromIDList()",
+				"Error", MB_OK | MB_ICONSTOP);
+	}
+}
+
+BOOL ExportAllDlg::OnOK (void)
+{
+	// Get the directory chosen by the user. If none is entered,
+	// freak on the user.
+	char	dir[_MAX_PATH];
+	HWND	edit = GetDlgItem(m_hWnd, IDC_DIRECTORY);
+	assert(edit != NULL);
+	if (GetWindowText(edit, dir, sizeof(dir)) == 0)
+	{
+		// The edit box is empty, that's not a valid choice.
+		MessageBox(m_hWnd, "You must choose a directory to export",
+			"Invalid Directory", MB_OK);
+		SetFocus(edit);
+		return FALSE;
+	}
+
+	// TODO: Validate the directory as one that actually exists.
+
+	// Store the values from the dialog in our class members.
+	strcpy(m_Directory, dir);
+	m_Recursive = (IsDlgButtonChecked(m_hWnd, IDC_RECURSIVE) == BST_CHECKED) ? TRUE : FALSE;
+
+	return TRUE;
+}
+

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/ExportAllDlg.h

@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : G                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/ExportAllDlg.h                 $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                      $Author:: Andre_a                                                     $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 10/15/99 4:25p                                              $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 2                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#ifndef EXPORTALLDLG_H
+#define EXPORTALLDLG_H
+
+#include "dllmain.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+
+
+class Interface;
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// ExportAllDlg dialog
+
+class ExportAllDlg
+{
+public:
+
+	// Construction
+	ExportAllDlg (Interface *max_interface);
+
+	// Methods
+	int DoModal (void);
+
+	// DialogProc
+	BOOL CALLBACK DialogProc (HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
+
+	// Dialog data associated with GUI components.
+	char	m_Directory[_MAX_PATH];		// edit box
+	BOOL	m_Recursive;					// check box
+
+	// Dialog data
+	enum			{ IDD = IDD_EXPORT_ALL };
+	HWND			m_hWnd;
+	Interface	*m_MaxInterface;
+
+protected:
+
+	// Message Handlers
+	void OnInitDialog (void);
+	void OnBrowse (void);
+	BOOL OnOK (void);		// TRUE if ok to close dialog
+};
+
+
+#endif

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/FormClass.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : FormClass                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/FormClass.cpp                  $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                       Author:: Greg Hjelstrom                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 11/09/98 3:02a                                              $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 2                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   FormClass::Create_Form -- Loads the dialog template and initializes                       *
+ *   FormClass::fnFormProc -- windows proc which thunks into the virtual Dialog_Proc           *
+ *   FormClass::ExecuteDlgInit -- Initializes controls in the dialog template                  *
+ *   FormClass::ExecuteDlgInit -- Initializes the controls in the dialog template              *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#include "FormClass.H"
+#include "Dllmain.H"
+
+// hard-coded resource id which VC special cases for MFC... >:-) 
+#define RT_DLGINIT  MAKEINTRESOURCE(240)
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FormClass::Create_Form -- Loads the dialog template and initializes                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/6/98    GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+HWND
+FormClass::Create_Form
+(
+	HWND parent_wnd,
+	UINT template_id
+)
+{
+	// call PreCreateWindow to get prefered extended style
+	CREATESTRUCT cs = { 0 };		
+	cs.style = WS_CHILD;
+
+	m_hWnd = ::CreateDialogParam(	AppInstance,
+											MAKEINTRESOURCE (template_id),
+											parent_wnd,
+											fnFormProc,
+											(LPARAM)this);
+
+	assert(m_hWnd);
+
+	// Remove the caption from the dialog (if there was any)
+	::SetWindowLong (m_hWnd,
+						  GWL_STYLE,
+						  ::GetWindowLong (m_hWnd, GWL_STYLE) & (~WS_CAPTION));
+
+	::GetWindowRect (m_hWnd, &m_FormRect);
+
+	ExecuteDlgInit(MAKEINTRESOURCE(template_id));
+
+	return m_hWnd;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FormClass::fnFormProc -- windows proc which thunks into the virtual Dialog_Proc             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/6/98    GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BOOL WINAPI
+FormClass::fnFormProc
+(
+	HWND dlg_wnd,
+	UINT message,
+	WPARAM wparam,
+	LPARAM lparam
+) 
+{
+	FormClass *pform = (FormClass *)::GetProp (dlg_wnd, "FORMCLASS");
+
+	if (message == WM_INITDIALOG) {	
+		pform = (FormClass *)lparam;
+		::SetProp (dlg_wnd, "FORMCLASS", (HANDLE)pform);
+	} else if (message == WM_DESTROY) {
+		::RemoveProp (dlg_wnd, "FORMCLASS");
+	}
+
+	BOOL retval = FALSE;
+	if (pform) {
+		retval = pform->Dialog_Proc (dlg_wnd, message, wparam, lparam);
+	}
+
+	return retval;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FormClass::ExecuteDlgInit -- Initializes controls in the dialog template                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This code was lifted straight out of MFC.  It does some "interesting" things like putting   *
+ * strings into combo boxes which are typed in the resource editor.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/6/98    GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BOOL FormClass::ExecuteDlgInit(LPCTSTR lpszResourceName)
+{
+	// find resource handle
+	LPVOID lpResource = NULL;
+	HGLOBAL hResource = NULL;
+	if (lpszResourceName != NULL)
+	{
+		HINSTANCE hInst = AppInstance;
+		HRSRC hDlgInit = ::FindResource(hInst, lpszResourceName, RT_DLGINIT);
+		if (hDlgInit != NULL)
+		{
+			// load it
+			hResource = LoadResource(hInst, hDlgInit);
+			if (hResource == NULL)
+				return FALSE;
+			// lock it
+			lpResource = LockResource(hResource);
+			assert(lpResource != NULL);
+		}
+	}
+
+	// execute it
+	BOOL bResult = ExecuteDlgInit(lpResource);
+
+	// cleanup
+	if (lpResource != NULL && hResource != NULL)
+	{
+		UnlockResource(hResource);
+		FreeResource(hResource);
+	}
+	return bResult;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FormClass::ExecuteDlgInit -- Initializes the controls in the dialog template                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * As the above ExecuteDlgInit function, this was lifted from MFC...                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/6/98    GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BOOL FormClass::ExecuteDlgInit(LPVOID lpResource)
+{
+	BOOL bSuccess = TRUE;
+	if (lpResource != NULL)
+	{
+		UNALIGNED WORD* lpnRes = (WORD*)lpResource;
+		while (bSuccess && *lpnRes != 0)
+		{
+			WORD nIDC = *lpnRes++;
+			WORD nMsg = *lpnRes++;
+			DWORD dwLen = *((UNALIGNED DWORD*&)lpnRes)++;
+
+			// In Win32 the WM_ messages have changed.  They have
+			// to be translated from the 32-bit values to 16-bit
+			// values here.
+			#define WIN16_LB_ADDSTRING  0x0401
+			#define WIN16_CB_ADDSTRING  0x0403
+
+			if (nMsg == WIN16_LB_ADDSTRING)
+				nMsg = LB_ADDSTRING;
+			else if (nMsg == WIN16_CB_ADDSTRING)
+				nMsg = CB_ADDSTRING;
+
+			// check for invalid/unknown message types
+			assert(nMsg == LB_ADDSTRING || nMsg == CB_ADDSTRING);
+
+			if (nMsg == LB_ADDSTRING || nMsg == CB_ADDSTRING)
+			{
+				// List/Combobox returns -1 for error
+				if (::SendDlgItemMessageA(m_hWnd, nIDC, nMsg, 0, (LONG)lpnRes) == -1)
+					bSuccess = FALSE;
+			}
+
+			// skip past data
+			lpnRes = (WORD*)((LPBYTE)lpnRes + (UINT)dwLen);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return bSuccess;
+}

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/FormClass.h

@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : max2w3d                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/FormClass.h                    $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                       Author:: Greg Hjelstrom                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 11/13/98 9:34a                                              $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 3                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER)
+#pragma once
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __FORMCLASS_H
+#define __FORMCLASS_H
+
+#include <Max.h>
+
+
+class FormClass : public ParamDlg
+{
+	public:
+		FormClass (void) 
+			: m_hWnd (NULL) {}
+		~FormClass (void) {}
+
+		HWND						Create_Form (HWND parent_wnd, UINT template_id);
+		void						Show (bool show_flag = true) { ::ShowWindow (m_hWnd, show_flag ? SW_SHOW : SW_HIDE); }
+		virtual BOOL			Dialog_Proc (HWND dlg_wnd, UINT message, WPARAM wparam, LPARAM lparam) = 0;
+		HWND						Get_Hwnd(void) { return m_hWnd; }
+		virtual void			Invalidate(void) { InvalidateRect(m_hWnd,NULL,0); }
+
+	protected:
+		
+		BOOL						ExecuteDlgInit(LPVOID lpResource);
+		BOOL						ExecuteDlgInit(LPCTSTR lpszResourceName);
+
+		static BOOL	WINAPI	fnFormProc (HWND dlg_wnd, UINT message, WPARAM wparam,  LPARAM lparam);
+
+		HWND						m_hWnd;
+		RECT						m_FormRect;
+};
+
+#endif //__FORMCLASS_H

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/GameMtlDlg.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,685 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Max2W3d                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/GameMtlDlg.cpp                 $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                       Author:: Greg Hjelstrom                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 12/07/00 5:52p                                              $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 12                                                          $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include <Max.h>
+#include <gport.h>
+#include <hsv.h>
+#include <bmmlib.h>
+
+#include "GameMtlDlg.h"
+#include "GameMtl.h"
+#include "GameMtlPassDlg.h"
+#include "dllmain.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+#include "w3d_file.h"
+
+static BOOL CALLBACK DisplacementMapDlgProc(HWND hwndDlg, UINT msg, WPARAM wPara,LPARAM lParam);
+static BOOL CALLBACK SurfaceTypePanelDlgProc(HWND hwndDlg, UINT msg, WPARAM wPara,LPARAM lParam);
+static BOOL CALLBACK PassCountPanelDlgProc(HWND hwndDlg, UINT msg, WPARAM wPara,LPARAM lParam);
+static BOOL CALLBACK PassCountDialogDlgProc(HWND hwndDlg, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam,LPARAM lParam);
+
+static int _Pass_Index_To_Flag[] = 
+{
+	GAMEMTL_PASS0_ROLLUP_OPEN,
+	GAMEMTL_PASS1_ROLLUP_OPEN,
+	GAMEMTL_PASS2_ROLLUP_OPEN,
+	GAMEMTL_PASS3_ROLLUP_OPEN,
+};
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * GameMtlDlg::GameMtlDlg -- constructor                                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      * 
+ * 	hwMtlEdit - windows handle of the MAX material editor												  * 
+ * 	imp - Interface object for MAX materials and textures												  * 
+ * 	m - pointer to a GameMtl to be edited																	  * 
+ * 																														  * 
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   06/26/1997 GH  : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+GameMtlDlg::GameMtlDlg(HWND hwMtlEdit, IMtlParams *imp, GameMtl *m) 
+{
+	HwndEdit = hwMtlEdit;
+	HwndPassCount = NULL;
+	HwndSurfaceType = NULL;
+	HwndDisplacementMap = NULL;
+	HpalOld = NULL;
+
+	for (int i=0; i<MAX_PASSES; i++) {
+		PassDialog[i] = NULL;
+	}
+
+	TheMtl = m; 
+	IParams = imp;
+	IsActive = 0;
+
+	Build_Dialog();
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * GameMtlDlg::~GameMtlDlg -- destructor!                                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   06/26/1997 GH  : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+GameMtlDlg::~GameMtlDlg() 
+{
+	
+	if (HwndPassCount) {
+		HDC hdc = GetDC(HwndPassCount);
+		GetGPort()->RestorePalette(hdc, HpalOld);
+		ReleaseDC(HwndPassCount,hdc);
+	}
+	
+	#ifdef WANT_DISPLACEMENT_MAPS
+		TheMtl->Set_Flag(GAMEMTL_DISPLACEMENT_ROLLUP_OPEN,IParams->IsRollupPanelOpen(HwndDisplacementMap));
+	#endif //WANT_DISPLACEMENT_MAPS
+
+	TheMtl->Set_Flag(GAMEMTL_SURFACE_ROLLUP_OPEN,IParams->IsRollupPanelOpen(HwndSurfaceType));
+	TheMtl->Set_Flag(GAMEMTL_PASSCOUNT_ROLLUP_OPEN,IParams->IsRollupPanelOpen(HwndPassCount));
+	TheMtl->RollScroll = IParams->GetRollupScrollPos();
+
+	IParams->UnRegisterDlgWnd(HwndSurfaceType);
+	IParams->DeleteRollupPage(HwndSurfaceType);
+	HwndSurfaceType = NULL;
+
+	#ifdef WANT_DISPLACEMENT_MAPS
+		IParams->UnRegisterDlgWnd(HwndDisplacementMap);
+		IParams->DeleteRollupPage(HwndDisplacementMap);
+		HwndDisplacementMap = NULL;	
+	#endif //#ifdef WANT_DISPLACEMENT_MAPS
+
+	IParams->UnRegisterDlgWnd(HwndPassCount);		
+	IParams->DeleteRollupPage(HwndPassCount);
+	HwndPassCount = NULL;
+
+	for (int i=0; i<MAX_PASSES; i++) {
+		if (PassDialog[i]) { 
+			delete PassDialog[i];
+		}
+	}
+	TheMtl->SetParamDlg(NULL);
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * GameMtlDlg::ClassID -- Returns the ClassID of GameMtl                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   06/26/1997 GH  : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+Class_ID GameMtlDlg::ClassID() 
+{
+	return GameMaterialClassID;  
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * GameMtlDlg::SetThing -- Sets the material to be edited                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   06/26/1997 GH  : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GameMtlDlg::SetThing(ReferenceTarget *m) 
+{
+	assert (m);
+	assert (m->SuperClassID()==MATERIAL_CLASS_ID);
+	assert ((m->ClassID()==GameMaterialClassID) || (m->ClassID()==PS2GameMaterialClassID));
+	assert (TheMtl);
+
+	int pass;
+
+	// destroy our old pass dialogs
+	for (pass=0; pass<TheMtl->Get_Pass_Count();pass++) {
+		delete PassDialog[pass];
+		PassDialog[pass] = NULL;
+	}
+
+	// install the new material
+	TheMtl->SetParamDlg(NULL);
+	TheMtl = (GameMtl *)m;
+	TheMtl->SetParamDlg(this);
+
+	// build a new set of pass dialogs
+	for (pass=0; pass<TheMtl->Get_Pass_Count(); pass++) {
+		PassDialog[pass] = new GameMtlPassDlg(HwndEdit, IParams, TheMtl, pass);
+	}
+
+	// refresh the contents of the dialogs
+	ReloadDialog();
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * GameMtlDlg::SetTime -- Sets the time value, updates the material and the dialog             * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   06/26/1997 GH  : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GameMtlDlg::SetTime(TimeValue t) 
+{
+	if (t!=CurTime) {
+		CurTime = t;
+//		TheMtl->Update(IParams->GetTime(),Valid);
+		ReloadDialog();
+	}
+}
+	
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * GameMtlDlg::ReloadDialog -- Updates the values in all of the dialog's controls              * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   06/26/1997 GH  : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GameMtlDlg::ReloadDialog() 
+{
+	/*
+	** Init the pass count panel
+	*/
+	assert(TheMtl && HwndPassCount && HwndSurfaceType);
+
+	/*
+	** Init the surface count panel
+	*/
+	::SendMessage (HwndSurfaceType, WM_USER+101, 0, 0L);
+	
+	#ifdef WANT_DISPLACEMENT_MAPS
+		::SendMessage (HwndDisplacementMap, WM_USER+101, 0, 0L);	
+	#endif //WANT_DISPLACEMENT_MAPS
+
+	/*
+	** Init the pass count panel
+	*/
+	char a[10];
+	sprintf(a, "%d", TheMtl->Get_Pass_Count());
+	SetWindowText(GetDlgItem(HwndPassCount, IDC_GAMEMTL_PASSCOUNT_STATIC), a);	
+
+	/*
+	** Init each pass panel
+	*/
+	for(int i = 0; i < TheMtl->Get_Pass_Count(); i++)
+	{
+		PassDialog[i]->ReloadDialog();
+	}
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * GameMtlDlg::ActivateDlg -- Activates and deactivates the dialog                             * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   06/26/1997 GH  : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GameMtlDlg::ActivateDlg(BOOL onoff)
+{
+	for(int i = 0; i < TheMtl->Get_Pass_Count(); i++)
+	{
+		assert(PassDialog[i]);
+		PassDialog[i]->ActivateDlg(onoff);
+	}
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * GameMtlDlg::Invalidate -- causes the dialog to be redrawn                                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   06/26/1997 GH  : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GameMtlDlg::Invalidate()
+{	
+	InvalidateRect(HwndSurfaceType,NULL,0);
+
+	#ifdef WANT_DISPLACEMENT_MAPS
+		InvalidateRect(HwndDisplacementMap,NULL,0);	
+	#endif //WANT_DISPLACEMENT_MAPS
+
+	InvalidateRect(HwndPassCount,NULL,0);
+}
+
+BOOL	GameMtlDlg::DisplacementMapProc(HWND hDlg, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
+{
+	switch (message) 
+	{
+		
+		case WM_INITDIALOG:
+			//SetupIntSpinner(hDlg, IDC_AMOUNT_SPIN, IDC_AMOUNT_EDIT, -999, 999, 0);
+			/* no break */
+		
+		case WM_USER + 101:
+		{
+			SetDlgItemInt (hDlg, IDC_AMOUNT_EDIT, TheMtl->Get_Displacement_Amount () * 100, TRUE);
+			SetupIntSpinner(hDlg, IDC_AMOUNT_SPIN, IDC_AMOUNT_EDIT, -999, 999, TheMtl->Get_Displacement_Amount () * 100);
+
+			Texmap *map = TheMtl->Get_Displacement_Map ();
+			if (map != NULL) {
+				SetDlgItemText (hDlg, IDC_TEXTURE_BUTTON, map->GetFullName ());
+			}
+		}
+		break;
+
+		case CC_SPINNER_CHANGE:    
+			{
+				ISpinnerControl *control = (ISpinnerControl *)lParam;
+				TheMtl->Set_Displacement_Amount (((float)control->GetIVal ()) / 100.0F);
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case WM_COMMAND:
+			switch(LOWORD(wParam))
+			{
+			case IDC_TEXTURE_BUTTON:
+				if(HIWORD(wParam) == BN_CLICKED)
+				{					
+					PostMessage(HwndEdit, WM_TEXMAP_BUTTON, TheMtl->Get_Displacement_Map_Index (), (LPARAM)TheMtl);
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+	}
+
+	return FALSE;
+}
+
+BOOL	GameMtlDlg::SurfaceTypeProc(HWND hDlg, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
+{
+	switch (message) 
+	{
+		
+		case WM_INITDIALOG:
+		{
+			//
+			//	Fill the combobox with the names of the different surface types
+			//
+			for (int index = 0; index < SURFACE_TYPE_MAX; index ++) {
+				::SendDlgItemMessage (	hDlg,
+												IDC_SURFACE_TYPE_COMBO,
+												CB_ADDSTRING,
+												0,
+												(LPARAM)SURFACE_TYPE_STRINGS[index]);
+			}
+
+			//
+			// Limit the range of the static sort level spinner to 0 - MAX_SORT_LEVEL.
+			//
+			int sort_level = TheMtl->Get_Sort_Level();
+			SetupIntSpinner(hDlg, IDC_SORT_LEVEL_SPIN, IDC_SORT_LEVEL, 0, MAX_SORT_LEVEL, sort_level);
+
+			// Check the checkbox if sort_level is not SORT_LEVEL_NONE.
+			::SendDlgItemMessage(hDlg, IDC_ENABLE_SORT_LEVEL, BM_SETCHECK,
+				sort_level == SORT_LEVEL_NONE ? BST_UNCHECKED : BST_CHECKED, 0);
+		}
+		
+		case WM_USER + 101:
+		{
+			//
+			//	Select the current surface type
+			//			
+			::SendDlgItemMessage (	hDlg,
+											IDC_SURFACE_TYPE_COMBO,
+											CB_SETCURSEL,
+											(WPARAM)TheMtl->Get_Surface_Type (),
+
+											0L);
+
+			//
+			// Set the correct sort level
+			//
+			int sort_level = TheMtl->Get_Sort_Level();
+			ISpinnerControl *spinner = GetISpinner(::GetDlgItem(hDlg, IDC_SORT_LEVEL_SPIN));
+			assert(spinner);
+			spinner->SetValue(sort_level, FALSE);
+			::SendDlgItemMessage(hDlg, IDC_ENABLE_SORT_LEVEL, BM_SETCHECK,
+				sort_level == SORT_LEVEL_NONE ? BST_UNCHECKED : BST_CHECKED, 0);
+			break;
+		}
+
+		case WM_COMMAND:
+		{
+			switch(LOWORD(wParam))
+			{
+			case IDC_SURFACE_TYPE_COMBO:
+				if(HIWORD(wParam) == CBN_SELCHANGE)
+				{
+					unsigned int type = ::SendDlgItemMessage (hDlg, IDC_SURFACE_TYPE_COMBO, CB_GETCURSEL, 0, 0L);
+					TheMtl->Set_Surface_Type (type);
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case IDC_ENABLE_SORT_LEVEL:
+				if (HIWORD(wParam) == BN_CLICKED)
+				{
+					// If the 'enable' checkbox was unchecked, set the sort level to NONE.
+					int state = ::IsDlgButtonChecked(hDlg, IDC_ENABLE_SORT_LEVEL);
+					ISpinnerControl *spinner = GetISpinner(::GetDlgItem(hDlg, IDC_SORT_LEVEL_SPIN));
+					assert(spinner);
+					if (state == BST_UNCHECKED)
+					{
+						spinner->SetValue(SORT_LEVEL_NONE, FALSE);
+						TheMtl->Set_Sort_Level(SORT_LEVEL_NONE);
+					}
+					else if (state == BST_CHECKED)
+					{
+						// Sort level was enabled, so set it's level to 1 if it was NONE before.
+						if (spinner->GetIVal() == SORT_LEVEL_NONE)
+						{
+							spinner->SetValue(1, FALSE);
+							TheMtl->Set_Sort_Level(1);
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+		}
+
+		case CC_SPINNER_CHANGE:
+		{
+			ISpinnerControl *spinner = (ISpinnerControl*)lParam;
+			switch(LOWORD(wParam))
+			{
+			case IDC_SORT_LEVEL_SPIN:
+				// Check the 'enabled' checkbox if sort level != SORT_LEVEL_NONE, uncheck it otherwise.
+				::SendDlgItemMessage(hDlg, IDC_ENABLE_SORT_LEVEL, BM_SETCHECK,
+					spinner->GetIVal() == SORT_LEVEL_NONE ? BST_UNCHECKED : BST_CHECKED, 0);
+				TheMtl->Set_Sort_Level(spinner->GetIVal());
+				break;
+			}
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+BOOL	GameMtlDlg::PassCountProc(HWND hDlg, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
+{
+	switch (message) 
+	{		
+		case WM_INITDIALOG:
+			break;
+
+		case WM_COMMAND:
+			switch(LOWORD(wParam))
+			{
+			case IDC_SETPASSCOUNT:
+				if(HIWORD(wParam) == BN_CLICKED)
+				{
+					Set_Pass_Count_Dialog();
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+	}
+
+	return FALSE;
+}
+
+static BOOL CALLBACK DisplacementMapDlgProc(HWND hwndDlg, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam,LPARAM lParam)
+{
+	GameMtlDlg * theDlg;
+	if (msg == WM_INITDIALOG) {
+		theDlg = (GameMtlDlg*)lParam;
+		theDlg->HwndDisplacementMap = hwndDlg;
+		SetWindowLong(hwndDlg, GWL_USERDATA,lParam);
+	} else {
+		if ((theDlg = (GameMtlDlg *)GetWindowLong(hwndDlg, GWL_USERDATA) ) == NULL) {
+			return FALSE; 
+		}
+	}
+
+	theDlg->IsActive = 1;
+	BOOL res = theDlg->DisplacementMapProc(hwndDlg,msg,wParam,lParam);
+	theDlg->IsActive = 0;
+
+	return res;
+}
+
+static BOOL CALLBACK SurfaceTypePanelDlgProc(HWND hwndDlg, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam,LPARAM lParam)
+{
+	GameMtlDlg * theDlg;
+	if (msg == WM_INITDIALOG) {
+		theDlg = (GameMtlDlg*)lParam;
+		theDlg->HwndSurfaceType = hwndDlg;
+		SetWindowLong(hwndDlg, GWL_USERDATA,lParam);
+	} else {
+		if ((theDlg = (GameMtlDlg *)GetWindowLong(hwndDlg, GWL_USERDATA) ) == NULL) {
+			return FALSE; 
+		}
+	}
+
+	theDlg->IsActive = 1;
+	BOOL res = theDlg->SurfaceTypeProc(hwndDlg,msg,wParam,lParam);
+	theDlg->IsActive = 0;
+
+	return res;
+}
+
+static BOOL CALLBACK PassCountPanelDlgProc(HWND hwndDlg, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam,LPARAM lParam)
+{
+	GameMtlDlg * theDlg;
+	if (msg == WM_INITDIALOG) {
+		theDlg = (GameMtlDlg*)lParam;
+		theDlg->HwndPassCount = hwndDlg;
+		SetWindowLong(hwndDlg, GWL_USERDATA,lParam);
+	} else {
+		if ((theDlg = (GameMtlDlg *)GetWindowLong(hwndDlg, GWL_USERDATA) ) == NULL) {
+			return FALSE; 
+		}
+	}
+
+	theDlg->IsActive = 1;
+	BOOL res = theDlg->PassCountProc(hwndDlg,msg,wParam,lParam);
+	theDlg->IsActive = 0;
+
+	return res;
+}
+
+void GameMtlDlg::Set_Pass_Count_Dialog(void)
+{
+	int res = DialogBoxParam(
+		AppInstance,
+		MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDD_GAMEMTL_PASS_COUNT_DIALOG),
+		HwndPassCount,
+		PassCountDialogDlgProc,
+		(LPARAM)TheMtl->Get_Pass_Count());
+
+	if (res>=0) 
+	{
+		if (res<=0) res = 1;
+		if (res>4) res = 4;
+
+		char a[10];
+		sprintf(a, "%d", res);
+
+		SetWindowText(GetDlgItem(HwndPassCount, IDC_GAMEMTL_PASSCOUNT_STATIC), a);
+
+		if(TheMtl->Get_Pass_Count() != res)
+		{
+			for(int i = 0; i < TheMtl->Get_Pass_Count(); i++)
+			{
+				delete PassDialog[i];
+				PassDialog[i] = NULL;
+			}
+
+			TheMtl->Set_Pass_Count(res);
+
+			for(i = 0; i < TheMtl->Get_Pass_Count(); i++)
+			{
+				PassDialog[i] = new GameMtlPassDlg(HwndEdit, IParams, TheMtl, i); 
+			}
+
+			ReloadDialog();
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+static BOOL CALLBACK PassCountDialogDlgProc(HWND hwndDlg, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam,LPARAM lParam)
+{
+	switch (msg) 
+	{
+		case WM_INITDIALOG: 
+		{
+			ISpinnerControl *spin =	SetupIntSpinner(
+					hwndDlg,IDC_PASSCOUNT_SPIN, IDC_PASSCOUNT_EDIT,
+					1,4,(int)lParam);
+			ReleaseISpinner(spin);
+			CenterWindow(hwndDlg,GetParent(hwndDlg));
+			break;
+		}
+
+		case WM_COMMAND:
+			switch (LOWORD(wParam)) 
+			{
+				case IDOK: 
+				{
+					ISpinnerControl *spin = GetISpinner(GetDlgItem(hwndDlg,IDC_PASSCOUNT_SPIN));
+					EndDialog(hwndDlg,spin->GetIVal());
+					ReleaseISpinner(spin);
+					break;
+				}
+
+				case IDCANCEL:
+					EndDialog(hwndDlg,-1);
+					break;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			return FALSE;
+	}
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * GameMtlDlg::Build_Dialog -- Adds the dialog to the material editor                          * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   06/26/1997 GH  : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GameMtlDlg::Build_Dialog() 
+{
+	if ((TheMtl->Flags&(GAMEMTL_ROLLUP_FLAGS))==0) { 
+		TheMtl->Set_Flag(GAMEMTL_PASS0_ROLLUP_OPEN,TRUE);
+	}	
+
+	HwndSurfaceType = IParams->AddRollupPage( 
+		AppInstance,	 
+		MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDD_GAMEMTL_SURFACE_TYPE),
+		SurfaceTypePanelDlgProc, 
+		Get_String(IDS_SURFACE_TYPE), 
+		(LPARAM)this,
+		TheMtl->Get_Flag(GAMEMTL_SURFACE_ROLLUP_OPEN) ? 0:APPENDROLL_CLOSED
+	);		
+
+	#ifdef WANT_DISPLACEMENT_MAPS
+		HwndDisplacementMap = IParams->AddRollupPage( 
+			AppInstance,	 
+			MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDD_GAMEMTL_DISPLACEMENT_MAP),
+			DisplacementMapDlgProc, 
+			Get_String(IDS_DISPLACEMENT_MAP), 
+			(LPARAM)this,
+			TheMtl->Get_Flag(GAMEMTL_DISPLACEMENT_ROLLUP_OPEN) ? 0:APPENDROLL_CLOSED
+		);		
+	#endif //WANT_DISPLACEMENT_MAPS
+
+	HwndPassCount = IParams->AddRollupPage( 
+		AppInstance,	 
+		MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDD_GAMEMTL_PASS_COUNT),
+		PassCountPanelDlgProc, 
+		Get_String(IDS_PASS_COUNT), 
+		(LPARAM)this,
+		TheMtl->Get_Flag(GAMEMTL_PASSCOUNT_ROLLUP_OPEN) ? 0:APPENDROLL_CLOSED
+	);		
+
+	for (int i=0; i<TheMtl->Get_Pass_Count(); i++) {
+		PassDialog[i] = new GameMtlPassDlg(HwndEdit, IParams, TheMtl, i); 
+	}
+
+	IParams->SetRollupScrollPos(TheMtl->RollScroll);
+
+	ReloadDialog();
+}
+
+
+

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/GameMtlDlg.h

@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Max2W3d                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/GameMtlDlg.h                   $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                       Author:: Greg Hjelstrom                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 6/30/99 7:10p                                               $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 6                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+
+
+#ifndef GAMEMTLDLG_H
+#define GAMEMTLDLG_H
+
+class GameMtl;
+class GameMtlPassDlg;
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// GameMtlDlg
+//
+// Dialog box interface in the material editor for GameMtl
+//	This is basically a cannibalized version of the Standard
+// Max material's dialog.
+//
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+class GameMtlDlg: public ParamDlg 
+{
+
+public:
+	
+	////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	// Methods
+	////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	GameMtlDlg(HWND hwMtlEdit, IMtlParams *imp, GameMtl *m); 
+	~GameMtlDlg();
+
+	// From ParamDlg:
+	Class_ID				ClassID(void);
+	void					SetThing(ReferenceTarget *m);
+	ReferenceTarget*	GetThing(void) { return (ReferenceTarget*)TheMtl; }
+	void					DeleteThis() { delete this;  }	
+	void					SetTime(TimeValue t);
+	void					ReloadDialog(void);
+	void					ActivateDlg(BOOL onOff);
+
+	void					Invalidate(void);
+	void					Update_Display(void)	{ IParams->MtlChanged(); }
+
+protected:
+
+	void					Build_Dialog(void);
+	
+	BOOL					DisplacementMapProc(HWND hDlg, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
+	BOOL					SurfaceTypeProc(HWND hDlg, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
+	BOOL					PassCountProc(HWND hDlg, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
+	void					Set_Pass_Count_Dialog(void);
+
+	enum { MAX_PASSES = 4 };
+
+	////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	// Windows handles
+	////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	HWND					HwndEdit;		// window handle of the materials editor dialog
+	HWND					HwndPassCount;	// Rollup pass count panel
+	HWND					HwndSurfaceType;	// Rollup surface type panel
+	HWND					HwndDisplacementMap;
+	HPALETTE				HpalOld;
+
+	GameMtlPassDlg *	PassDialog[MAX_PASSES];	
+
+	////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	// Material dialog interface
+	////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	IMtlParams *		IParams;			// interface to the material editor
+	GameMtl *			TheMtl;			// current mtl being edited.
+	
+	////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	// Member variables
+	////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	TimeValue			CurTime;
+	int					IsActive;
+	
+	friend BOOL CALLBACK DisplacementMapDlgProc(HWND, UINT, WPARAM,LPARAM);
+	friend BOOL CALLBACK SurfaceTypePanelDlgProc(HWND, UINT, WPARAM,LPARAM);
+	friend BOOL CALLBACK PassCountPanelDlgProc(HWND, UINT, WPARAM,LPARAM);
+	friend class GameMtl;
+};
+
+
+#endif

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/GameMtlForm.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Max2W3d                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/GameMtlForm.cpp                $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                       Author:: Greg Hjelstrom                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 11/23/98 6:21p                                              $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 3                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   GameMtlFormClass::GameMtlFormClass -- constructor                                         *
+ *   GameMtlFormClass::SetThing -- Set the material being edited by this form                  *
+ *   GameMtlFormClass::GetThing -- get the material being edited by this form                  *
+ *   GameMtlFormClass::DeleteThis -- delete myself                                             *
+ *   GameMtlFormClass::ClassID -- returns the classID of the object being edited               *
+ *   GameMtlFormClass::SetTime -- set the current time                                         *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#include "GameMtlForm.h"
+#include "GameMtl.h"
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GameMtlFormClass::GameMtlFormClass -- constructor                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/23/98   GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+GameMtlFormClass::GameMtlFormClass
+(
+	IMtlParams *	imtl_params, 
+	GameMtl *		mtl,
+	int				pass
+)
+{
+	IParams = imtl_params;
+	TheMtl = mtl;
+	PassIndex = pass;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GameMtlFormClass::SetThing -- Set the material being edited by this form                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/23/98   GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GameMtlFormClass::SetThing(ReferenceTarget * target)
+{
+	assert (target->SuperClassID()==MATERIAL_CLASS_ID);
+	assert (target->ClassID()==GameMaterialClassID);
+
+	TheMtl = (GameMtl *)target;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GameMtlFormClass::GetThing -- get the material being edited by this form                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/23/98   GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ReferenceTarget * GameMtlFormClass::GetThing(void) 
+{ 
+	return (ReferenceTarget*)TheMtl; 
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GameMtlFormClass::DeleteThis -- delete myself                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/23/98   GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GameMtlFormClass::DeleteThis(void)
+{
+	delete this;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GameMtlFormClass::ClassID -- returns the classID of the object being edited                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/23/98   GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+Class_ID	GameMtlFormClass::ClassID()
+{
+	return GameMaterialClassID;  
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GameMtlFormClass::SetTime -- set the current time                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/23/98   GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GameMtlFormClass::SetTime(TimeValue t)
+{
+	// child dialog classes don't have to support
+	// the SetTime function.
+}

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/GameMtlForm.h

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Max2W3d                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/GameMtlForm.h                  $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                       Author:: Greg Hjelstrom                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 11/13/98 10:26a                                             $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 2                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+
+#ifndef GAMEMTLFORM_H
+#define GAMEMTLFORM_H
+
+#include "FormClass.h"
+
+class GameMtl;
+
+class GameMtlFormClass : public FormClass
+{
+public:
+	GameMtlFormClass(IMtlParams * imtl_params,GameMtl * mtl,int pass);
+
+	void					SetThing(ReferenceTarget *m);
+	ReferenceTarget*	GetThing(void);
+	void					DeleteThis(void);
+	Class_ID				ClassID(void);
+	void					SetTime(TimeValue t);
+
+protected:
+
+	IMtlParams *		IParams;			// interface to the material editor
+	GameMtl *			TheMtl;			// current mtl being edited.
+	int					PassIndex;		// material pass that this form edits
+};
+
+#endif

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/GameMtlPassDlg.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,393 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Max2W3d                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Bay/Tools/max2w3d/GameMtlPassDlg.cpp                       $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                       Author:: Greg Hjelstrom                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 10/22/99 9:54a                                              $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 9                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   PassDlgProc -- dialog proc which thunks into a GameMtlPassDlg                             *
+ *   GameMtlPassDlg::GameMtlPassDlg -- constructor                                             *
+ *   GameMtlPassDlg::~GameMtlPassDlg -- destructor                                             *
+ *   GameMtlPassDlg::DialogProc -- windows message handler                                     *
+ *   GameMtlPassDlg::Invalidate -- invalidate the dialog                                       *
+ *   GameMtlPassDlg::ReloadDialog -- update the contents of all of the controls                *
+ *   GameMtlPassDlg::ClassID -- returns classID of the object being edited                     *
+ *   GameMtlPassDlg::SetThing -- set the material being edited                                 *
+ *   GameMtlPassDlg::ActivateDlg -- activate or deactivate the dialog                          *
+ *   GameMtlPassDlg::SetTime -- set the current time                                           *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#include "GameMtlPassDlg.h"
+#include "dllmain.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+#include "GameMtl.h"
+#include "GameMtlDlg.h"
+#include "GameMtlShaderDlg.h"
+#include "PS2GameMtlShaderDlg.h"
+#include "GameMtlTextureDlg.h"
+#include "GameMtlVertexMaterialDlg.h"
+#include "w3d_file.h"
+
+
+static int _Pass_Index_To_Flag[] = 
+{
+	GAMEMTL_PASS0_ROLLUP_OPEN,
+	GAMEMTL_PASS1_ROLLUP_OPEN,
+	GAMEMTL_PASS2_ROLLUP_OPEN,
+	GAMEMTL_PASS3_ROLLUP_OPEN,
+};
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * PassDlgProc -- dialog proc which thunks into a GameMtlPassDlg                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/23/98   GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+static BOOL CALLBACK PassDlgProc(HWND hwndDlg, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) 
+{
+	GameMtlPassDlg *theDlg;
+
+	if (msg==WM_INITDIALOG) {
+		theDlg = (GameMtlPassDlg*)lParam;
+		theDlg->HwndPanel = hwndDlg;
+		SetWindowLong(hwndDlg, GWL_USERDATA,lParam);
+	} else {
+		if ((theDlg = (GameMtlPassDlg *)GetWindowLong(hwndDlg, GWL_USERDATA) ) == NULL) {
+			return FALSE; 
+		}
+	}
+
+	return theDlg->DialogProc(hwndDlg,msg,wParam,lParam);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GameMtlPassDlg::GameMtlPassDlg -- constructor                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/23/98   GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+GameMtlPassDlg::GameMtlPassDlg(HWND hwMtlEdit, IMtlParams *imp, GameMtl *m,int pass)
+{
+	HwndEdit = hwMtlEdit;
+	TheMtl = m;
+	IParams = imp;
+	PassIndex = pass;
+
+	char title[200];
+	sprintf(title, "Pass %d", pass + 1);
+
+	HwndPanel = IParams->AddRollupPage( 
+		AppInstance,
+		MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDD_GAMEMTL_PASS),
+		PassDlgProc,
+		title,
+		(LPARAM)this,
+		TheMtl->Get_Flag(_Pass_Index_To_Flag[PassIndex]) ? 0 : APPENDROLL_CLOSED
+	);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GameMtlPassDlg::~GameMtlPassDlg -- destructor                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/23/98   GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+GameMtlPassDlg::~GameMtlPassDlg()
+{
+	TheMtl->Set_Flag(_Pass_Index_To_Flag[PassIndex],IParams->IsRollupPanelOpen(HwndPanel));
+	IParams->DeleteRollupPage(HwndPanel);
+	SetWindowLong(HwndPanel, GWL_USERDATA, NULL);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GameMtlPassDlg::DialogProc -- windows message handler                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/23/98   GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BOOL GameMtlPassDlg::DialogProc(HWND hDlg, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
+{
+	int i=0;
+	int id = LOWORD(wParam);
+	int code = HIWORD(wParam);
+
+	switch (message) {
+
+		case WM_INITDIALOG:
+		{
+			Page[0] = new GameMtlVertexMaterialDlg(HwndPanel,IParams,TheMtl,PassIndex);
+			if (TheMtl->Get_Shader_Type() == GameMtl::STE_PC_SHADER)	{
+				Page[1] = new GameMtlShaderDlg(HwndPanel,IParams,TheMtl,PassIndex);
+			} else {
+				// The PS2 shader is different.
+				Page[1] = new PS2GameMtlShaderDlg(HwndPanel,IParams,TheMtl,PassIndex);
+			}
+
+			Page[2] = new GameMtlTextureDlg(HwndPanel,IParams,TheMtl,PassIndex);
+
+			for (i=0; i<PAGE_COUNT; i++) {
+
+				HWND hwnd = Page[i]->Get_Hwnd();
+			
+				// set the tab names
+				char name[64];
+				::GetWindowText(hwnd,name,sizeof(name));
+				TC_ITEM tcitem = { TCIF_TEXT,0,0,name,0 };
+				TabCtrl_InsertItem(GetDlgItem(HwndPanel,IDC_GAMEMTL_TAB),i,&tcitem);
+			}
+
+			// Get the display rectangle of the tab control
+			RECT rect;
+			::GetWindowRect(GetDlgItem(HwndPanel,IDC_GAMEMTL_TAB),&rect);
+			TabCtrl_AdjustRect(GetDlgItem(HwndPanel,IDC_GAMEMTL_TAB),FALSE, &rect);
+  
+			// Convert the display rectangle from screen to client coords
+			ScreenToClient(HwndPanel,(POINT *)(&rect));
+			ScreenToClient(HwndPanel, ((LPPOINT)&rect) + 1);
+
+			for (i=0; i<PAGE_COUNT; i++) {
+
+				HWND hwnd = Page[i]->Get_Hwnd();
+
+				// Loop through all the tabs in the property sheet
+				// Get a pointer to this tab				
+				SetWindowPos(	hwnd, 
+									NULL, 
+									rect.left, rect.top, 
+									rect.right - rect.left, rect.bottom - rect.top, 
+									SWP_NOZORDER);				
+			}
+			
+ 			CurPage = 0;
+			TabCtrl_SetCurSel(GetDlgItem(HwndPanel,IDC_GAMEMTL_TAB),CurPage); 
+			Page[CurPage]->Show();
+
+			break;
+		}
+	
+		case WM_PAINT: 
+		{
+			if (!Valid) {
+				Valid = TRUE;
+				ReloadDialog();
+			}
+			return FALSE;
+		}
+		
+		case WM_NOTIFY:
+		{
+			NMHDR * header = (NMHDR *)lParam;
+			
+			switch(header->code) { 
+				case TCN_SELCHANGE:
+				{
+					int sel = TabCtrl_GetCurSel(GetDlgItem(HwndPanel,IDC_GAMEMTL_TAB)); 
+					Page[sel]->Show();
+
+					for (int i=0; i < PAGE_COUNT; i++) {
+						if (i != sel) Page[i]->Show(false);
+					} 
+					CurPage = sel;
+					TheMtl->Set_Current_Page(PassIndex,CurPage);
+				}
+			};
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GameMtlPassDlg::Invalidate -- invalidate the dialog                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/23/98   GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GameMtlPassDlg::Invalidate()
+{
+	Valid = FALSE;
+	InvalidateRect(HwndPanel,NULL,0);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GameMtlPassDlg::ReloadDialog -- update the contents of all of the controls                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/23/98   GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GameMtlPassDlg::ReloadDialog()
+{
+	int i;
+
+	DebugPrint("GameMtlPassDlg::ReloadDialog\n");
+	Interval v;
+	TheMtl->Update(IParams->GetTime(),v);
+	
+	for (i=0; i<PAGE_COUNT; i++) {
+		Page[i]->ReloadDialog();
+	}
+
+	CurPage = TheMtl->Get_Current_Page(PassIndex);
+	TabCtrl_SetCurSel(GetDlgItem(HwndPanel,IDC_GAMEMTL_TAB),CurPage);
+	Page[CurPage]->Show();
+	for (i=0; i < PAGE_COUNT; i++) {
+		if (i != CurPage) Page[i]->Show(false);
+	} 
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GameMtlPassDlg::ClassID -- returns classID of the object being edited                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/23/98   GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+Class_ID	GameMtlPassDlg::ClassID()
+{
+	return GameMaterialClassID;  
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GameMtlPassDlg::SetThing -- set the material being edited                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/23/98   GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GameMtlPassDlg::SetThing(ReferenceTarget* target)
+{
+	// Note, parent will "reload" when our "thing" changes :-)
+	assert (target->SuperClassID()==MATERIAL_CLASS_ID);
+	assert (target->ClassID()==GameMaterialClassID);
+
+	TheMtl = (GameMtl *)target;
+	
+	for (int i=0; i<PAGE_COUNT; i++) {
+		Page[i]->SetThing(target);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GameMtlPassDlg::ActivateDlg -- activate or deactivate the dialog                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * some of the custom max controls need to be activated and deactivated                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/23/98   GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GameMtlPassDlg::ActivateDlg(BOOL onoff)
+{
+	for (int i=0; i<PAGE_COUNT; i++) {
+		Page[i]->ActivateDlg(onoff);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GameMtlPassDlg::SetTime -- set the current time                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/23/98   GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GameMtlPassDlg::SetTime(TimeValue t)
+{
+	// parent dialog class keeps track of the validty and we 
+	// don't have to do anything in this function (it will never
+	// be called in fact)
+}
+

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/GameMtlPassDlg.h

@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Max2W3d                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/GameMtlPassDlg.h               $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                       Author:: Greg Hjelstrom                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 11/17/98 1:32p                                              $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 5                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+
+
+#ifndef GAMEMTLPASSDLG_H
+#define GAMEMTLPASSDLG_H
+
+#include <Max.h>
+
+class GameMtl;
+class GameMtlFormClass;
+
+/*
+** The GameMtlPassDlg will contain a Tab Control which switches between
+** editing the VertexMaterial parameters, the Shader parameters and the
+** Texture parameters.
+*/
+class GameMtlPassDlg: public ParamDlg 
+{
+public:
+	
+	GameMtlPassDlg(HWND hwMtlEdit, IMtlParams *imp, GameMtl *m,int pass); 
+	~GameMtlPassDlg();
+
+	BOOL					DialogProc(HWND hDlg, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
+
+	void					Invalidate();		
+	void					UpdateMtlDisplay()						{ IParams->MtlChanged(); }
+
+	void					ReloadDialog();
+	Class_ID				ClassID();
+	void					SetThing(ReferenceTarget* target);
+	ReferenceTarget *	GetThing()									{ return (ReferenceTarget *)TheMtl; }
+	void					DeleteThis()								{ delete this;  }	
+	void					SetTime(TimeValue t);
+	void					ActivateDlg(BOOL onOff);
+
+	enum { PAGE_COUNT = 3 };
+
+	////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	// Material dialog interface
+	////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	IMtlParams *		IParams;			// interface to the material editor
+	GameMtl *			TheMtl;			// current mtl being edited.
+
+	////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	// Windows handles
+	////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	HWND					HwndEdit;		// window handle of the materials editor dialog
+	HWND					HwndPanel;		// Rollup parameters panel
+
+	////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	// Variables
+	////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	int					PassIndex;
+	int					CurPage;
+	BOOL					Valid;
+
+	GameMtlFormClass*	Page[PAGE_COUNT];
+};
+
+#endif

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/GameMtlShaderDlg.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,397 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Max2W3d                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/GameMtlShaderDlg.cpp           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                       Author:: Greg Hjelstrom                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 2/26/99 7:23p                                               $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 13                                                          $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   GameMtlShaderDlg::GameMtlShaderDlg -- constructor                                         *
+ *   GameMtlShaderDlg::~GameMtlShaderDlg -- destructor                                         *
+ *   GameMtlShaderDlg::Dialog_Proc -- windows message handler                                  *
+ *   GameMtlShaderDlg::ReloadDialog -- reload the contents of all of the controls              *
+ *   GameMtlShaderDlg::ActivateDlg -- activate/deactivate the dialog                           *
+ *   GameMtlShaderDlg::Apply_Preset -- apply a preset shader setting                           *
+ *   GameMtlShaderDlg::Set_Preset -- determine preset shader setting from game material        *
+ *   GameMtlShaderDlg::CompareShaderToBlendPreset -- compare preset to game material shader    *
+ *   GameMtlShaderDlg::Set_Advanced_Defaults -- set advanced settings to defaults              *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "GameMtlShaderDlg.h"
+#include "GameMtlDlg.h"
+#include "GameMtl.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+
+/*
+** Shader Blend Setting Presets
+*/
+
+// Note: the array has NUM_SHADER_BLEND_PRESETS + 1 entries (due to the 'Custom' entry).
+
+#define NUM_SHADER_BLEND_PRESETS 8
+
+static char * _ShaderBlendSettingPresetNames[NUM_SHADER_BLEND_PRESETS + 1] = 
+{
+	"Opaque",
+	"Add",
+	"Multiply",
+	"Multiply and Add",
+	"Screen",
+	"Alpha Blend",
+	"Alpha Test",
+	"Alpha Test and Blend",
+	"------ Custom -----"
+};
+struct ShaderBlendSettingPreset
+{
+	int	SrcBlend;
+	int	DestBlend;
+	bool	DepthMask;
+	bool	AlphaTest;
+};
+static const ShaderBlendSettingPreset ShaderBlendSettingPresets[NUM_SHADER_BLEND_PRESETS] = {
+	{W3DSHADER_SRCBLENDFUNC_ONE,			W3DSHADER_DESTBLENDFUNC_ZERO,						true,  false},	// Opaque
+	{W3DSHADER_SRCBLENDFUNC_ONE,			W3DSHADER_DESTBLENDFUNC_ONE,						false, false},	// Add
+	{W3DSHADER_SRCBLENDFUNC_ZERO,			W3DSHADER_DESTBLENDFUNC_SRC_COLOR,				false, false},	// Multiply
+	{W3DSHADER_SRCBLENDFUNC_ONE,			W3DSHADER_DESTBLENDFUNC_SRC_COLOR,				false, false},	// Multiply and Add
+	{W3DSHADER_SRCBLENDFUNC_ONE,			W3DSHADER_DESTBLENDFUNC_ONE_MINUS_SRC_COLOR,	false, false},	// Screen
+	{W3DSHADER_SRCBLENDFUNC_SRC_ALPHA,	W3DSHADER_DESTBLENDFUNC_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA,	false, false},	// Alpha Blend
+	{W3DSHADER_SRCBLENDFUNC_ONE,			W3DSHADER_DESTBLENDFUNC_ZERO,						true,  true},	// Alpha Test
+	{W3DSHADER_SRCBLENDFUNC_SRC_ALPHA,	W3DSHADER_DESTBLENDFUNC_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA,	true,  true}	// Alpha Test and Blend
+};
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GameMtlShaderDlg::GameMtlShaderDlg -- constructor                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/23/98   GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+GameMtlShaderDlg::GameMtlShaderDlg
+(
+	HWND				parent, 
+	IMtlParams *	imp, 
+	GameMtl *		mtl,
+	int				pass
+) :
+	GameMtlFormClass(imp,mtl,pass)
+{
+	Create_Form(parent,IDD_GAMEMTL_SHADER);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GameMtlShaderDlg::~GameMtlShaderDlg -- destructor                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+GameMtlShaderDlg::~GameMtlShaderDlg()
+{
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GameMtlShaderDlg::Dialog_Proc -- windows message handler                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/23/98   GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BOOL GameMtlShaderDlg::Dialog_Proc (HWND dlg_wnd, UINT message, WPARAM wparam, LPARAM lparam) 
+{ 
+	int cursel;
+	int i;
+	int id = LOWORD(wparam);
+	int code = HIWORD(wparam);
+
+	switch (message) 
+	{
+
+		case WM_INITDIALOG:
+			for(i = 0; i <= NUM_SHADER_BLEND_PRESETS; i++) {
+				SendDlgItemMessage(dlg_wnd,IDC_PRESET_COMBO,CB_ADDSTRING,0,(LONG)_ShaderBlendSettingPresetNames[i]);
+			}
+			SendDlgItemMessage(dlg_wnd,IDC_PRESET_COMBO,CB_SETCURSEL,0,0);
+			break;
+
+		case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
+		case WM_LBUTTONUP:
+		case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
+			{
+				IParams->RollupMouseMessage(dlg_wnd,message,wparam,lparam);
+			}
+			return FALSE;
+
+		case WM_COMMAND:
+			{
+				if (code == CBN_SELCHANGE) {
+					
+					switch (id) 
+					{
+						case IDC_DEPTHCOMPARE_COMBO:
+							cursel = SendDlgItemMessage(dlg_wnd,IDC_DEPTHCOMPARE_COMBO,CB_GETCURSEL,0,0);
+							TheMtl->Set_Depth_Compare(PassIndex,cursel);
+							break;
+						case IDC_DESTBLEND_COMBO:
+							cursel = SendDlgItemMessage(dlg_wnd,IDC_DESTBLEND_COMBO,CB_GETCURSEL,0,0);
+							TheMtl->Set_Dest_Blend(PassIndex,cursel);
+							TheMtl->Notify_Changed();
+							Set_Preset();
+							break;
+						case IDC_PRIGRADIENT_COMBO:
+							cursel = SendDlgItemMessage(dlg_wnd,IDC_PRIGRADIENT_COMBO,CB_GETCURSEL,0,0);
+							TheMtl->Set_Pri_Gradient(PassIndex,cursel);
+							TheMtl->Notify_Changed();
+							break;
+						case IDC_SECGRADIENT_COMBO:
+							cursel = SendDlgItemMessage(dlg_wnd,IDC_SECGRADIENT_COMBO,CB_GETCURSEL,0,0);
+							TheMtl->Set_Sec_Gradient(PassIndex,cursel);
+							TheMtl->Notify_Changed();
+							break;
+						case IDC_SRCBLEND_COMBO:
+							cursel = SendDlgItemMessage(dlg_wnd,IDC_SRCBLEND_COMBO,CB_GETCURSEL,0,0);
+							TheMtl->Set_Src_Blend(PassIndex,cursel);
+							TheMtl->Notify_Changed();
+							Set_Preset();
+							break;
+						case IDC_DETAILCOLOR_COMBO:
+							cursel = SendDlgItemMessage(dlg_wnd,IDC_DETAILCOLOR_COMBO,CB_GETCURSEL,0,0);
+							TheMtl->Set_Detail_Color_Func(PassIndex,cursel);
+							TheMtl->Notify_Changed();
+							break;
+						case IDC_DETAILALPHA_COMBO:
+							cursel = SendDlgItemMessage(dlg_wnd,IDC_DETAILALPHA_COMBO,CB_GETCURSEL,0,0);
+							TheMtl->Set_Detail_Alpha_Func(PassIndex,cursel);
+							TheMtl->Notify_Changed();
+							break;
+						case IDC_PRESET_COMBO:
+							cursel = SendDlgItemMessage(dlg_wnd,IDC_PRESET_COMBO,CB_GETCURSEL,0,0);
+							Apply_Preset(cursel);
+							break;
+					}
+
+				} else {
+				
+					switch(id) {
+						
+						case IDC_DEPTHMASK_CHECK:
+							if (SendDlgItemMessage(dlg_wnd,IDC_DEPTHMASK_CHECK,BM_GETCHECK,0,0)) {
+								TheMtl->Set_Depth_Mask(PassIndex,W3DSHADER_DEPTHMASK_WRITE_ENABLE);
+							} else {
+								TheMtl->Set_Depth_Mask(PassIndex,W3DSHADER_DEPTHMASK_WRITE_DISABLE);
+							}
+							Set_Preset();
+							break;
+
+						case IDC_ALPHATEST_CHECK:
+							if (SendDlgItemMessage(dlg_wnd,IDC_ALPHATEST_CHECK,BM_GETCHECK,0,0)) {
+								TheMtl->Set_Alpha_Test(PassIndex,W3DSHADER_ALPHATEST_ENABLE);
+							} else {
+								TheMtl->Set_Alpha_Test(PassIndex,W3DSHADER_ALPHATEST_DISABLE);
+							}
+							Set_Preset();
+							break;
+
+						case IDC_SHADER_DEFAULTS_BUTTON:
+							Set_Advanced_Defaults();
+							break;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+	}
+
+	return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GameMtlShaderDlg::ReloadDialog -- reload the contents of all of the controls                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/23/98   GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GameMtlShaderDlg::ReloadDialog(void)
+{
+	DebugPrint("GameMtlShaderDlg::ReloadDialog\n");
+	SendDlgItemMessage(m_hWnd, IDC_DESTBLEND_COMBO, CB_SETCURSEL, TheMtl->Get_Dest_Blend(PassIndex), 0 );
+	SendDlgItemMessage(m_hWnd, IDC_SRCBLEND_COMBO, CB_SETCURSEL, TheMtl->Get_Src_Blend(PassIndex), 0 );
+	SendDlgItemMessage(m_hWnd, IDC_PRIGRADIENT_COMBO, CB_SETCURSEL, TheMtl->Get_Pri_Gradient(PassIndex), 0 );
+	SendDlgItemMessage(m_hWnd, IDC_SECGRADIENT_COMBO, CB_SETCURSEL, TheMtl->Get_Sec_Gradient(PassIndex), 0 );
+	SendDlgItemMessage(m_hWnd, IDC_DEPTHCOMPARE_COMBO, CB_SETCURSEL, TheMtl->Get_Depth_Compare(PassIndex), 0 );
+	SendDlgItemMessage(m_hWnd, IDC_DETAILCOLOR_COMBO, CB_SETCURSEL, TheMtl->Get_Detail_Color_Func(PassIndex), 0 );
+	SendDlgItemMessage(m_hWnd, IDC_DETAILALPHA_COMBO, CB_SETCURSEL, TheMtl->Get_Detail_Alpha_Func(PassIndex), 0 );
+	Set_Preset();
+	
+	SetCheckBox(m_hWnd,IDC_DEPTHMASK_CHECK, TheMtl->Get_Depth_Mask(PassIndex));
+	SetCheckBox(m_hWnd,IDC_ALPHATEST_CHECK, TheMtl->Get_Alpha_Test(PassIndex));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GameMtlShaderDlg::ActivateDlg -- activate/deactivate the dialog                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/23/98   GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GameMtlShaderDlg::ActivateDlg(BOOL onoff)
+{
+	// shader has no color swatches which need to be activated...
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GameMtlShaderDlg::Apply_Preset -- apply a preset shader setting                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/23/98   GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GameMtlShaderDlg::Apply_Preset(int preset_index)
+{
+	if (preset_index < 0 || preset_index >= NUM_SHADER_BLEND_PRESETS) return;
+
+	const ShaderBlendSettingPreset &preset = ShaderBlendSettingPresets[preset_index];
+
+	TheMtl->Set_Src_Blend(PassIndex, preset.SrcBlend);
+
+	TheMtl->Set_Dest_Blend(PassIndex, preset.DestBlend);
+
+	int depth_mask = preset.DepthMask ? W3DSHADER_DEPTHMASK_WRITE_ENABLE : W3DSHADER_DEPTHMASK_WRITE_DISABLE;
+	TheMtl->Set_Depth_Mask(PassIndex, depth_mask);
+
+	int alpha_test = preset.AlphaTest ? W3DSHADER_ALPHATEST_ENABLE : W3DSHADER_ALPHATEST_DISABLE;
+	TheMtl->Set_Alpha_Test(PassIndex, alpha_test);
+
+	TheMtl->Notify_Changed();
+	ReloadDialog();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GameMtlShaderDlg::Set_Preset -- determine preset shader setting from game material          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   02/26/99   NH : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GameMtlShaderDlg::Set_Preset(void)
+{
+	for (int i = 0; i < NUM_SHADER_BLEND_PRESETS; i++) {
+		if (CompareShaderToBlendPreset(ShaderBlendSettingPresets[i])) break;
+	}
+	SendDlgItemMessage(m_hWnd, IDC_PRESET_COMBO, CB_SETCURSEL, i, 0);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GameMtlShaderDlg::CompareShaderToBlendPreset -- compare preset to game material shader      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   02/26/99   NH : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool GameMtlShaderDlg::CompareShaderToBlendPreset(const ShaderBlendSettingPreset &blend_preset)
+{
+	if (TheMtl->Get_Src_Blend(PassIndex) != blend_preset.SrcBlend) return false;
+	if (TheMtl->Get_Dest_Blend(PassIndex) != blend_preset.DestBlend) return false;
+	bool depthmask = TheMtl->Get_Depth_Mask(PassIndex) != W3DSHADER_DEPTHMASK_WRITE_DISABLE;
+	if (depthmask != blend_preset.DepthMask) return false;
+	bool alphatest = TheMtl->Get_Alpha_Test(PassIndex) != W3DSHADER_ALPHATEST_DISABLE;
+	if (alphatest != blend_preset.AlphaTest) return false;
+	return true;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GameMtlShaderDlg::Set_Advanced_Defaults -- set advanced settings to defaults                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   02/26/99   NH : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GameMtlShaderDlg::Set_Advanced_Defaults(void)
+{
+	TheMtl->Set_Pri_Gradient(PassIndex, W3DSHADER_PRIGRADIENT_DEFAULT);
+	TheMtl->Set_Sec_Gradient(PassIndex, W3DSHADER_SECGRADIENT_DEFAULT);
+	TheMtl->Set_Depth_Compare(PassIndex, W3DSHADER_DEPTHCOMPARE_DEFAULT);
+	TheMtl->Set_Detail_Color_Func(PassIndex, W3DSHADER_DETAILCOLORFUNC_DEFAULT);
+	TheMtl->Set_Detail_Alpha_Func(PassIndex, W3DSHADER_DETAILALPHAFUNC_DEFAULT);
+
+	TheMtl->Notify_Changed();
+	ReloadDialog();
+}

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/GameMtlShaderDlg.h

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Max2W3d                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/GameMtlShaderDlg.h             $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                       Author:: Greg Hjelstrom                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 2/26/99 7:00p                                               $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 5                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+
+#ifndef GAMEMTLSHADERDLG_H
+#define GAMEMTLSHADERDLG_H
+
+#include <Max.h>
+#include "GameMtlForm.h"
+
+
+class GameMtl;
+struct ShaderBlendSettingPreset;
+
+class GameMtlShaderDlg : public GameMtlFormClass
+{
+
+public:
+
+	GameMtlShaderDlg(HWND parent, IMtlParams * imp, GameMtl * m, int pass);
+	~GameMtlShaderDlg();
+
+	virtual BOOL		Dialog_Proc (HWND dlg_wnd, UINT message, WPARAM wparam, LPARAM lparam);
+
+	void					ActivateDlg(BOOL onOff);
+	void					ReloadDialog(void);
+
+private:
+
+	void					Apply_Preset(int preset_index);
+	void					Set_Preset(void);
+	bool					CompareShaderToBlendPreset(const ShaderBlendSettingPreset &blend_preset);
+	void					Set_Advanced_Defaults(void);
+};
+
+#endif

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/GameMtlTextureDlg.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,667 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Max2W3d                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/GameMtlTextureDlg.cpp          $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                       Author:: Greg Hjelstrom                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 8/14/00 1:47p                                               $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 15                                                          $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   GameMtlTextureDlg::GameMtlTextureDlg -- constructor                                       *
+ *   GameMtlTextureDlg::~GameMtlTextureDlg -- destructor                                       *
+ *   GameMtlTextureDlg::Dialog_Proc -- windows message handler                                 *
+ *   GameMtlTextureDlg::ReloadDialog -- reload the contents of all of the controls in this dia *
+ *   GameMtlTextureDlg::ActivateDlg -- activate/deactivate this dialog                         *
+ *   GameMtlTextureDlg::Enable_Stage -- enable or disable a texture stage                      *
+ *   GameMtlTextureDlg::Update_Texture_Buttons -- update the texture buttons text              *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+
+
+
+#include "GameMtlTextureDlg.h"
+#include "GameMtl.h"
+#include "dllmain.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+#include <Max.h>
+#include <bmmlib.h>
+#include <stdmat.h>
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GameMtlTextureDlg::GameMtlTextureDlg -- constructor                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/23/98   GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+GameMtlTextureDlg::GameMtlTextureDlg
+(
+	HWND				parent, 
+	IMtlParams *	imp, 
+	GameMtl *		mtl,
+	int				pass
+) :
+	GameMtlFormClass(imp,mtl,pass)
+{
+	Stage0FramesSpin = NULL;
+	Stage1FramesSpin = NULL;
+	Stage0RateSpin = NULL;
+	Stage1RateSpin = NULL;
+
+	Stage0PublishButton = NULL;
+	Stage1PublishButton = NULL;
+	Stage0ClampUButton = NULL;
+	Stage1ClampUButton = NULL;
+	Stage0ClampVButton = NULL;
+	Stage1ClampVButton = NULL;
+	Stage0NoLODButton = NULL;
+	Stage1NoLODButton = NULL;
+	Stage0AlphaBitmapButton = NULL;
+	Stage1AlphaBitmapButton = NULL;
+	Stage0DisplayButton = NULL;
+	Stage1DisplayButton = NULL;
+
+	if (mtl->Get_Shader_Type() == GameMtl::STE_PC_SHADER) {
+		Create_Form(parent,IDD_GAMEMTL_TEXTURES);
+	} else {
+		// Use the PS2 dialog.  It is the same but it disables some functions that aren't
+		// supported yet.
+		Create_Form(parent,IDD_GAMEMTL_PS2_TEXTURES);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GameMtlTextureDlg::~GameMtlTextureDlg -- destructor                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/23/98   GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+GameMtlTextureDlg::~GameMtlTextureDlg()
+{
+	assert(Stage0FramesSpin && Stage1FramesSpin && Stage0RateSpin && Stage1RateSpin);
+	ReleaseISpinner(Stage0FramesSpin);
+	ReleaseISpinner(Stage1FramesSpin);
+	ReleaseISpinner(Stage0RateSpin);
+	ReleaseISpinner(Stage1RateSpin);
+
+	ReleaseICustButton(Stage0PublishButton);
+	ReleaseICustButton(Stage1PublishButton);
+	ReleaseICustButton(Stage0ClampUButton);
+	ReleaseICustButton(Stage1ClampUButton);
+	ReleaseICustButton(Stage0ClampVButton);
+	ReleaseICustButton(Stage1ClampVButton);
+	ReleaseICustButton(Stage0NoLODButton);
+	ReleaseICustButton(Stage1NoLODButton);
+	ReleaseICustButton(Stage0AlphaBitmapButton);
+	ReleaseICustButton(Stage1AlphaBitmapButton);
+	ReleaseICustButton(Stage0DisplayButton);
+	ReleaseICustButton(Stage1DisplayButton);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GameMtlTextureDlg::Dialog_Proc -- windows message handler                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/23/98   GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   10/6/1999 MLL: Turned off the display button when the texture is turned off.              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BOOL GameMtlTextureDlg::Dialog_Proc (HWND dlg_wnd, UINT message, WPARAM wparam, LPARAM lparam) 
+{ 
+	int cursel;
+	int id = LOWORD(wparam);
+	int code = HIWORD(wparam);
+
+	switch (message) 
+	{
+		case WM_INITDIALOG:
+		{
+			Stage0FramesSpin = SetupIntSpinner(	dlg_wnd,
+															IDC_STAGE0_FRAMES_SPIN,
+															IDC_STAGE0_FRAMES_EDIT,
+															1,999,
+															TheMtl->Get_Texture_Frame_Count(PassIndex,0) );
+			
+			Stage0RateSpin = SetupFloatSpinner(	dlg_wnd,
+															IDC_STAGE0_RATE_SPIN,
+															IDC_STAGE0_RATE_EDIT,
+															0.0f,60.0f,
+															TheMtl->Get_Texture_Frame_Rate(PassIndex,0),
+															1.0f );
+			
+			Stage1FramesSpin = SetupIntSpinner(	dlg_wnd,
+															IDC_STAGE1_FRAMES_SPIN,
+															IDC_STAGE1_FRAMES_EDIT,
+															1,999,
+															TheMtl->Get_Texture_Frame_Count(PassIndex,1) );
+			
+			Stage1RateSpin = SetupFloatSpinner(	dlg_wnd,
+															IDC_STAGE1_RATE_SPIN,
+															IDC_STAGE1_RATE_EDIT,
+															0.0f,60.0f,
+															TheMtl->Get_Texture_Frame_Rate(PassIndex,1),
+															1.0f );
+
+			Stage0PublishButton = GetICustButton(GetDlgItem(dlg_wnd, IDC_STAGE0_PUBLISH_BUTTON));
+			Stage0PublishButton->SetType(CBT_CHECK);
+			Stage0PublishButton->SetHighlightColor(GREEN_WASH);
+			Stage0PublishButton->SetCheck(TheMtl->Get_Texture_Publish(PassIndex,0));				
+			Stage0PublishButton->SetText(Get_String(IDS_PUBLISH));
+
+			Stage1PublishButton = GetICustButton(GetDlgItem(dlg_wnd, IDC_STAGE1_PUBLISH_BUTTON));
+			Stage1PublishButton->SetType(CBT_CHECK);
+			Stage1PublishButton->SetHighlightColor(GREEN_WASH);
+			Stage1PublishButton->SetCheck(TheMtl->Get_Texture_Publish(PassIndex,1));				
+			Stage1PublishButton->SetText(Get_String(IDS_PUBLISH));
+
+			Stage0ClampUButton = GetICustButton(GetDlgItem(dlg_wnd, IDC_STAGE0_CLAMP_U_BUTTON));
+			Stage0ClampUButton->SetType(CBT_CHECK);
+			Stage0ClampUButton->SetHighlightColor(GREEN_WASH);
+			Stage0ClampUButton->SetCheck(TheMtl->Get_Texture_Clamp_U(PassIndex,0));				
+			Stage0ClampUButton->SetText(Get_String(IDS_CLAMP_U));
+
+			Stage1ClampUButton = GetICustButton(GetDlgItem(dlg_wnd, IDC_STAGE1_CLAMP_U_BUTTON));
+			Stage1ClampUButton->SetType(CBT_CHECK);
+			Stage1ClampUButton->SetHighlightColor(GREEN_WASH);
+			Stage1ClampUButton->SetCheck(TheMtl->Get_Texture_Clamp_U(PassIndex,1));				
+			Stage1ClampUButton->SetText(Get_String(IDS_CLAMP_U));
+
+			Stage0ClampVButton = GetICustButton(GetDlgItem(dlg_wnd, IDC_STAGE0_CLAMP_V_BUTTON));
+			Stage0ClampVButton->SetType(CBT_CHECK);
+			Stage0ClampVButton->SetHighlightColor(GREEN_WASH);
+			Stage0ClampVButton->SetCheck(TheMtl->Get_Texture_Clamp_V(PassIndex,0));				
+			Stage0ClampVButton->SetText(Get_String(IDS_CLAMP_V));
+
+			Stage1ClampVButton = GetICustButton(GetDlgItem(dlg_wnd, IDC_STAGE1_CLAMP_V_BUTTON));
+			Stage1ClampVButton->SetType(CBT_CHECK);
+			Stage1ClampVButton->SetHighlightColor(GREEN_WASH);
+			Stage1ClampVButton->SetCheck(TheMtl->Get_Texture_Clamp_V(PassIndex,1));				
+			Stage1ClampVButton->SetText(Get_String(IDS_CLAMP_V));
+
+			Stage0NoLODButton = GetICustButton(GetDlgItem(dlg_wnd, IDC_STAGE0_NOLOD_BUTTON));
+			Stage0NoLODButton->SetType(CBT_CHECK);
+			Stage0NoLODButton->SetHighlightColor(GREEN_WASH);
+			Stage0NoLODButton->SetCheck(TheMtl->Get_Texture_No_LOD(PassIndex,0));				
+			Stage0NoLODButton->SetText(Get_String(IDS_NO_LOD));
+
+			Stage1NoLODButton = GetICustButton(GetDlgItem(dlg_wnd, IDC_STAGE1_NOLOD_BUTTON));
+			Stage1NoLODButton->SetType(CBT_CHECK);
+			Stage1NoLODButton->SetHighlightColor(GREEN_WASH);
+			Stage1NoLODButton->SetCheck(TheMtl->Get_Texture_No_LOD(PassIndex,0));				
+			Stage1NoLODButton->SetText(Get_String(IDS_NO_LOD));
+			
+			Stage0AlphaBitmapButton = GetICustButton(GetDlgItem(dlg_wnd, IDC_STAGE0_ALPHA_BITMAP_BUTTON));
+			Stage0AlphaBitmapButton->SetType(CBT_CHECK);
+			Stage0AlphaBitmapButton->SetHighlightColor(GREEN_WASH);
+			Stage0AlphaBitmapButton->SetCheck(TheMtl->Get_Texture_Alpha_Bitmap(PassIndex,0));				
+			Stage0AlphaBitmapButton->SetText(Get_String(IDS_ALPHA_BITMAP));
+
+			Stage1AlphaBitmapButton = GetICustButton(GetDlgItem(dlg_wnd, IDC_STAGE1_ALPHA_BITMAP_BUTTON));
+			Stage1AlphaBitmapButton->SetType(CBT_CHECK);
+			Stage1AlphaBitmapButton->SetHighlightColor(GREEN_WASH);
+			Stage1AlphaBitmapButton->SetCheck(TheMtl->Get_Texture_Alpha_Bitmap(PassIndex,1));				
+			Stage1AlphaBitmapButton->SetText(Get_String(IDS_ALPHA_BITMAP));
+
+			Stage0DisplayButton = GetICustButton(GetDlgItem(dlg_wnd, IDC_STAGE0_DISPLAY_BUTTON));
+			Stage0DisplayButton->SetType(CBT_CHECK);
+			Stage0DisplayButton->SetHighlightColor(GREEN_WASH);
+			Stage0DisplayButton->SetCheck(TheMtl->Get_Texture_Display(PassIndex,0));
+			Stage0DisplayButton->SetText(Get_String(IDS_DISPLAY));
+
+			Stage1DisplayButton = GetICustButton(GetDlgItem(dlg_wnd, IDC_STAGE1_DISPLAY_BUTTON));
+			Stage1DisplayButton->SetType(CBT_CHECK);
+			Stage1DisplayButton->SetHighlightColor(GREEN_WASH);
+			Stage1DisplayButton->SetCheck(TheMtl->Get_Texture_Display(PassIndex,1));
+			Stage1DisplayButton->SetText(Get_String(IDS_DISPLAY));
+			break;
+		}
+
+		case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
+		case WM_LBUTTONUP:
+		case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
+		{
+			IParams->RollupMouseMessage(dlg_wnd,message,wparam,lparam);
+			return FALSE;
+		}
+
+		case CC_SPINNER_CHANGE:    
+		{
+			TheMtl->Set_Texture_Frame_Count(	PassIndex, 0,
+														Stage0FramesSpin->GetIVal());
+			
+			TheMtl->Set_Texture_Frame_Rate(	PassIndex, 0,
+														Stage0RateSpin->GetFVal());
+
+			TheMtl->Set_Texture_Frame_Count(	PassIndex, 1,
+														Stage1FramesSpin->GetIVal());
+
+			TheMtl->Set_Texture_Frame_Rate(	PassIndex, 1,
+														Stage1RateSpin->GetFVal());
+			break;
+		}
+
+		case CC_SPINNER_BUTTONUP: 
+		{
+			TheMtl->Notify_Changed();
+			break;
+		}
+
+		case WM_COMMAND: 
+		{
+			switch (id) 
+			{
+				case IDC_STAGE0_BUTTON:
+				{
+					BitmapInfo bmi;
+					BitmapTex * texture;
+
+					if (TheManager->SelectFileInput(&bmi, m_hWnd)) {
+						texture = NewDefaultBitmapTex();
+						if (texture) {
+
+							BOOL disp = TheMtl->Get_Texture_Display(PassIndex,0);
+							if (disp) {
+								TheMtl->Set_Texture_Display(PassIndex,0,FALSE);
+							}
+
+							texture->SetMapName((char *)bmi.Name());
+							int texmap_index = TheMtl->pass_stage_to_texmap_index(PassIndex,0);
+							TheMtl->SetSubTexmap(texmap_index,texture);
+							Update_Texture_Buttons();
+							TheMtl->Notify_Changed();
+
+							if (disp) {
+								TheMtl->Set_Texture_Display(PassIndex,0,TRUE);
+								TheMtl->Notify_Changed();
+							}
+						}
+					}
+					break;
+				}
+				case IDC_STAGE1_BUTTON:
+				{
+					BitmapInfo bmi;
+					BitmapTex * texture;
+
+					if (TheManager->SelectFileInput(&bmi, m_hWnd)) {
+						texture = NewDefaultBitmapTex();
+						if (texture) {
+							
+							BOOL disp = TheMtl->Get_Texture_Display(PassIndex,1);
+							if (disp) {
+								TheMtl->Set_Texture_Display(PassIndex,1,FALSE);
+							}
+
+							texture->SetMapName((char *)bmi.Name());
+							int texmap_index = TheMtl->pass_stage_to_texmap_index(PassIndex,1);
+							TheMtl->SetSubTexmap(texmap_index,texture);
+							Update_Texture_Buttons();
+							TheMtl->Notify_Changed();
+							
+							if (disp) {
+								TheMtl->Set_Texture_Display(PassIndex,1,TRUE);
+								TheMtl->Notify_Changed();
+							}
+						}
+					}
+					break;
+				}
+				case IDC_STAGE0_ENABLE:
+				{
+					int checkbox = GetCheckBox(dlg_wnd,IDC_STAGE0_ENABLE);
+					Enable_Stage(0,(checkbox == TRUE ? true : false) );
+
+					// If the texture stage is turned off, turn off the Display button so that it won't
+					// show up in the viewport.
+					if (checkbox == FALSE) {
+
+						TheMtl->Set_Texture_Display(PassIndex, 0, FALSE);
+						TheMtl->Notify_Changed();
+					}
+					break;
+				}
+				case IDC_STAGE1_ENABLE:
+				{
+					int checkbox = GetCheckBox(dlg_wnd,IDC_STAGE1_ENABLE);
+
+					Enable_Stage(1,(checkbox == TRUE ? true : false) );
+
+					// If the texture stage is turned off, turn off the Display button so that it won't
+					// show up in the viewport.
+					if (checkbox == FALSE) {
+
+						TheMtl->Set_Texture_Display(PassIndex, 1, FALSE);
+						TheMtl->Notify_Changed();
+					}
+					break;
+				}
+				case IDC_STAGE0_PUBLISH_BUTTON:
+				{
+					TheMtl->Set_Texture_Publish(PassIndex,0,(Stage0PublishButton->IsChecked() ? TRUE : FALSE));
+					break;
+				}
+				case IDC_STAGE1_PUBLISH_BUTTON:
+				{
+					TheMtl->Set_Texture_Publish(PassIndex,1,(Stage1PublishButton->IsChecked() ? TRUE : FALSE));
+					break;
+				}
+
+				case IDC_STAGE0_CLAMP_U_BUTTON:
+				{
+					TheMtl->Set_Texture_Clamp_U(PassIndex,0,(Stage0ClampUButton->IsChecked() ? TRUE : FALSE));
+					break;
+				}
+				case IDC_STAGE1_CLAMP_U_BUTTON:
+				{
+					TheMtl->Set_Texture_Clamp_U(PassIndex,1,(Stage1ClampUButton->IsChecked() ? TRUE : FALSE));
+					break;
+				}
+				case IDC_STAGE0_CLAMP_V_BUTTON:
+				{
+					TheMtl->Set_Texture_Clamp_V(PassIndex,0,(Stage0ClampVButton->IsChecked() ? TRUE : FALSE));
+					break;
+				}
+				case IDC_STAGE1_CLAMP_V_BUTTON:
+				{
+					TheMtl->Set_Texture_Clamp_V(PassIndex,1,(Stage1ClampVButton->IsChecked() ? TRUE : FALSE));
+					break;
+				}
+				case IDC_STAGE0_NOLOD_BUTTON:
+				{
+					TheMtl->Set_Texture_No_LOD(PassIndex,0,(Stage0NoLODButton->IsChecked() ? TRUE : FALSE));
+					break;
+				}
+				case IDC_STAGE1_NOLOD_BUTTON:
+				{
+					TheMtl->Set_Texture_No_LOD(PassIndex,1,(Stage1NoLODButton->IsChecked() ? TRUE : FALSE));
+					break;
+				}
+				case IDC_STAGE0_ALPHA_BITMAP_BUTTON:
+				{
+					TheMtl->Set_Texture_Alpha_Bitmap(PassIndex,0,(Stage0AlphaBitmapButton->IsChecked() ? TRUE : FALSE));
+					break;
+				}
+				case IDC_STAGE1_ALPHA_BITMAP_BUTTON:
+				{
+					TheMtl->Set_Texture_Alpha_Bitmap(PassIndex,1,(Stage0AlphaBitmapButton->IsChecked() ? TRUE : FALSE));
+					break;
+				}
+				case IDC_STAGE0_DISPLAY_BUTTON:
+				{
+					TheMtl->Set_Texture_Display(PassIndex,0,(Stage0DisplayButton->IsChecked() ? TRUE : FALSE));
+					TheMtl->Notify_Changed();
+					break;
+				}
+				case IDC_STAGE1_DISPLAY_BUTTON:
+				{
+					TheMtl->Set_Texture_Display(PassIndex,1,(Stage1DisplayButton->IsChecked() ? TRUE : FALSE));
+					TheMtl->Notify_Changed();
+					break;
+				}
+				case IDC_STAGE0_ANIM_COMBO:
+				{
+					if (code == CBN_SELCHANGE) {
+						cursel = SendDlgItemMessage(dlg_wnd,IDC_STAGE0_ANIM_COMBO,CB_GETCURSEL,0,0);
+						TheMtl->Set_Texture_Anim_Type(PassIndex,0,cursel);
+					}
+					break;
+				}
+				case IDC_STAGE1_ANIM_COMBO:
+				{
+					if (code == CBN_SELCHANGE) {
+						cursel = SendDlgItemMessage(dlg_wnd,IDC_STAGE1_ANIM_COMBO,CB_GETCURSEL,0,0);
+						TheMtl->Set_Texture_Anim_Type(PassIndex,1,cursel);
+					}
+					break;
+				}
+				case IDC_STAGE0_HINT_COMBO:
+				{
+					if (code == CBN_SELCHANGE) {
+						cursel = SendDlgItemMessage(dlg_wnd,IDC_STAGE0_HINT_COMBO,CB_GETCURSEL,0,0);
+						TheMtl->Set_Texture_Hint(PassIndex,0,cursel);
+					}
+					break;
+				}
+				case IDC_STAGE1_HINT_COMBO:
+				{
+					if (code == CBN_SELCHANGE) {
+						cursel = SendDlgItemMessage(dlg_wnd,IDC_STAGE1_HINT_COMBO,CB_GETCURSEL,0,0);
+						TheMtl->Set_Texture_Hint(PassIndex,1,cursel);
+					}
+					break;
+				}
+
+			}
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GameMtlTextureDlg::ReloadDialog -- reload the contents of all of the controls in this dialo *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/23/98   GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GameMtlTextureDlg::ReloadDialog(void)
+{
+	DebugPrint("GameMtlTextureDlg::ReloadDialog\n");
+	assert(Stage0FramesSpin && Stage1FramesSpin && Stage0RateSpin && Stage1RateSpin);
+	Stage0FramesSpin->SetValue(TheMtl->Get_Texture_Frame_Count(PassIndex,0),FALSE);
+	Stage1FramesSpin->SetValue(TheMtl->Get_Texture_Frame_Count(PassIndex,1),FALSE);
+	Stage0RateSpin->SetValue(TheMtl->Get_Texture_Frame_Rate(PassIndex,0),FALSE);
+	Stage1RateSpin->SetValue(TheMtl->Get_Texture_Frame_Rate(PassIndex,1),FALSE);
+	
+	SendDlgItemMessage(	m_hWnd, 
+								IDC_STAGE0_ANIM_COMBO, 
+								CB_SETCURSEL, 
+								TheMtl->Get_Texture_Anim_Type(PassIndex,0), 0 );
+
+	SendDlgItemMessage(	m_hWnd, 
+								IDC_STAGE1_ANIM_COMBO, 
+								CB_SETCURSEL, 
+								TheMtl->Get_Texture_Anim_Type(PassIndex,1), 0 );
+
+	SendDlgItemMessage(	m_hWnd, 
+								IDC_STAGE0_HINT_COMBO, 
+								CB_SETCURSEL, 
+								TheMtl->Get_Texture_Hint(PassIndex,0), 0 );
+
+	SendDlgItemMessage(	m_hWnd, 
+								IDC_STAGE1_HINT_COMBO, 
+								CB_SETCURSEL, 
+								TheMtl->Get_Texture_Hint(PassIndex,1), 0 );
+
+	SetCheckBox(m_hWnd,IDC_STAGE0_ENABLE, TheMtl->Get_Texture_Enable(PassIndex,0));
+	SetCheckBox(m_hWnd,IDC_STAGE1_ENABLE, TheMtl->Get_Texture_Enable(PassIndex,1));
+
+	Stage0PublishButton->SetCheck(TheMtl->Get_Texture_Publish(PassIndex,0));				
+	Stage1PublishButton->SetCheck(TheMtl->Get_Texture_Publish(PassIndex,1));				
+	Stage0ClampUButton->SetCheck(TheMtl->Get_Texture_Clamp_U(PassIndex,0));				
+	Stage1ClampUButton->SetCheck(TheMtl->Get_Texture_Clamp_U(PassIndex,1));				
+	Stage0ClampVButton->SetCheck(TheMtl->Get_Texture_Clamp_V(PassIndex,0));				
+	Stage1ClampVButton->SetCheck(TheMtl->Get_Texture_Clamp_V(PassIndex,1));				
+	Stage0NoLODButton->SetCheck(TheMtl->Get_Texture_No_LOD(PassIndex,0));				
+	Stage1NoLODButton->SetCheck(TheMtl->Get_Texture_No_LOD(PassIndex,1));				
+	Stage0AlphaBitmapButton->SetCheck(TheMtl->Get_Texture_Alpha_Bitmap(PassIndex,0));				
+	Stage1AlphaBitmapButton->SetCheck(TheMtl->Get_Texture_Alpha_Bitmap(PassIndex,1));				
+	Stage0DisplayButton->SetCheck(TheMtl->Get_Texture_Display(PassIndex,0));
+	Stage1DisplayButton->SetCheck(TheMtl->Get_Texture_Display(PassIndex,1));
+
+	Update_Texture_Buttons();
+
+	Enable_Stage(0,TheMtl->Get_Texture_Enable(PassIndex,0));
+	Enable_Stage(1,TheMtl->Get_Texture_Enable(PassIndex,1));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GameMtlTextureDlg::ActivateDlg -- activate/deactivate this dialog                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/23/98   GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GameMtlTextureDlg::ActivateDlg(BOOL onOff)
+{
+	// no color swatches to activate.
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GameMtlTextureDlg::Enable_Stage -- enable or disable a texture stage                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/23/98   GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GameMtlTextureDlg::Enable_Stage(int stage,BOOL onoff)
+{
+	assert((stage >= 0) && (stage < W3dMaterialClass::MAX_STAGES));
+	TheMtl->Set_Texture_Enable(PassIndex,stage,(onoff == TRUE ? true : false));
+		
+	if (stage == 0) {
+		
+		EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(m_hWnd,IDC_STAGE0_BUTTON),onoff);
+
+		// Turn these off if it is a playstation 2 shader.
+		// These aren't supported yet.
+		if (TheMtl->Get_Shader_Type() == GameMtl::STE_PC_SHADER) {
+			EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(m_hWnd,IDC_STAGE0_RATE_SPIN), onoff);
+			EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(m_hWnd,IDC_STAGE0_RATE_EDIT), onoff);
+			EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(m_hWnd,IDC_STAGE0_FRAMES_SPIN), onoff);
+			EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(m_hWnd,IDC_STAGE0_FRAMES_EDIT), onoff);
+			EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(m_hWnd,IDC_STAGE0_ANIM_COMBO), onoff);
+		} else {
+			EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(m_hWnd,IDC_STAGE0_RATE_SPIN), FALSE);
+			EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(m_hWnd,IDC_STAGE0_RATE_EDIT), FALSE);
+			EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(m_hWnd,IDC_STAGE0_FRAMES_SPIN), FALSE);
+			EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(m_hWnd,IDC_STAGE0_FRAMES_EDIT), FALSE);
+			EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(m_hWnd,IDC_STAGE0_ANIM_COMBO), FALSE);
+		}
+
+		EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(m_hWnd,IDC_STAGE0_PUBLISH_BUTTON),onoff);
+		EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(m_hWnd,IDC_STAGE0_CLAMP_U_BUTTON),onoff);
+		EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(m_hWnd,IDC_STAGE0_CLAMP_V_BUTTON),onoff);
+		EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(m_hWnd,IDC_STAGE0_NOLOD_BUTTON),onoff);
+		EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(m_hWnd,IDC_STAGE0_ALPHA_BITMAP_BUTTON),onoff);
+		EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(m_hWnd,IDC_STAGE0_DISPLAY_BUTTON),onoff);
+		EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(m_hWnd,IDC_STAGE0_HINT_COMBO),onoff);
+	  		
+	} else {
+
+		EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(m_hWnd,IDC_STAGE1_BUTTON),onoff);
+		EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(m_hWnd,IDC_STAGE1_RATE_SPIN),onoff);
+		EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(m_hWnd,IDC_STAGE1_RATE_EDIT),onoff);
+		EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(m_hWnd,IDC_STAGE1_FRAMES_SPIN),onoff);
+		EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(m_hWnd,IDC_STAGE1_FRAMES_EDIT),onoff);
+		EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(m_hWnd,IDC_STAGE1_PUBLISH_BUTTON),onoff);
+		EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(m_hWnd,IDC_STAGE1_CLAMP_U_BUTTON),onoff);
+		EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(m_hWnd,IDC_STAGE1_CLAMP_V_BUTTON),onoff);
+		EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(m_hWnd,IDC_STAGE1_NOLOD_BUTTON),onoff);
+		EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(m_hWnd,IDC_STAGE1_ALPHA_BITMAP_BUTTON),onoff);
+		EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(m_hWnd,IDC_STAGE1_DISPLAY_BUTTON),onoff);
+		EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(m_hWnd,IDC_STAGE1_ANIM_COMBO),onoff);
+		EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(m_hWnd,IDC_STAGE1_HINT_COMBO),onoff);
+
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GameMtlTextureDlg::Update_Texture_Buttons -- update the texture buttons text                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/23/98   GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GameMtlTextureDlg::Update_Texture_Buttons(void)
+{
+	Texmap * texmap;
+	texmap = TheMtl->Get_Texture(PassIndex,0);
+	TSTR filename;
+
+	if (texmap) {
+		SplitPathFile(texmap->GetFullName(),NULL,&filename);
+		SetDlgItemText(m_hWnd, IDC_STAGE0_BUTTON,filename);
+	} else {
+		SetDlgItemText(m_hWnd, IDC_STAGE0_BUTTON,Get_String(IDS_NONE));
+	}
+
+	texmap = TheMtl->Get_Texture(PassIndex,1);
+	if (texmap) {
+		SplitPathFile(texmap->GetFullName(),NULL,&filename);
+		SetDlgItemText(m_hWnd, IDC_STAGE1_BUTTON,filename);
+	} else {
+		SetDlgItemText(m_hWnd, IDC_STAGE1_BUTTON,Get_String(IDS_NONE));
+	}
+}

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/GameMtlTextureDlg.h

@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Max2W3d                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/GameMtlTextureDlg.h            $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                       Author:: Greg Hjelstrom                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 8/14/00 1:47p                                               $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 8                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+
+
+#ifndef GAMEMTLTEXTUREDLG_H
+#define GAMEMTLTEXTUREDLG_H
+
+#include <Max.h>
+#include "GameMtlForm.h"
+
+class GameMtl;
+
+class GameMtlTextureDlg : public GameMtlFormClass
+{
+
+public:
+
+	GameMtlTextureDlg(HWND parent, IMtlParams * imp, GameMtl * m, int pass);
+	~GameMtlTextureDlg(void);
+
+	virtual BOOL		Dialog_Proc (HWND dlg_wnd, UINT message, WPARAM wparam, LPARAM lparam);
+	void					ActivateDlg(BOOL onOff);
+	void					ReloadDialog(void);
+
+private:
+	
+	void					Enable_Stage(int stage,BOOL onoff);
+	void					Update_Texture_Buttons(void);
+
+	ISpinnerControl * Stage0FramesSpin;
+	ISpinnerControl * Stage1FramesSpin;
+
+	ISpinnerControl * Stage0RateSpin;
+	ISpinnerControl * Stage1RateSpin;
+
+	ICustButton *		Stage0PublishButton;
+	ICustButton *		Stage1PublishButton;
+	ICustButton *		Stage0ClampUButton;
+	ICustButton *		Stage1ClampUButton;
+	ICustButton *		Stage0ClampVButton;
+	ICustButton *		Stage1ClampVButton;
+	ICustButton *		Stage0NoLODButton;
+	ICustButton *		Stage1NoLODButton;
+	ICustButton *		Stage0AlphaBitmapButton;
+	ICustButton *		Stage1AlphaBitmapButton;
+	ICustButton *		Stage0DisplayButton;
+	ICustButton *		Stage1DisplayButton;
+};
+
+
+
+
+#endif
+
+

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/GameMtlVertexMaterialDlg.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,392 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Max2W3d                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/GameMtlVertexMaterialDlg.cpp   $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                       Author:: Greg Hjelstrom                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 7/10/00 3:37p                                               $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 12                                                          $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   GameMtlVertexMaterialDlg::GameMtlVertexMaterialDlg -- constructor                         *
+ *   GameMtlVertexMaterialDlg::~GameMtlVertexMaterialDlg -- destructor                         *
+ *   GameMtlVertexMaterialDlg::Dialog_Proc -- windows message handler                          *
+ *   GameMtlVertexMaterialDlg::ReloadDialog -- reload the contents of the controls             *
+ *   GameMtlVertexMaterialDlg::ActivateDlg -- activate / deactivate this dialog                *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#include "GameMtlVertexMaterialDlg.h"
+#include "GameMtl.h"
+#include "dllmain.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GameMtlVertexMaterialDlg::GameMtlVertexMaterialDlg -- constructor                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/23/98   GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+GameMtlVertexMaterialDlg::GameMtlVertexMaterialDlg
+(
+	HWND				parent, 
+	IMtlParams *	imp, 
+	GameMtl *		mtl,
+	int				pass
+) :
+	GameMtlFormClass(imp,mtl,pass)
+{
+	AmbientSwatch = NULL;
+	DiffuseSwatch = NULL;
+	SpecularSwatch = NULL;
+	EmissiveSwatch = NULL;
+
+	OpacitySpin = NULL;
+	TranslucencySpin = NULL;
+	ShininessSpin = NULL;
+
+	for (int i=0; i<MAX_STAGES; i++) {
+		UVChannelSpin[i] = NULL;
+	}
+
+	Create_Form(parent,IDD_GAMEMTL_VERTEX_MATERIAL);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GameMtlVertexMaterialDlg::~GameMtlVertexMaterialDlg -- destructor                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/23/98   GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+GameMtlVertexMaterialDlg::~GameMtlVertexMaterialDlg()
+{
+	if (AmbientSwatch) {
+		ReleaseIColorSwatch(AmbientSwatch);
+	}
+	if (DiffuseSwatch) {
+		ReleaseIColorSwatch(DiffuseSwatch);
+	}
+	if (SpecularSwatch) {
+		ReleaseIColorSwatch(SpecularSwatch);
+	}
+	if (EmissiveSwatch) {
+		ReleaseIColorSwatch(EmissiveSwatch);
+	}
+	if (OpacitySpin) {
+		ReleaseISpinner(OpacitySpin);
+	}
+	if (TranslucencySpin) {
+		ReleaseISpinner(TranslucencySpin);
+	}
+	if (ShininessSpin) {
+		ReleaseISpinner(ShininessSpin);
+	}
+	for (int i=0; i<MAX_STAGES; i++) {
+		if (UVChannelSpin[i] != NULL) {
+			ReleaseISpinner(UVChannelSpin[i]);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GameMtlVertexMaterialDlg::Dialog_Proc -- windows message handler                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/23/98   GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BOOL GameMtlVertexMaterialDlg::Dialog_Proc(HWND dlg_wnd, UINT message, WPARAM wparam, LPARAM lparam)
+{ 
+	int val;
+	int id = LOWORD(wparam);
+	int code = HIWORD(wparam);
+
+	switch (message) 
+	{
+		case WM_INITDIALOG:
+		{
+			AmbientSwatch = GetIColorSwatch(GetDlgItem(dlg_wnd, IDC_AMBIENT_COLOR),TheMtl->Get_Ambient(PassIndex,IParams->GetTime()),Get_String(IDS_AMBIENT_COLOR));
+			DiffuseSwatch = GetIColorSwatch(GetDlgItem(dlg_wnd, IDC_DIFFUSE_COLOR),TheMtl->Get_Diffuse(PassIndex,IParams->GetTime()),Get_String(IDS_DIFFUSE_COLOR));
+			SpecularSwatch = GetIColorSwatch(GetDlgItem(dlg_wnd, IDC_SPECULAR_COLOR),TheMtl->Get_Specular(PassIndex,IParams->GetTime()),Get_String(IDS_SPECULAR_COLOR));
+			EmissiveSwatch = GetIColorSwatch(GetDlgItem(dlg_wnd, IDC_EMISSIVE_COLOR),TheMtl->Get_Emissive(PassIndex,IParams->GetTime()),Get_String(IDS_EMISSIVE_COLOR));
+
+			OpacitySpin = SetupFloatSpinner(dlg_wnd,IDC_OPACITY_SPIN,IDC_OPACITY_EDIT,0.0f,1.0f,TheMtl->Get_Opacity(PassIndex,IParams->GetTime()),0.01f);
+			TranslucencySpin = SetupFloatSpinner(dlg_wnd,IDC_TRANSLUCENCY_SPIN,IDC_TRANSULCENCY_EDIT,0.0f,1.0f,TheMtl->Get_Translucency(PassIndex,IParams->GetTime()),0.01f);
+			ShininessSpin = SetupFloatSpinner(dlg_wnd,IDC_SHININESS_SPIN,IDC_SHININESS_EDIT,1.0f,1000.0f,TheMtl->Get_Shininess(PassIndex,IParams->GetTime()),1.0f);
+			UVChannelSpin[0] = SetupIntSpinner(dlg_wnd,IDC_STAGE0UVCHAN_SPIN,IDC_STAGE0UVCHAN_EDIT,1,99,1);
+			UVChannelSpin[1] = SetupIntSpinner(dlg_wnd,IDC_STAGE1UVCHAN_SPIN,IDC_STAGE1UVCHAN_EDIT,1,99,1);
+			break;
+		}
+		
+		case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
+		case WM_LBUTTONUP:
+		case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
+		{
+			IParams->RollupMouseMessage(dlg_wnd,message,wparam,lparam);
+			return FALSE;
+		}
+
+		case WM_COMMAND: 
+		{
+			switch (id) 
+			{
+				case IDC_COPY_SPECULAR_DIFFUSE:
+					TheMtl->Set_Copy_Specular_To_Diffuse(PassIndex,GetCheckBox(dlg_wnd, IDC_COPY_SPECULAR_DIFFUSE) == TRUE);
+					break;
+				
+				case IDC_MAPPING0_COMBO:
+					if (code == CBN_SELCHANGE) {
+						val = SendDlgItemMessage(dlg_wnd,IDC_MAPPING0_COMBO,CB_GETCURSEL,0,0);
+						TheMtl->Set_Mapping_Type(PassIndex,0,val);
+					}
+					break;
+
+				case IDC_MAPPING1_COMBO:
+					if (code == CBN_SELCHANGE) {
+						val = SendDlgItemMessage(dlg_wnd,IDC_MAPPING1_COMBO,CB_GETCURSEL,0,0);
+						TheMtl->Set_Mapping_Type(PassIndex,1,val);
+					}
+					break;
+
+				case IDC_MAPPING0_ARGS_EDIT:
+					switch (code) {
+						case EN_SETFOCUS:
+							DisableAccelerators();
+							break;
+						case EN_KILLFOCUS:
+							EnableAccelerators();
+							break;
+						case EN_CHANGE:
+							int len = GetWindowTextLength(GetDlgItem(dlg_wnd, IDC_MAPPING0_ARGS_EDIT));
+							char *buffer = TheMtl->Get_Mapping_Arg_Buffer(PassIndex, 0, len);
+							GetWindowText(GetDlgItem(dlg_wnd, IDC_MAPPING0_ARGS_EDIT), buffer, len + 1);
+							break;
+					}
+					break;
+
+				case IDC_MAPPING1_ARGS_EDIT:
+					switch (code) {
+						case EN_SETFOCUS:
+							DisableAccelerators();
+							break;
+						case EN_KILLFOCUS:
+							EnableAccelerators();
+							break;
+						case EN_CHANGE:
+							int len = GetWindowTextLength(GetDlgItem(dlg_wnd, IDC_MAPPING1_ARGS_EDIT));
+							char *buffer = TheMtl->Get_Mapping_Arg_Buffer(PassIndex, 1, len);
+							GetWindowText(GetDlgItem(dlg_wnd, IDC_MAPPING1_ARGS_EDIT), buffer, len + 1);
+							break;
+					}
+					break;
+
+				case IDC_NO_TRANS:
+					TheMtl->Set_PSX_Translucency(PassIndex,GAMEMTL_PSX_TRANS_NONE);
+					break;
+
+				case IDC_100_TRANS:
+					TheMtl->Set_PSX_Translucency(PassIndex,GAMEMTL_PSX_TRANS_100);
+					break;
+				
+				case IDC_50_TRANS:
+					TheMtl->Set_PSX_Translucency(PassIndex,GAMEMTL_PSX_TRANS_50);
+					break;
+				
+				case IDC_25_TRANS:
+					TheMtl->Set_PSX_Translucency(PassIndex,GAMEMTL_PSX_TRANS_25);
+					break;
+
+				case IDC_MINUS_100_TRANS:
+					TheMtl->Set_PSX_Translucency(PassIndex,GAMEMTL_PSX_TRANS_MINUS_100);
+					break;
+				
+				case IDC_NO_RT_LIGHTING:
+					TheMtl->Set_PSX_Lighting(PassIndex,!GetCheckBox(dlg_wnd, IDC_NO_RT_LIGHTING));
+					break;
+			}
+			break;
+		}
+
+		case CC_COLOR_CHANGE:
+		{			
+			// just update all of the colors
+			TheMtl->Set_Ambient(PassIndex,IParams->GetTime(),AmbientSwatch->GetColor());
+			TheMtl->Set_Diffuse(PassIndex,IParams->GetTime(),DiffuseSwatch->GetColor());
+			TheMtl->Set_Specular(PassIndex,IParams->GetTime(),SpecularSwatch->GetColor());
+			TheMtl->Set_Emissive(PassIndex,IParams->GetTime(),EmissiveSwatch->GetColor());
+			TheMtl->Notify_Changed();
+			break;
+		}			
+
+		case CC_SPINNER_CHANGE:    
+		{
+			TheMtl->Set_Shininess(PassIndex,IParams->GetTime(),ShininessSpin->GetFVal());
+			TheMtl->Set_Opacity(PassIndex,IParams->GetTime(),OpacitySpin->GetFVal());
+			TheMtl->Set_Translucency(PassIndex,IParams->GetTime(),TranslucencySpin->GetFVal());
+			for (int i=0; i<MAX_STAGES; i++) {
+				TheMtl->Set_Map_Channel(PassIndex,i,UVChannelSpin[i]->GetIVal());
+			}
+			break;
+		}
+
+		case CC_SPINNER_BUTTONUP: 
+		{
+			TheMtl->Notify_Changed();
+			break;
+		}
+	
+	}
+	return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GameMtlVertexMaterialDlg::ReloadDialog -- reload the contents of the controls               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/23/98   GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GameMtlVertexMaterialDlg::ReloadDialog(void)
+{
+	// Vertex Material Controls
+	DebugPrint("GameMtlVertexMaterialDlg::ReloadDialog\n");
+	assert(AmbientSwatch && DiffuseSwatch && SpecularSwatch && EmissiveSwatch);
+	assert(ShininessSpin && OpacitySpin && TranslucencySpin);
+
+	AmbientSwatch->InitColor(TheMtl->Get_Ambient(PassIndex,IParams->GetTime()));
+	DiffuseSwatch->InitColor(TheMtl->Get_Diffuse(PassIndex,IParams->GetTime()));
+	SpecularSwatch->InitColor(TheMtl->Get_Specular(PassIndex,IParams->GetTime()));
+	EmissiveSwatch->InitColor(TheMtl->Get_Emissive(PassIndex,IParams->GetTime()));
+	
+	ShininessSpin->SetValue(TheMtl->Get_Shininess(PassIndex,IParams->GetTime()),FALSE);
+	OpacitySpin->SetValue(TheMtl->Get_Opacity(PassIndex,IParams->GetTime()),FALSE);
+	TranslucencySpin->SetValue(TheMtl->Get_Translucency(PassIndex,IParams->GetTime()),FALSE);
+	for (int i=0; i<MAX_STAGES; i++) {
+		UVChannelSpin[i]->SetValue(TheMtl->Get_Map_Channel(PassIndex,i),FALSE);
+	}
+
+	SetCheckBox(m_hWnd,IDC_COPY_SPECULAR_DIFFUSE, TheMtl->Get_Copy_Specular_To_Diffuse(PassIndex));
+
+	SendDlgItemMessage(	m_hWnd, 
+								IDC_MAPPING0_COMBO, 
+								CB_SETCURSEL, 
+								TheMtl->Get_Mapping_Type(PassIndex, 0), 
+								0 );
+
+	SendDlgItemMessage(	m_hWnd, 
+								IDC_MAPPING1_COMBO, 
+								CB_SETCURSEL, 
+								TheMtl->Get_Mapping_Type(PassIndex, 1), 
+								0 );
+
+	// PSX Controls
+	SetCheckBox(m_hWnd,IDC_NO_RT_LIGHTING, !TheMtl->Get_PSX_Lighting(PassIndex));
+	SetCheckBox(m_hWnd,IDC_NO_TRANS, false);
+	SetCheckBox(m_hWnd,IDC_100_TRANS, false);
+	SetCheckBox(m_hWnd,IDC_50_TRANS, false);
+	SetCheckBox(m_hWnd,IDC_25_TRANS, false);
+	SetCheckBox(m_hWnd,IDC_MINUS_100_TRANS, false);
+
+	switch (TheMtl->Get_PSX_Translucency(PassIndex)) {
+		case 0:
+			SetCheckBox(m_hWnd,IDC_NO_TRANS,true);
+			break;
+		case GAMEMTL_PSX_TRANS_100:
+			SetCheckBox(m_hWnd,IDC_100_TRANS,true);
+			break;
+		case GAMEMTL_PSX_TRANS_50:
+			SetCheckBox(m_hWnd,IDC_50_TRANS,true);
+			break;
+		case GAMEMTL_PSX_TRANS_25:
+			SetCheckBox(m_hWnd,IDC_25_TRANS,true);
+			break;
+		case GAMEMTL_PSX_TRANS_MINUS_100:
+			SetCheckBox(m_hWnd,IDC_MINUS_100_TRANS,true);
+			break;
+	}
+
+	// Reload contents of mapper args edit box:
+	char *buffer = TheMtl->Get_Mapping_Arg_Buffer(PassIndex, 0);
+	SetWindowText(GetDlgItem(m_hWnd, IDC_MAPPING0_ARGS_EDIT), buffer);
+	buffer = TheMtl->Get_Mapping_Arg_Buffer(PassIndex, 1);
+	SetWindowText(GetDlgItem(m_hWnd, IDC_MAPPING1_ARGS_EDIT), buffer);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GameMtlVertexMaterialDlg::ActivateDlg -- activate / deactivate this dialog                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/23/98   GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GameMtlVertexMaterialDlg::ActivateDlg(BOOL onoff)
+{
+	if (AmbientSwatch) {
+		AmbientSwatch->Activate(onoff);
+	}
+	if (DiffuseSwatch) {
+		DiffuseSwatch->Activate(onoff);
+	}
+	if (SpecularSwatch) {
+		SpecularSwatch->Activate(onoff);
+	}
+	if (EmissiveSwatch) {
+		EmissiveSwatch->Activate(onoff);
+	}
+}

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/GameMtlVertexMaterialDlg.h

@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Max2W3d                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/GameMtlVertexMaterialDlg.h     $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                       Author:: Greg Hjelstrom                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 5/30/00 12:08p                                              $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 4                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+
+#ifndef GAMEMTLVERTEXMATERIALDLG_H
+#define GAMEMTLVERTEXMATERIALDLG_H
+
+#include <Max.h>
+#include "GameMtlForm.h"
+
+class GameMtl;
+
+class GameMtlVertexMaterialDlg : public GameMtlFormClass
+{
+
+public:
+
+	GameMtlVertexMaterialDlg(HWND parent, IMtlParams * imp, GameMtl * m, int pass);
+	~GameMtlVertexMaterialDlg();
+
+	virtual BOOL		Dialog_Proc (HWND dlg_wnd, UINT message, WPARAM wparam, LPARAM lparam);
+
+	void					ActivateDlg(BOOL onoff);
+	void					ReloadDialog(void);
+
+private:
+
+	enum { MAX_STAGES = 2 };
+
+	IColorSwatch *		AmbientSwatch;
+	IColorSwatch *		DiffuseSwatch;
+	IColorSwatch *		SpecularSwatch;
+	IColorSwatch *		EmissiveSwatch;
+
+	ISpinnerControl * OpacitySpin;
+	ISpinnerControl * TranslucencySpin;
+	ISpinnerControl * ShininessSpin;
+	ISpinnerControl * UVChannelSpin[MAX_STAGES];
+};
+
+
+#endif

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/InputDlg.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : G                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/InputDlg.cpp                   $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                      $Author:: Andre_a                                                     $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 5/08/00 1:58p                                               $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 1                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+
+// InputDlg.cpp : implementation file
+//
+
+#include "InputDlg.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+
+
+static BOOL CALLBACK _thunk_dialog_proc (HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
+
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// InputDlg dialog
+
+
+InputDlg::InputDlg (HWND hWndParent)
+:	m_hWndParent(hWndParent),
+	m_hWnd(NULL)
+{
+	// Set the strings to default values.
+	SetCaption("Input Value...");
+	SetLabel("Please enter a value:");
+	SetValue(NULL);
+}
+
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// InputDlg Methods
+
+int InputDlg::DoModal (void)
+{
+	// Put up the dialog box.
+	BOOL result = DialogBoxParam(AppInstance, MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDD),
+							m_hWndParent, (DLGPROC)_thunk_dialog_proc,
+							(LPARAM)this);
+
+	// Return IDOK if the user accepted the new settings.
+	return (result == 1) ? IDOK : IDCANCEL;
+}
+
+void InputDlg::SetCaption (const char *caption)
+{
+	if (caption)
+	{
+		assert(strlen(caption) < sizeof(m_Caption));
+		strcpy(m_Caption, caption);
+	}
+	else
+		m_Caption[0] = '\0';
+}
+
+void InputDlg::SetLabel (const char *label)
+{
+	if (label)
+	{
+		assert(strlen(label) < sizeof(m_Label));
+		strcpy(m_Label, label);
+	}
+	else
+		m_Label[0] = '\0';
+}
+
+void InputDlg::SetValue (const char *value)
+{
+	if (value)
+	{
+		assert(strlen(value) < sizeof(m_Value));
+		strcpy(m_Value, value);
+	}
+	else
+		m_Value[0] = '\0';
+}
+
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// InputDlg DialogProc
+
+BOOL CALLBACK _thunk_dialog_proc (HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
+{
+	static InputDlg *dialog = NULL;
+
+	if (uMsg == WM_INITDIALOG)
+	{
+		dialog = (InputDlg*)lParam;
+		dialog->m_hWnd = hWnd;
+	}
+
+	if (dialog)
+		return dialog->DialogProc(hWnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
+	else
+		return 0;
+}
+
+BOOL CALLBACK InputDlg::DialogProc (HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
+{
+	int code = HIWORD(wParam);
+
+	switch (uMsg)
+	{
+		/*******************************************************************
+		* WM_INITDIALOG
+		*
+		* Initialize all of the custom controls for the dialog box
+		*
+		*******************************************************************/
+		case WM_INITDIALOG:
+
+			OnInitDialog(wParam, lParam);
+			return TRUE;
+
+
+		/*******************************************************************
+		* WM_COMMAND
+		*
+		*
+		*******************************************************************/
+		case WM_COMMAND:
+
+			switch (LOWORD(wParam))
+			{
+				case IDOK:
+					if (!OnOK())
+						return TRUE;
+
+					SetCursor(LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_WAIT));
+					EndDialog(m_hWnd, 1);
+					break;
+
+				case IDCANCEL:
+					EndDialog(m_hWnd, 0);
+					break;
+			}
+			return TRUE;
+	}
+
+	return FALSE;
+}
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// InputDlg message handlers
+
+LRESULT InputDlg::OnInitDialog (WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
+{
+	// Set the cursor to the normal arrow.
+	SetCursor(LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW));
+
+	// Set the dialog box caption.
+	SetWindowText(m_hWnd, m_Caption);
+
+	// Set the label text.
+	HWND hLabel = GetDlgItem(m_hWnd, IDC_LABEL);
+	assert(hLabel != NULL);
+	SetWindowText(hLabel, m_Label);
+
+	// Set the default value.
+	HWND hEdit = GetDlgItem(m_hWnd, IDC_VALUE);
+	assert(hEdit != NULL);
+	SetWindowText(hEdit, m_Value);
+
+	// Select all of the text in the edit box.
+	SendMessage(hEdit, EM_SETSEL, 0, -1);
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+BOOL InputDlg::OnOK (void)
+{
+	// Update our copy of what the user typed.
+	HWND hEdit = GetDlgItem(m_hWnd, IDC_VALUE);
+	assert(hEdit != NULL);
+	GetWindowText(hEdit, m_Value, sizeof(m_Value));
+
+	// The dialog can be dismissed.
+	return TRUE;
+}

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/InputDlg.h

@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : G                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/InputDlg.h                     $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                      $Author:: Andre_a                                                     $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 5/08/00 1:36p                                               $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 1                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+
+#ifndef INPUTDLG_H
+#define INPUTDLG_H
+
+#include "dllmain.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// InputDlg dialog - a generic input box for MAXScript
+
+class InputDlg
+{
+	friend BOOL CALLBACK _thunk_dialog_proc (HWND, UINT, WPARAM, LPARAM);
+
+public:
+
+	// Construction
+	InputDlg (HWND hWndParent=NULL);
+
+	// Methods
+	int DoModal (void);		// returns IDOK or IDCANCEL
+
+	void SetCaption (const char *caption);
+	void SetLabel (const char *label);
+	void SetValue (const char *value);
+
+	// DialogProc
+	BOOL CALLBACK DialogProc (HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
+
+	// Dialog data associated with GUI components.
+	char	m_Value[1024];		// edit box
+	char	m_Label[512];		// description label
+	char	m_Caption[128];	// dialog caption
+
+protected:
+
+	// Dialog data
+	enum			{ IDD = IDD_INPUT_DIALOG };
+	HWND			m_hWnd;
+	HWND			m_hWndParent;
+
+	// Message Handlers
+	LRESULT OnInitDialog (WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
+	BOOL OnOK (void);
+};
+
+
+#endif

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/LightGlareSave.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Max2W3D                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/LightGlareSave.cpp             $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *              Original Author:: Greg Hjelstrom                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                      $Author:: Greg_h                                                      $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 8/06/00 11:21a                                              $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 2                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "LightGlareSave.h"
+#include "w3d_file.h"
+#include "util.h"
+#include "w3dappdata.h"
+#include "errclass.h"
+
+
+LightGlareSaveClass::LightGlareSaveClass
+(
+	char * mesh_name,
+	char * container_name,
+	INode * inode,
+	Matrix3 & exportspace,
+	TimeValue curtime,
+	Progress_Meter_Class & meter
+)
+{
+	//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	// Init the glare info
+	//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	memset(&GlareData,0,sizeof(GlareData));
+
+	//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	// Get the position of the pivot point relative to the given
+	// export coordinate system.
+	//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	
+	// Transform the mesh into the desired coordinate system
+	Matrix3 node_matrix = inode->GetObjectTM(curtime);
+	Matrix3 offset_matrix = node_matrix * Inverse(exportspace);
+
+	GlareData.Position.X = offset_matrix.GetTrans().x;
+	GlareData.Position.Y = offset_matrix.GetTrans().y;
+	GlareData.Position.Z = offset_matrix.GetTrans().z;
+}
+
+
+
+int LightGlareSaveClass::Write_To_File(ChunkSaveClass & csave)
+{
+	csave.Begin_Chunk(W3D_CHUNK_LIGHTGLARE);
+	csave.Begin_Chunk(W3D_CHUNK_LIGHTGLARE_INFO);
+	csave.Write(&GlareData,sizeof(GlareData));
+	csave.End_Chunk();
+	csave.End_Chunk();
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/LightGlareSave.h

@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Max2W3D                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/LightGlareSave.h               $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *              Original Author:: Greg Hjelstrom                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                      $Author:: Greg_h                                                      $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 8/05/00 10:27a                                              $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 1                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER)
+#pragma once
+#endif
+
+#ifndef LIGHTGLARESAVE_H
+#define LIGHTGLARESAVE_H
+
+#include <Max.h>
+#include "w3d_file.h"
+#include "chunkio.h"
+#include "progress.h"
+
+
+/*******************************************************************************************
+**
+** LightGlareSaveClass - Create a Light Glare definition from a Max mesh.  In the initial
+** implementation, all I need to save is the point at the pivot of the mesh.  
+**
+*******************************************************************************************/
+class LightGlareSaveClass
+{
+public:
+
+	enum {
+		EX_UNKNOWN = 0,	// exception error codes
+		EX_CANCEL = 1
+	};
+
+	LightGlareSaveClass(		char *						mesh_name,	
+									char *						container_name,
+									INode *						inode,
+									Matrix3 &					exportspace,
+									TimeValue					curtime,
+									Progress_Meter_Class &	meter);
+
+	int Write_To_File(ChunkSaveClass & csave);
+
+private:
+	
+	W3dLightGlareStruct		GlareData;				
+	
+};
+
+
+
+#endif

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/MeshDeform.h

@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/MeshDeform.h 6     4/24/01 6:02p Greg_h $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***                            Confidential - Westwood Studios                              *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Commando / G 3D engine                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : MeshDeform.H                                                 * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Patrick Smith                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 04/19/99                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#ifndef __MESH_DEFORM_H
+#define __MESH_DEFORM_H
+
+#include <Max.h>
+#include "Vector.H"
+
+// Forward declarations
+class MeshDeformPanelClass;
+class MeshDeformModData;
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Prototypes
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+ClassDesc *Get_Mesh_Deform_Desc (void);
+extern Class_ID _MeshDeformClassID;
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	MeshDeformClass
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+class MeshDeformClass : public OSModifier
+{
+	public:
+		
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		//	Public constructors/destructors
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		MeshDeformClass (void)
+			:	m_MaxInterface (NULL),
+				m_ModeMove (NULL),
+				m_ModeSelect (NULL),
+				m_ModeRotate (NULL),
+				m_ModeUScale (NULL),
+				m_ModeNUScale (NULL),
+				m_ModeSquash (NULL),
+				m_DeformState (1.0F),
+				m_pPanel (NULL),
+				m_CurrentSet (0),
+				m_bSetDirty (true),
+				m_VertColorChanging (false),
+				m_MaxSets (0),
+				m_hRollupWnd (NULL)			{ SetName ("WW Mesh Deformer"); Set_Max_Deform_Sets (1); }
+
+		virtual ~MeshDeformClass (void)	{ }
+#if defined W3D_MAX4		//defined as in the project (.dsp)
+		NumSubObjTypes();
+		GetSubObjType();
+#endif
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		//	Public methods
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		void							Set_Deform_State (float state = 1.0F);
+		float							Get_Deform_State (void) const					{ return m_DeformState; }
+		void							Set_Vertex_Color (const Point3 &color, bool button_up);
+		void							Get_Vertex_Color (Point3 &color);
+		void							Set_Max_Deform_Sets (int max);
+		int							Get_Max_Deform_Sets (void) const				{ return m_MaxSets; }
+		void							Set_Current_Set (int index, bool update_selection);
+		int							Get_Current_Set (void) const					{ return m_CurrentSet; }
+		void							Update_UI (MeshDeformModData *mod_data);
+		void							Auto_Apply (bool auto_apply = true);
+
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		//	Base class overrides
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		// From Animatable
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		void							DeleteThis (void) { delete this; }
+		void							GetClassName (TSTR& s) { s = TSTR(_T("WWDeform")); }
+		TCHAR *						GetObjectName (void) { return _T("WWDamage"); }
+		SClass_ID					SuperClassID (void) { return OSM_CLASS_ID; }		
+		Class_ID						ClassID (void) { return _MeshDeformClassID; }
+		//RefTargetHandle			Clone(RemapDir& remap = NoRemap());
+		void							BeginEditParams (IObjParam  *ip, ULONG flags,Animatable *prev);
+		void							EndEditParams (IObjParam *ip, ULONG flags,Animatable *next);
+		
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		// From Modifier
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		ChannelMask					ChannelsUsed (void);
+		ChannelMask					ChannelsChanged (void);
+		void							ModifyObject (TimeValue t, ModContext &mod_context, ObjectState* os, INode *node);
+		BOOL							DependOnTopology (ModContext &mod_context) { return TRUE; }
+		int							NeedUseSubselButton (void) { return TRUE; }
+		Class_ID						InputType (void);
+
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		// From ReferenceMaker
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		RefResult					NotifyRefChanged (Interval time, RefTargetHandle htarget, PartID &part_id, RefMessage mesage);
+		IOResult						SaveLocalData (ISave *save_obj, LocalModData *mod_context);
+		IOResult						LoadLocalData (ILoad *load_obj, LocalModData **mod_context);
+
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		// From BaseObject
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		CreateMouseCallBack *	GetCreateMouseCallBack (void);
+		void							ActivateSubobjSel (int level, XFormModes &modes);
+		int							HitTest (TimeValue time_value, INode * node, int type, int crossing, int flags, IPoint2 *point, ViewExp *viewport, ModContext *mod_context);
+		void							SelectSubComponent (HitRecord *hit_record, BOOL selected, BOOL all, BOOL invert);
+
+		void							GetSubObjectCenters (SubObjAxisCallback *cb, TimeValue t, INode *node, ModContext *mc);
+		void							GetSubObjectTMs (SubObjAxisCallback *cb, TimeValue t, INode *node, ModContext *mc);
+		int							SubObjectIndex (HitRecord *hitRec) { return hitRec->hitInfo; }
+		void							ClearSelection (int selLevel);
+
+		// Transformation managment
+		void							Move (TimeValue time_val, Matrix3 &parent_tm, Matrix3 &tm_axis, Point3 &point, BOOL local_origin);
+		void							Rotate (TimeValue time_val, Matrix3 &parent_tm, Matrix3 &tm_axis, Quat &rotation, BOOL local_origin);
+		void							Scale (TimeValue time_val, Matrix3 &parent_tm, Matrix3 &tm_axis, Point3 &value, BOOL local_origin);
+
+		void							TransformStart (TimeValue time_val);
+		void							TransformFinish (TimeValue time_val);
+		void							TransformCancel (TimeValue time_val);		
+#if defined W3D_MAX4		//defined as in the project (.dsp)
+		ISubObjType *				GetSubObjType(int i) ;
+#endif
+
+	protected:
+
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		//	Protected methods
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		void							Update_Current_Set (void);
+		void							Update_Set_Count (void);
+		
+	private:
+
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		//	Private member data
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////		
+		IObjParam *					m_MaxInterface;
+		HWND							m_hRollupWnd;
+		MeshDeformPanelClass *	m_pPanel;
+		float							m_DeformState;
+		bool							m_VertColorChanging;
+
+		// Mode handlers
+		SelectModBoxCMode *		m_ModeSelect;
+		MoveModBoxCMode *			m_ModeMove;
+		RotateModBoxCMode *		m_ModeRotate;
+		UScaleModBoxCMode *		m_ModeUScale;
+		NUScaleModBoxCMode *		m_ModeNUScale;
+		SquashModBoxCMode *		m_ModeSquash;
+
+		// Set managment
+		bool							m_bSetDirty;
+		int							m_CurrentSet;
+		int							m_MaxSets;
+
+		// Information
+		CStr							m_OperationName;
+};
+
+
+#endif //__MESH_DEFORM_H

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/MeshDeformData.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***                            Confidential - Westwood Studios                              *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Commando / G 3D engine                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : MeshDeformData.cpp                                           * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Patrick Smith                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 04/26/99                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#include "MeshDeformData.H"
+#include "Util.H"
+#include "MeshDeformSaveDefs.H"
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	~MeshDeformModData
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+MeshDeformModData::~MeshDeformModData (void)
+{
+	Free_Sets_List ();
+	return ;
+}
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Record_Mesh_State
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+void
+MeshDeformModData::Record_Mesh_State (TriObject &tri_obj, float state, bool update_all)
+{
+	//
+	//	Ask each set to update its state
+	//
+
+	for (int index = 0; index < m_SetsList.Count (); index ++) {
+		if (index != m_CurrentSet) {
+			if (update_all) {
+				m_SetsList[index]->Set_State (state);
+			}
+			m_SetsList[index]->Update_Mesh (tri_obj);
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (m_CurrentSet < m_SetsList.Count ()) {
+		m_SetsList[m_CurrentSet]->Set_State (state);
+		m_SetsList[m_CurrentSet]->Update_Mesh (tri_obj);
+	}
+
+	return ;
+}
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Free_Sets_List
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+void
+MeshDeformModData::Free_Sets_List (void)
+{
+	//
+	//	Delete all the object pointers in the set list
+	//
+	for (int index = 0; index < m_SetsList.Count (); index ++) {
+		MeshDeformSetClass *set = m_SetsList[index];
+		SAFE_DELETE (set);
+	}
+
+	// Remove all the entries from the list
+	m_SetsList.Delete_All ();
+	return ;
+}
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Set_Max_Deform_Sets
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+void
+MeshDeformModData::Set_Max_Deform_Sets (int max)
+{
+	int current_max = m_SetsList.Count ();
+	if (max > current_max) {
+		
+		//
+		//	Add the new sets to the list
+		//
+		int sets_to_add = max - current_max;
+		for (int index = 0; index < sets_to_add; index ++) {
+			MeshDeformSetClass *set = new MeshDeformSetClass;
+			m_SetsList.Add (set);
+		}
+
+	} else if (max < current_max) {
+		
+		//
+		//	Remove the obsolete sets from the list
+		//
+		int sets_to_remove = current_max - max;
+		for (int index = 0; index < sets_to_remove; index ++) {
+			
+			// Restore the set before we delete it
+			Restore_Set (max);
+
+			// Delete the set
+			MeshDeformSetClass *set = m_SetsList[max];
+			SAFE_DELETE (set);
+			m_SetsList.Delete (max);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return ;
+}
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Restore_Set
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+void
+MeshDeformModData::Restore_Set (int set_index)
+{
+	if (set_index == -1) {
+
+		// Restore ALL the set
+		for (int index = 0; index < m_SetsList.Count (); index ++) {
+			m_SetsList[index]->Restore_Members ();
+		}			
+
+	} else {
+		m_SetsList[set_index]->Restore_Members ();
+	}
+	
+	return ;
+}
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Save
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+IOResult
+MeshDeformModData::Save (ISave *save_obj)
+{
+	DWORD bytes = 0L;
+	save_obj->BeginChunk (DEFORM_CHUNK_INFO);
+
+	//
+	//	Write the set count info to the chunk
+	//
+	DeformChunk info = { 0 };
+	info.SetCount = m_SetsList.Count ();
+	IOResult result = save_obj->Write (&info, sizeof (info), &bytes);
+	
+	save_obj->EndChunk ();
+
+	//
+	//	Now write a chunk for each set
+	//
+	for (int index = 0; (index < m_SetsList.Count ()) && (result == IO_OK); index ++) {
+		result = m_SetsList[index]->Save (save_obj);
+	}
+	
+	// Return IO_OK on success IO_ERROR on failure
+	return result;
+}
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Load
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+IOResult
+MeshDeformModData::Load (ILoad *load_obj)
+{
+	Free_Sets_List ();
+	DWORD bytes = 0L;
+
+	//
+	//	Is this the chunk we were expecting?
+	//
+	IOResult result = load_obj->OpenChunk ();
+	if (	(result == IO_OK) &&
+			(load_obj->CurChunkID () == DEFORM_CHUNK_INFO)) {
+
+		DeformChunk info = { 0 };
+		result = load_obj->Read (&info, sizeof (info), &bytes);
+		load_obj->CloseChunk ();
+		
+		//
+		//	Read the set information from the chunk
+		//
+		for (unsigned int index = 0; (index < info.SetCount) && (result == IO_OK); index ++) {
+			MeshDeformSetClass *set = new MeshDeformSetClass;
+			m_SetsList.Add (set);
+			result = set->Load (load_obj);
+		}		
+	}	
+
+	// Return IO_OK on success IO_ERROR on failure
+	return result;
+}
+

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/MeshDeformData.h

@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***                            Confidential - Westwood Studios                              *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Commando / G 3D engine                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : MeshDeformData.h                                             * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Patrick Smith                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 04/26/99                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef __MESH_DEFORM_DATA_H
+#define __MESH_DEFORM_DATA_H
+
+#include <Max.h>
+#include "Vector.H"
+#include "MeshDeformSet.H"
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Typedefs
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+typedef DynamicVectorClass<MeshDeformSetClass *> SETS_LIST;
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	MeshDeformModData
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+class MeshDeformModData : public LocalModData
+{
+	public:
+
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		//	Public constructors/destructors
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		MeshDeformModData (void)
+			:	m_CurrentSet (0)		{ }
+
+		virtual ~MeshDeformModData (void);
+
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		//	Public methods
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////			
+		virtual LocalModData *	Clone (void)	{ return new MeshDeformModData; }
+		void							Record_Mesh_State (TriObject &tri_obj, float state, bool update_all);
+		
+		//	Inline accessors
+		Mesh *					Peek_Mesh (void) const						{ return m_SetsList[m_CurrentSet]->Peek_Mesh (); }
+		const Point3 *			Peek_Orig_Vertex_Array (void) const		{ return m_SetsList[m_CurrentSet]->Peek_Orig_Vertex_Array (); }
+		Point3 *					Peek_Vertex_OPStart_Array (void) const	{ return m_SetsList[m_CurrentSet]->Peek_Vertex_OPStart_Array (); }
+		VertColor *				Peek_Vertex_Colors (void) const			{ return m_SetsList[m_CurrentSet]->Peek_Vertex_Colors (); }
+
+		// Auto apply
+		bool						Is_Auto_Apply (void) const					{ return m_SetsList[m_CurrentSet]->Does_Set_Auto_Apply (); }
+		void						Auto_Apply (bool auto_apply = true)		{ m_SetsList[m_CurrentSet]->Auto_Apply (auto_apply); }
+
+		// Data modifiers
+		void						Update_Current_Data (void)					{ m_SetsList[m_CurrentSet]->Update_Current_Data (); }
+		void						Set_Vertex_Position (int index, const Point3 &value) { m_SetsList[m_CurrentSet]->Set_Vertex_Position (index, value); }
+		void						Set_Vertex_Color (int index, int color_index, const VertColor &value) { m_SetsList[m_CurrentSet]->Set_Vertex_Color (index, color_index, value); }
+
+		// Set managment
+		void						Set_Max_Deform_Sets (int max);
+		void						Set_Current_Set (int set_index)			{ m_CurrentSet = set_index; }
+		int						Get_Current_Set (void) const				{ return m_CurrentSet; }
+		void						Select_Set (int set_index)					{ m_SetsList[set_index]->Select_Members (); }
+		void						Update_Set (int set_index, DEFORM_CHANNELS flags)	{ m_SetsList[set_index]->Update_Members (flags); }
+		void						Restore_Set (int set_index = -1);
+		MeshDeformSetClass &	Peek_Set (int index)							{ return *(m_SetsList[index]); }
+		int						Get_Set_Count (void) const					{ return m_SetsList.Count (); }
+
+		// Persistent storage
+		IOResult					Save (ISave *save_obj);
+		IOResult					Load (ILoad *load_obj);
+
+	protected:
+
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		//	Protected methods
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////			
+		void						Resize_Vertex_Array (int count, int color_count);
+		void						Copy_Vertex_Array (Mesh &mesh);
+		void						Free_Sets_List (void);
+		void						Util_Restore_Set (int set_index);
+
+	private:
+
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		//	Private member data
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////		
+
+		// Set managment
+		int						m_CurrentSet;
+		SETS_LIST				m_SetsList;
+};
+
+
+#endif //__MESH_DEFORM_DATA_H
+

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/MeshDeformDefs.h

@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***                            Confidential - Westwood Studios                              *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Commando / G 3D engine                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : MeshDeformDefs.h                                             * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Patrick Smith                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 04/28/99                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef __MESH_DEFORM_DEFS_H
+#define __MESH_DEFORM_DEFS_H
+
+#include <Max.H>
+#include "Vector.H"
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Constants
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+typedef enum
+{
+	VERT_POSITION		= 1,
+	VERT_COLORS			= 2,
+	BOTH					= VERT_POSITION | VERT_COLORS
+} DEFORM_CHANNELS;
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Structures
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	VERT_INFO
+//
+//	Used to represent position or color information for a vertex.
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+typedef struct _VERT_INFO
+{
+	_VERT_INFO (void)
+		:	index (0),
+			color_index (0),
+			value (0,0,0)				{ }
+
+	_VERT_INFO (int vert_index, const Point3 &point, int vert_color_index = 0)
+		:	index (vert_index),
+			color_index (vert_color_index),
+			value (point)				{ }
+
+	UINT			index;
+	UINT			color_index;
+	Point3		value;
+
+	// Don't care, DynamicVectorClass needs these
+	bool operator== (const _VERT_INFO &src) { return false; }
+	bool operator!= (const _VERT_INFO &src) { return true; }
+} VERT_INFO;
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Typedefs
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+typedef DynamicVectorClass<VERT_INFO> DEFORM_LIST;
+
+
+#endif //__MESH_DEFORM_DEFS_H
+

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/MeshDeformPanel.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,365 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***                            Confidential - Westwood Studios                              *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Commando / G 3D engine                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : MeshDeformPanel.cpp                                          * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Patrick Smith                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 04/22/99                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#include "MeshDeformPanel.H"
+#include "Resource.H"
+#include "Util.H"
+#include "MeshDeform.H"
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Local constants
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+const char * const PANEL_OBJ_PROP	= "WWPANELOBJ";
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Message_Proc
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+BOOL WINAPI
+MeshDeformPanelClass::Message_Proc
+(
+	HWND hwnd,
+	UINT message,
+	WPARAM wparam,
+	LPARAM lparam
+)
+{
+	// Lookup the controlling object for this panel
+	MeshDeformPanelClass *panel_obj = MeshDeformPanelClass::Get_Object (hwnd);	
+	BOOL result = FALSE;
+
+	switch (message)
+	{
+		// Create the controlling panel-object
+		case WM_INITDIALOG:
+			panel_obj = new MeshDeformPanelClass (hwnd);
+			SetProp (hwnd, PANEL_OBJ_PROP, (HANDLE)panel_obj);
+			break;
+
+		case WM_DESTROY:
+			result = panel_obj->On_Message (message, wparam, lparam);
+			RemoveProp (hwnd, PANEL_OBJ_PROP);
+			SAFE_DELETE (panel_obj);
+			break;
+	}
+
+	// Pass the message onto the controlling panel-object
+	if (panel_obj != NULL) {
+		result = panel_obj->On_Message (message, wparam, lparam);
+	}
+
+	// Return the TRUE/FALSE result code
+	return result;
+}
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Get_Object
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+MeshDeformPanelClass *
+MeshDeformPanelClass::Get_Object (HWND hwnd)
+{	
+	return (MeshDeformPanelClass *)::GetProp (hwnd, PANEL_OBJ_PROP);
+}
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	On_Message
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+BOOL
+MeshDeformPanelClass::On_Message
+(
+	UINT message,
+	WPARAM wparam,
+	LPARAM lparam
+)
+{
+	switch (message)
+	{
+		case WM_INITDIALOG:
+			m_pColorSwatch		= ::GetIColorSwatch (::GetDlgItem (m_hWnd, IDC_VERTEX_COLOR), RGB (0, 0, 0), "Vertex Color");
+			m_pMaxSetsEdit		= ::GetICustEdit (::GetDlgItem (m_hWnd, IDC_MAX_SETS_EDIT));
+			m_pMaxSetsSpin		= ::GetISpinner (::GetDlgItem (m_hWnd, IDC_MAX_SETS_SPIN));
+			m_pLockSetsButton = ::GetICustButton (::GetDlgItem (m_hWnd, IDC_LOCK_SETS));		
+
+			//
+			//	Setup the 'max-sets' controls
+			//
+			m_pMaxSetsSpin->LinkToEdit (::GetDlgItem (m_hWnd, IDC_MAX_SETS_EDIT), EDITTYPE_INT);
+			m_pMaxSetsSpin->SetLimits (1, 20);
+			m_pMaxSetsEdit->SetText (1);
+			m_pMaxSetsSpin->SetValue (1, FALSE);
+			::SetDlgItemInt (m_hWnd, IDC_CURRENT_SET_STATIC, 1, FALSE);
+
+			//
+			//	Setup the edit button
+			//
+			m_pLockSetsButton->SetType (CBT_CHECK);
+			m_pLockSetsButton->SetCheck (FALSE);
+			m_pLockSetsButton->SetHighlightColor (GREEN_WASH);
+			//m_pEditButton->SetType (CBT_CHECK);
+			//m_pEditButton->SetCheck (FALSE);
+			//m_pEditButton->SetHighlightColor (GREEN_WASH);
+
+			//
+			//	Setup the sliders
+			//
+			::SendDlgItemMessage (m_hWnd, IDC_CURRENT_SET_SLIDER, TBM_SETRANGE, (WPARAM)TRUE, MAKELONG (1, 1));
+			::SendDlgItemMessage (m_hWnd, IDC_CURRENT_SET_SLIDER, TBM_SETPOS, (WPARAM)TRUE, 0L);
+			::SendDlgItemMessage (m_hWnd, IDC_STATE_SLIDER, TBM_SETRANGE, (WPARAM)FALSE, MAKELONG (0, 10));
+			::SendDlgItemMessage (m_hWnd, IDC_STATE_SLIDER, TBM_SETPOS, (WPARAM)FALSE, 9L);
+
+			//
+			//	Ensure the sliders are repainted
+			//
+			//::InvalidateRect (::GetDlgItem (m_hWnd, IDC_STATE_SLIDER), NULL, TRUE);
+			//::InvalidateRect (::GetDlgItem (m_hWnd, IDC_CURRENT_SET_SLIDER), NULL, TRUE);
+			break;
+
+		case WM_DESTROY:
+			::ReleaseIColorSwatch (m_pColorSwatch);
+			::ReleaseICustEdit (m_pMaxSetsEdit);
+			::ReleaseISpinner (m_pMaxSetsSpin);
+			//::ReleaseICustButton (m_pEditButton);
+			m_pColorSwatch = NULL;
+			m_pMaxSetsEdit = NULL;
+			m_pMaxSetsSpin = NULL;
+			//m_pEditButton = NULL;
+			break;
+
+		case WM_COMMAND:
+			On_Command (wparam, lparam);
+			break;
+
+		case CC_COLOR_CHANGE:
+		{
+			// Pass the new color onto the mesh deformer
+			COLORREF color_ref = m_pColorSwatch->GetColor ();
+			VertColor color;
+			color.x = GetRValue (color_ref) / 255.0F;
+			color.y = GetGValue (color_ref) / 255.0F;
+			color.z = GetBValue (color_ref) / 255.0F;
+			m_pMeshDeformer->Set_Vertex_Color (color, HIWORD (wparam) != 0);
+		}
+		break;
+
+		case WM_CUSTEDIT_ENTER:
+		case CC_SPINNER_CHANGE:
+		{
+			Set_Max_Sets (m_pMaxSetsEdit->GetInt (), true);
+		}
+		break;
+
+		case WM_HSCROLL:
+			if ((HWND)lparam == ::GetDlgItem (m_hWnd, IDC_CURRENT_SET_SLIDER)) {
+				int pos = ::SendDlgItemMessage (m_hWnd, IDC_CURRENT_SET_SLIDER, TBM_GETPOS, 0, 0L);
+				Set_Current_Set (pos - 1, true);
+			} else {
+				int pos = ::SendDlgItemMessage (m_hWnd, IDC_STATE_SLIDER, TBM_GETPOS, 0, 0L);
+				m_pMeshDeformer->Set_Deform_State (((float)pos) / 10.0F);
+
+				if (pos > 0) {
+					m_pColorSwatch->Enable ();
+				} else {
+					m_pColorSwatch->Disable ();
+				}
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+
+	return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	On_Command
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+void
+MeshDeformPanelClass::On_Command
+(
+	WPARAM wparam,
+	LPARAM lparam
+)
+{
+	switch (LOWORD (wparam))
+	{
+		case IDC_MANUALAPPLY:
+		{
+			m_pMeshDeformer->Auto_Apply (Get_Auto_Apply_Check ());
+		}
+		break;
+
+		//case IDC_EDIT_BUTTON:
+			/*if (m_pEditButton->IsChecked ()) {
+				::SendDlgItemMessage (m_hWnd, IDC_STATE_SLIDER, TBM_SETPOS, (WPARAM)TRUE, 100L);
+				::EnableWindow (::GetDlgItem (m_hWnd, IDC_STATE_SLIDER), FALSE);
+				m_pColorSwatch->Enable ();
+				m_pMeshDeformer->Set_Deform_State (1.0F);
+			} else {
+				::EnableWindow (::GetDlgItem (m_hWnd, IDC_STATE_SLIDER), TRUE);
+				m_pColorSwatch->Disable ();
+			}*/
+			//break;
+
+		case IDC_MAX_SETS_EDIT:
+			break;
+	}
+
+	return ;
+}
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Set_Deformer
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+void
+MeshDeformPanelClass::Set_Deformer (MeshDeformClass *obj)
+{
+	if (m_pMeshDeformer != obj) {
+		m_pMeshDeformer = obj;
+
+		// Set the slider position based on the current state of the deformer
+		float state = m_pMeshDeformer->Get_Deform_State ();
+		::SendDlgItemMessage (m_hWnd, IDC_STATE_SLIDER, TBM_SETPOS, (WPARAM)TRUE, LPARAM(state * 10.0F));
+		
+		// Now update the current vertex color
+		Update_Vertex_Color ();
+	}
+
+	return ;
+}
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Update_Vertex_Color
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+void
+MeshDeformPanelClass::Update_Vertex_Color (void)
+{
+	if (m_pMeshDeformer != NULL) {
+
+		// Update the color swatch with data from the deformer
+		Point3 color;
+		m_pMeshDeformer->Get_Vertex_Color (color);
+		m_pColorSwatch->SetColor (RGB (int(color.x * 255.0F), int(color.y * 255.0F), int(color.z * 255.0F)), FALSE);
+	}
+
+	return ;
+}
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Set_Max_Sets
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+void
+MeshDeformPanelClass::Set_Max_Sets
+(
+	int max,
+	bool notify
+)
+{
+	// Update the UI
+	::SendDlgItemMessage (m_hWnd, IDC_CURRENT_SET_SLIDER, TBM_SETRANGE, (WPARAM)TRUE, MAKELONG (1, max));	
+	::SetDlgItemInt (m_hWnd, IDC_CURRENT_SET_STATIC, max, TRUE);
+
+	if (notify == false) {
+		m_pMaxSetsSpin->SetValue (max, TRUE);
+	} else if (m_pMeshDeformer != NULL) {
+		
+		// Update the deformer
+		m_pMeshDeformer->Set_Max_Deform_Sets (max);
+	}
+		
+	return ;
+}
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Set_Current_Set
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+void
+MeshDeformPanelClass::Set_Current_Set
+(
+	int set,
+	bool notify
+)
+{
+	// Update the UI	
+	::SetDlgItemInt (m_hWnd, IDC_CURRENT_SET_STATIC, set + 1, TRUE);
+
+	if (notify == false) {
+		::SendDlgItemMessage (m_hWnd, IDC_CURRENT_SET_SLIDER, TBM_SETPOS, (WPARAM)TRUE, set + 1);
+	} else if (m_pMeshDeformer != NULL) {
+		
+		// Update the deformer
+		m_pMeshDeformer->Set_Current_Set (set, true);
+	}
+	
+	return ;
+}
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Set_Current_State
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+void
+MeshDeformPanelClass::Set_Current_State (float state)
+{
+	::SendDlgItemMessage (m_hWnd, IDC_STATE_SLIDER, TBM_SETPOS, (WPARAM)TRUE, LPARAM(state * 10.0F));
+	return ;
+}

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/MeshDeformPanel.h

@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***                            Confidential - Westwood Studios                              *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Commando / G 3D engine                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : MeshDeformPanel.H                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Patrick Smith                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 04/22/99                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#ifndef __MESH_DEFORM_PANEL_H
+#define __MESH_DEFORM_PANEL_H
+
+#include <Max.h>
+#include "Resource.H"
+
+// Forward declarations
+class MeshDeformClass;
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	MeshDeformPanelClass
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+class MeshDeformPanelClass
+{
+	public:
+		
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		//	Public constructors/destructors
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		MeshDeformPanelClass (HWND hwnd)
+			:	m_hWnd (hwnd),
+				m_pColorSwatch (NULL),
+				m_pMaxSetsSpin (NULL),
+				m_pMeshDeformer (NULL),
+				m_pLockSetsButton (NULL),
+				m_pMaxSetsEdit (NULL)				{ }
+		virtual ~MeshDeformPanelClass (void)	{ }
+
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		// Public methods
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////		
+
+		// Inline accessors
+		IColorSwatch *				Get_Color_Swatch (void) const			{ return m_pColorSwatch; }
+		COLORREF						Get_Vertex_Color (void) const			{ return m_pColorSwatch->GetColor (); }
+		void							Set_Vertex_Color (COLORREF color)	{ m_pColorSwatch->SetColor (color); }
+		void							Set_Deformer (MeshDeformClass *obj);
+		BOOL							Is_Edit_Mode (void) const				{ return (::SendDlgItemMessage (m_hWnd, IDC_STATE_SLIDER, TBM_GETPOS, 0, 0L) > 0); }
+		BOOL							Are_Sets_Tied (void) const				{ return m_pLockSetsButton->IsChecked (); }
+		int							Get_Current_Set (void) const			{ return ::SendDlgItemMessage (m_hWnd, IDC_CURRENT_SET_SLIDER, TBM_GETPOS, 0, 0L); }
+		void							Set_Current_Set (int set, bool notify = false);
+		void							Set_Max_Sets (int max, bool notify = false);
+		void							Set_Current_State (float state);
+		void							Set_Auto_Apply_Check (bool onoff)	{ ::SendDlgItemMessage (m_hWnd, IDC_MANUALAPPLY, BM_SETCHECK, (WPARAM)(!onoff), 0L); }
+		bool							Get_Auto_Apply_Check (void) const	{ return ::SendDlgItemMessage (m_hWnd, IDC_MANUALAPPLY, BM_GETCHECK, 0, 0L) == 0; }
+
+		// Update methods
+		void							Update_Vertex_Color (void);
+
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		// Static methods
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		static BOOL WINAPI				Message_Proc (HWND hwnd, UINT message, WPARAM wparam, LPARAM lparam);
+		static MeshDeformPanelClass *	Get_Object (HWND hwnd);
+
+	protected:
+
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		// Protected methods
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////		
+		BOOL							On_Message (UINT message, WPARAM wparam, LPARAM lparam);
+		void							On_Command (WPARAM wparam, LPARAM lparam);
+	
+	private:
+
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		//	Private member data
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		HWND							m_hWnd;
+		IColorSwatch *				m_pColorSwatch;
+		ICustEdit *					m_pMaxSetsEdit;
+		ISpinnerControl *			m_pMaxSetsSpin;
+		ICustButton *				m_pLockSetsButton;
+		MeshDeformClass *			m_pMeshDeformer;
+};
+
+
+#endif //__MESH_DEFORM_PANEL_H

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/MeshDeformSave.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,420 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/MeshDeformSave.cpp 6     11/12/99 11:12a Greg_h $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***                            Confidential - Westwood Studios                              *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Commando / G 3D engine                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : MeshDeformSafe.CPP
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Patrick Smith                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 05/28/99                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "MeshDeform.H"
+#include "MeshDeformSave.H"
+#include "MeshDeformData.H"
+#include "MeshDeformSet.H"
+#include "MeshDeformSaveSet.H"
+#include "Util.H"
+#include "ModStack.H"
+#include "MeshBuild.H"
+#include "MeshSave.H"
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Initialize
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+void
+MeshDeformSaveClass::Initialize
+(
+	MeshBuilderClass &builder, 
+	Object *				object,
+	Mesh &				mesh,
+	Matrix3 *			transform
+)
+{
+	// Start fresh
+	Reset ();
+
+	//
+	//	Attempt to gain access to the IDerivedObject this node references
+	//
+	int test = object->SuperClassID ();
+	int test2 = GEN_DERIVOB_CLASS_ID;
+	if ((object != NULL) &&
+		 (object->SuperClassID () == GEN_DERIVOB_CLASS_ID)) {
+		
+		//
+		//	Loop through all the modifiers and see if we can find the
+		// Westwood Damage Mesh modifier.
+		//
+		IDerivedObject *derived_object = static_cast<IDerivedObject *> (object);
+		int modifier_count = derived_object->NumModifiers ();
+		bool found = false;
+		for (int index = 0; (index < modifier_count) && !found; index ++) {
+			
+			//
+			//	If this is the right modifier, then initialize using the
+			//	data it contains.
+			//
+			Modifier *modifier = derived_object->GetModifier (index);
+			if ((modifier != NULL) && (modifier->ClassID () == _MeshDeformClassID)) {
+				
+				//
+				//	Attempt to get at the modifier data for this context
+				//
+				ModContext *mod_context = derived_object->GetModContext (index);
+				if ((mod_context != NULL) && (mod_context->localData != NULL)) {					
+					MeshDeformModData *mod_data = static_cast<MeshDeformModData *> (mod_context->localData);
+					Initialize (builder, mesh, *mod_data, transform);
+				}
+
+				// Found it!
+				found = true;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return ;
+}
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Initialize
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+void
+MeshDeformSaveClass::Initialize
+(
+	MeshBuilderClass &	builder,
+	Mesh &					mesh,
+	MeshDeformModData &	mod_data,
+	Matrix3 *				transform
+)
+{
+	//
+	//	Loop through all the sets in the modifier
+	//
+	for (int index = 0; index < mod_data.Get_Set_Count (); index ++) {
+		
+		//
+		//	If this set isn't empty then add its data to our list
+		//
+		MeshDeformSetClass &deform_set = mod_data.Peek_Set (index);
+		if (deform_set.Is_Empty () == false) {
+
+			//
+			//	Add this set to our list
+			//
+			MeshDeformSaveSetClass *save_set = new MeshDeformSaveSetClass;
+			deform_set.Save (builder, mesh, *save_set, transform);
+			m_DeformSets.Add (save_set);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return ;
+}
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Reset
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+void
+MeshDeformSaveClass::Reset (void)
+{
+	//
+	//	Delete all the damage sets
+	//
+	for (int index = 0; index < m_DeformSets.Count (); index ++) {
+		SAFE_DELETE (m_DeformSets[index]);
+	}
+
+	m_DeformSets.Delete_All ();
+	return ;
+}
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Export
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+bool
+MeshDeformSaveClass::Export (ChunkSaveClass &chunk_save)
+{
+	bool retval = true;
+	
+	if (m_DeformSets.Count() > 0) {
+
+		retval = chunk_save.Begin_Chunk (W3D_CHUNK_DEFORM);
+		if (retval) {
+
+			//
+			//	Write the deform header to the file
+			//
+			W3dMeshDeform header = { 0 };
+			header.SetCount		= m_DeformSets.Count ();
+			header.AlphaPasses	= m_AlphaPasses;
+			retval &= (chunk_save.Write (&header, sizeof (header)) == sizeof (header));
+			if (retval) {
+
+				//
+				//	Export all the sets in the deformation
+				//
+				retval &= Export_Sets (chunk_save);
+			}
+			
+			retval &= chunk_save.End_Chunk ();
+		}				
+	}
+
+	// Return the true/false result code
+	return retval;
+}
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Export_Sets
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+bool
+MeshDeformSaveClass::Export_Sets (ChunkSaveClass &chunk_save)
+{
+	bool retval = true;
+		
+	//
+	//	Loop through all the sets and write them to the file
+	//	
+	for (int set_index = 0; (set_index < m_DeformSets.Count ()) && retval; set_index ++) {
+		retval &= chunk_save.Begin_Chunk (W3D_CHUNK_DEFORM_SET);
+		if (retval) {
+			
+			//
+			//	Write a chunk of information out for this set
+			//
+			MeshDeformSaveSetClass *set_save = m_DeformSets[set_index];
+			W3dDeformSetInfo set_info = { 0 };
+			set_info.KeyframeCount = set_save->Get_Keyframe_Count ();
+			set_info.flags = set_save->Get_Flags ();
+			retval &= (chunk_save.Write (&set_info, sizeof (set_info)) == sizeof (set_info));
+			if (retval) {
+				
+				//
+				//	Export all the keyframes for this chunk
+				//
+				retval &= Export_Keyframes (chunk_save, *set_save);
+			}
+
+			retval &= chunk_save.End_Chunk ();
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Return the true/false result code
+	return retval;
+}
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Export_Keyframes
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+bool
+MeshDeformSaveClass::Export_Keyframes
+(
+	ChunkSaveClass &			chunk_save,
+	MeshDeformSaveSetClass &set_save
+)
+{
+	bool retval = true;
+		
+	//
+	//	Loop through all the keyframes in the set
+	//
+	int count = set_save.Get_Keyframe_Count ();
+	for (int keyframe_index = 0; (keyframe_index < count) && retval; keyframe_index ++) {					
+
+		//
+		//	Write a chunk of information out for this keyframe
+		//
+		retval &= chunk_save.Begin_Chunk (W3D_CHUNK_DEFORM_KEYFRAME);
+		if (retval) {
+			W3dDeformKeyframeInfo keyframe_info = { 0 };
+			keyframe_info.DeformPercent	= set_save.Get_Deform_State (keyframe_index);
+			keyframe_info.DataCount			= set_save.Get_Deform_Data_Count (keyframe_index);
+			
+			retval &= (chunk_save.Write (&keyframe_info, sizeof (keyframe_info)) == sizeof (keyframe_info));
+			if (retval) {
+				
+				//
+				//	Loop through all the verticies in this keyframe
+				//
+				int data_count = set_save.Get_Deform_Data_Count (keyframe_index);
+				for (int index = 0; (index < data_count) && retval; index ++) {
+					MeshDeformSaveSetClass::DEFORM_DATA &data = set_save.Get_Deform_Data (keyframe_index, index);
+					
+					//
+					//	Write a chunk of information out for this vertex
+					//
+					retval &= chunk_save.Begin_Chunk (W3D_CHUNK_DEFORM_DATA);
+					if (retval) {
+						W3dDeformData data_struct = { 0 };
+						data_struct.VertexIndex	= data.vert_index;
+						data_struct.Position.X	= data.position.x;
+						data_struct.Position.Y	= data.position.y;
+						data_struct.Position.Z	= data.position.z;
+						data_struct.Color.R		= data.color.x * 255;
+						data_struct.Color.G		= data.color.y * 255;
+						data_struct.Color.B		= data.color.z * 255;
+						
+						// If we are using vertex alpha instead of vertex color, then convert
+						// the v-color into an alpha setting
+						data_struct.Color.A		= 255;
+						if (m_AlphaPasses != 0) {
+							data_struct.Color.A	= (data_struct.Color.R + data_struct.Color.G + data_struct.Color.B) / 3.0F;
+						}
+
+						retval &= (chunk_save.Write (&data_struct, sizeof (data_struct)) == sizeof (data_struct));						
+						retval &= chunk_save.End_Chunk ();
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+			retval &= chunk_save.End_Chunk ();
+		}		
+	}
+
+	// Return the true/false result code
+	return retval;
+}
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Re_Index
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+/*void
+MeshDeformSaveClass::Re_Index (MeshBuilderClass &builder)
+{
+	DynamicVectorClass<MeshDeformSaveSetClass::DEFORM_DATA> temp_list;
+
+	//
+	//	Reindex each set of deform data
+	//
+	for (int set_index = 0; set_index < m_DeformSets.Count (); set_index ++) {
+		MeshDeformSaveSetClass *set_save = m_DeformSets[set_index];
+
+		//
+		//	Loop through all the deform entries in this set
+		//
+		for (int keyframe_index = 0; keyframe_index < set_save->Get_Keyframe_Count (); keyframe_index ++) {
+			temp_list.Delete_All ();
+			for (int index = 0; index < set_save->Get_Deform_Data_Count (keyframe_index); index ++) {
+				MeshDeformSaveSetClass::DEFORM_DATA &data = set_save->Get_Deform_Data (keyframe_index, index);
+
+				//
+				//	Now try to find the 'W3D' index of this vertex (its different than the max version).
+				//
+				//bool found = false;
+				for (int vert_index = 0; vert_index < builder.Get_Vertex_Count (); vert_index++) {
+					MeshBuilderClass::VertClass &vert = builder.Get_Vertex (vert_index);
+					
+					//
+					//	Reindex this vertex if its the one we are looking for.
+					//
+					if (vert.Id == (int)data.vert_index) {
+						MeshDeformSaveSetClass::DEFORM_DATA new_data = data;
+						new_data.vert_index = vert_index;
+						temp_list.Add (new_data);
+						//data.vert_index = vert_index;
+						//found = true;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+			set_save->Replace_Deform_Data (keyframe_index, temp_list);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return ;
+}*/
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Does_Deformer_Modify_DCG
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+bool
+MeshDeformSaveClass::Does_Deformer_Modify_DCG (void)
+{
+	bool retval = false;
+
+	//
+	//	Loop through all the sets
+	//	
+	for (int set_index = 0; (set_index < m_DeformSets.Count ()) && !retval; set_index ++) {
+		MeshDeformSaveSetClass *set_save = m_DeformSets[set_index];
+		if (set_save) {
+
+			//
+			//	Loop through all the keyframes in this set
+			//	
+			int count = set_save->Get_Keyframe_Count ();
+			for (int keyframe_index = 0; (keyframe_index < count) && !retval; keyframe_index ++) {					
+
+				//
+				//	Loop through all the entries in this keyframe
+				//	
+				int data_count = set_save->Get_Deform_Data_Count (keyframe_index);
+				for (int index = 0; (index < data_count) && !retval; index ++) {
+					MeshDeformSaveSetClass::DEFORM_DATA &data = set_save->Get_Deform_Data (keyframe_index, index);
+
+					//
+					//	If the color is not 'white' then we will
+					// modify the DCG array.
+					//
+					if ((data.color.x != 1) ||
+						 (data.color.y != 1) ||
+						 (data.color.z != 1)) {
+						retval = true;
+					}
+				}
+			}	
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Return the true/false result code
+	return retval;
+}

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/MeshDeformSave.h

@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/MeshDeformSave.h 4     7/07/99 11:52a Patrick $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***                            Confidential - Westwood Studios                              *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Commando / G 3D engine                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : MeshDeformSafe.H                                              
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Patrick Smith                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 05/28/99                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef __MESH_DEFORM_SAVE_H
+#define __MESH_DEFORM_SAVE_H
+
+#include <Max.h>
+#include "Vector.H"
+
+// Forward declarations
+class ChunkSaveClass;
+class MeshDeformModData;
+class MeshDeformSaveSetClass;
+class MeshBuilderClass;
+class MeshDeformSaveSetClass;
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Typdefs
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+typedef DynamicVectorClass<MeshDeformSaveSetClass *> DEFORM_SAVE_LIST;
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	MeshDeformSaveClass
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+class MeshDeformSaveClass
+{
+	public:
+		
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		//	Public constructors/destructors
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		MeshDeformSaveClass (void)
+			:	m_AlphaPasses (0)			{ }
+		~MeshDeformSaveClass (void)	{ Reset (); }
+
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		//	Public methods
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		void					Initialize (MeshBuilderClass &builder, Object *object, Mesh &mesh, Matrix3 *transform = NULL);
+		void					Initialize (MeshBuilderClass &builder, Mesh &mesh, MeshDeformModData &mod_data, Matrix3 *transform = NULL);
+
+		//void					Re_Index (MeshBuilderClass &builder);
+		bool					Export (ChunkSaveClass &chunk_save);
+
+		void					Reset (void);
+		bool					Is_Empty (void) const					{ return m_DeformSets.Count () == 0; }
+
+		bool					Does_Deformer_Modify_DCG (void);
+
+		unsigned int		Get_Alpha_Passes (void) const					{ return m_AlphaPasses; }
+		void					Set_Alpha_Passes (unsigned int pass_mask)	{ m_AlphaPasses = pass_mask; }
+
+	protected:
+		
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		//	Protected methods
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		bool					Export_Sets (ChunkSaveClass &chunk_save);
+		bool					Export_Keyframes (ChunkSaveClass &chunk_save, MeshDeformSaveSetClass &set_save);
+
+	private:
+
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		//	Private member data
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		DEFORM_SAVE_LIST	m_DeformSets;
+		unsigned int		m_AlphaPasses;
+};
+
+#endif //__MESH_DEFORM_SAVE_H

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/MeshDeformSaveDefs.h

@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***                            Confidential - Westwood Studios                              *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Commando / G 3D engine                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : MeshDeformData.cpp                                           * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Patrick Smith                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 06/07/99                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef __MESH_DEFORM_SAVE_DEFS_H
+#define __MESH_DEFORM_SAVE_DEFS_H
+
+#include <Max.h>
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Constants
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+typedef enum
+{
+	DEFORM_CHUNK_INFO					= 0x000000001,
+	DEFORM_CHUNK_SET_INFO,
+	DEFORM_CHUNK_KEYFRAME_INFO,
+	DEFORM_CHUNK_POSITION_DATA,
+	DEFORM_CHUNK_POSITION_VERTS,
+	DEFORM_CHUNK_COLOR_DATA,
+	DEFORM_CHUNK_COLOR_VERTS
+} DEFORM_CHUNK_IDS;
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Structures
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+//
+// Deform information.  Each mesh can have sets of keyframes of
+//	deform info associated with it.
+// 
+struct DeformChunk
+{
+	uint32					SetCount;
+	uint32					reserved[4];
+};
+
+//
+// Deform set information.  Each set is made up of a series
+// of keyframes.
+// 
+struct DeformChunkSetInfo
+{	
+	uint32					KeyframeCount;
+	uint32					flags;
+	uint32					NumVerticies;
+	uint32					NumVertexColors;
+	uint32					reserved[2];
+};
+
+#define DEFORM_SET_MANUAL_DEFORM	0x00000001	// set is isn't applied during sphere or point tests.
+
+//
+// Deform keyframe information.  Each keyframe is made up of
+// a set of per-vert deform data.
+// 
+struct DeformChunkKeyframeInfo
+{
+	float32					DeformPercent;
+	uint32					VertexCount;
+	uint32					ColorCount;
+	uint32					reserved[2];
+};
+
+//
+// Deform data.  Contains deform information about a vertex
+// in the mesh.
+// 
+struct DeformDataChunk
+{
+	uint32					VertexIndex;
+	uint32					ColorIndex;
+	Point3					Value;
+	uint32					reserved[2];
+};
+
+
+#endif //__MESH_DEFORM_SAVE_DEFS_H

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/MeshDeformSaveSet.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/MeshDeformSaveSet.cpp 2     6/16/99 6:56p Patrick $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***                            Confidential - Westwood Studios                              *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Commando / G 3D engine                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : MeshDeformSaveSet.CPP
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Patrick Smith                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 05/28/99                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "MeshDeformSaveSet.H"
+#include "Util.H"
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Reset
+//
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+void
+MeshDeformSaveSetClass::Reset (void)
+{
+	//
+	//	Free all the keyframe pointers in our list
+	//
+	for (int index = 0; index < m_DeformData.Count (); index ++) {
+		SAFE_DELETE (m_DeformData[index]);
+	}
+
+	m_DeformData.Delete_All ();
+	m_CurrentKeyFrame = NULL;
+	return ;
+}
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Begin_Keyframe
+//
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+void
+MeshDeformSaveSetClass::Begin_Keyframe (float state)
+{
+	//
+	//	Allocate a new keyframe structure
+	//
+	m_CurrentKeyFrame = new KEYFRAME;
+	m_CurrentKeyFrame->state = state;
+
+	//
+	//	Add this new keyframe to the end of our list
+	//
+	m_DeformData.Add (m_CurrentKeyFrame);
+	return ;
+}
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	End_Keyframe
+//
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+void
+MeshDeformSaveSetClass::End_Keyframe (void)
+{
+	m_CurrentKeyFrame = NULL;
+	return ;
+}
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Add_Vert
+//
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+void
+MeshDeformSaveSetClass::Add_Vert
+(
+	UINT					vert_index,
+	const Point3 &		position,
+	const VertColor &	color
+)
+{
+	// State OK?
+	assert (m_CurrentKeyFrame != NULL);
+	if (m_CurrentKeyFrame != NULL) {
+
+		//
+		//	Create a structure that will hold the
+		//	vertex information.
+		//
+		DEFORM_DATA data;
+		data.vert_index	= vert_index;
+		data.position		= position;
+		data.color			= color;
+		
+		//
+		//	Add this vertex information to the keyframe list
+		//
+		m_CurrentKeyFrame->deform_list.Add (data);
+	}
+
+	return ;
+}
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Replace_Deform_Data
+//
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+void
+MeshDeformSaveSetClass::Replace_Deform_Data
+(
+	int										keyframe_index,
+	DynamicVectorClass<DEFORM_DATA> &list
+)
+{
+	KEYFRAME *key_frame = m_DeformData[keyframe_index];
+	if (key_frame != NULL) {
+		
+		//
+		//	Replace the vertex deformation list for the keyframe
+		//
+		key_frame->deform_list.Delete_All ();
+		key_frame->deform_list = list;
+	}
+
+	return ;
+}
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Get_Deform_Count
+//
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+/*int
+MeshDeformSaveSetClass::Get_Deform_Count (void) const
+{
+	//
+	//	Count up all the deform entries for all the keyframes
+	//
+	int count = 0;
+	for (int index = 0; index < m_DeformData.Count (); index ++) {
+		KEYFRAME *key_frame = m_DeformData[index];
+		if (key_frame != NULL) {
+			count += key_frame->deform_list.Count ();
+		}
+	}
+
+	return count;
+}*/
+
+

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/MeshDeformSaveSet.h

@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/MeshDeformSaveSet.h 2     6/16/99 6:56p Patrick $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***                            Confidential - Westwood Studios                              *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Commando / G 3D engine                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : MeshDeformSaveSet.H                                              
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Patrick Smith                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 05/28/99                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef __MESH_DEFORM_SAVE_SET_H
+#define __MESH_DEFORM_SAVE_SET_H
+
+#include <Max.h>
+#include "Vector.H"
+
+// Forward declarations
+class ChunkSaveClass;
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	MeshDeformSaveSetClass
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+class MeshDeformSaveSetClass
+{
+	public:
+
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		//	Public friends
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		friend class MeshDeformSaveClass;
+
+
+	protected:
+
+	protected:
+
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		//	Protected data types
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		typedef struct _DEFORM_DATA
+		{
+			UINT			vert_index;
+			Point3		position;
+			VertColor	color;
+
+			// Don't care, DynamicVectorClass needs these
+			bool operator== (const _DEFORM_DATA &src) { return false; }
+			bool operator!= (const _DEFORM_DATA &src) { return true; }
+		} DEFORM_DATA;
+
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		//	Protected data types
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			float										state;
+			DynamicVectorClass<DEFORM_DATA>	deform_list;
+		} KEYFRAME;
+
+
+public:
+
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		//	Public constructors/destructors
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		MeshDeformSaveSetClass (void)
+			:	m_Flags (0),
+				m_CurrentKeyFrame (NULL)	{ }
+		~MeshDeformSaveSetClass (void)	{ Reset (); }
+
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		//	Public methods
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		
+		// Keyframe managment
+		void					Begin_Keyframe (float state);
+		void					End_Keyframe (void);
+		
+		// Vertex managment
+		void					Add_Vert (UINT vert_index, const Point3 &position, const VertColor &color);
+
+		// Misc
+		void					Reset (void);
+		bool					Is_Empty (void) const	{ return m_DeformData.Count () == 0; }
+
+		// Flag support
+		bool					Get_Flag (unsigned int flag) const				{ return (m_Flags & flag) == flag; }
+		void					Set_Flag (unsigned int flag, bool value)		{ if (value) (m_Flags |= flag); else (m_Flags &= ~flag); }
+		unsigned int		Get_Flags (void) const								{ return m_Flags; }
+
+		// Enumeration
+		float					Get_Deform_State (int key_frame) const			{ return m_DeformData[key_frame]->state; }
+		int					Get_Keyframe_Count (void) const					{ return m_DeformData.Count (); }
+		int					Get_Deform_Data_Count (int key_frame) const	{ return m_DeformData[key_frame]->deform_list.Count (); }
+		DEFORM_DATA &		Get_Deform_Data (int key_frame, int index)	{ return m_DeformData[key_frame]->deform_list[index]; }
+		void					Replace_Deform_Data (int keyframe_index, DynamicVectorClass<DEFORM_DATA> &list);
+
+	private:
+
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		//	Private member data
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		DynamicVectorClass<KEYFRAME *>		m_DeformData;
+		KEYFRAME *									m_CurrentKeyFrame;
+		unsigned int								m_Flags;
+};
+
+#endif //__MESH_DEFORM_SAVE_SET_H

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/MeshDeformSet.h

@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***                            Confidential - Westwood Studios                              *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Commando / G 3D engine                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : MeshDeformSet.h                                              * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Patrick Smith                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 04/26/99                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#ifndef __MESH_DEFORM_SET_H
+#define __MESH_DEFORM_SET_H
+
+#include <Max.h>
+#include "Vector.H"
+#include "MeshDeformDefs.H"
+
+
+// Forward declarations
+class MeshDeformSaveSetClass;
+class MeshBuilderClass;
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	MeshDeformSetClass
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+class MeshDeformSetClass
+{
+	public:
+
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		//	Public data types
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		//	Public constructors/destructors
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		MeshDeformSetClass (void)
+			:	m_pMesh (NULL),
+				m_pVertexArray (NULL),
+				m_pVertexOPStartArray (NULL),
+				m_pVertexColors (NULL),
+				m_VertexColorCount (0),
+				m_State (0),
+				m_CurrentKeyFrame (0),
+				m_bAutoApply (true),
+				m_VertexCount (0)					{ Init_Key_Frames (); }
+
+		virtual ~MeshDeformSetClass (void);
+
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		//	Public methods
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////			
+		//virtual LocalModData *	Clone (void)	{ return new MeshDeformSetClass; }
+		void					Update_Mesh (TriObject &tri_obj);
+		void					Set_State (float state);
+		
+		//	Inline accessors
+		Mesh *				Peek_Mesh (void) const						{ return m_pMesh; }
+		const Point3 *		Peek_Orig_Vertex_Array (void) const		{ return m_pVertexArray; }
+		Point3 *				Peek_Vertex_OPStart_Array (void) const	{ return m_pVertexOPStartArray; }
+		VertColor *			Peek_Vertex_Colors (void) const			{ return m_pVertexColors; }
+
+		// Keyframe managment
+		void					Set_Current_Key_Frame (int index);
+		int					Get_Current_Key_Frame (void) const		{ return m_CurrentKeyFrame; }
+		void					Update_Key_Frame (int key_frame);
+		void					Update_Current_Data (void);
+		void					Update_Set_Members (void);
+		void					Collapse_Keyframe_Data (int keyframe);
+		void					Reset_Key_Frame_Verts (int keyframe);
+		void					Reset_Key_Frame_Colors (int keyframe);
+		
+		// Data managment
+		void					Set_Vertex_Position (int index, const Point3 &value);
+		void					Set_Vertex_Color (int index, int color_index, const VertColor &value);
+
+		// Set managment
+		void					Select_Members (void);
+		void					Update_Members (DEFORM_CHANNELS flags);
+		void					Restore_Members (void);
+
+		//	Auto apply
+		bool					Does_Set_Auto_Apply (void) const			{ return m_bAutoApply; }
+		void					Auto_Apply (bool auto_apply = true)		{ m_bAutoApply = auto_apply; }
+
+		// Information
+		bool					Is_Empty (void) const;
+		int					Get_Vertex_Count (int keyframe) const				{ return m_KeyFrames[keyframe]->verticies.Count (); }
+		int					Get_Color_Count (int keyframe) const				{ return m_KeyFrames[keyframe]->colors.Count (); }
+		const VERT_INFO &	Get_Vertex_Data (int keyframe, int index) const	{ return m_KeyFrames[keyframe]->verticies[index]; }
+		const VERT_INFO &	Get_Color_Data (int keyframe, int index) const	{ return m_KeyFrames[keyframe]->colors[index]; }
+
+		// Persistent storage
+		IOResult				Save (ISave *save_obj);
+		IOResult				Load (ILoad *load_obj);
+
+		void					Save (MeshBuilderClass &builder, Mesh &mesh, MeshDeformSaveSetClass &save_set, Matrix3 *transform = NULL);
+
+	protected:
+
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		//	Protected methods
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		void					Resize_Vertex_Array (int count, int color_count);
+		void					Copy_Vertex_Array (Mesh &mesh);
+		
+		// Keyframe methods
+		void					Init_Key_Frames (void);
+		void					Free_Key_Frames (void);
+		void					Determine_Interpolation_Indicies (int key_frame, bool position, int &from, int &to, float &state);
+		
+		// Deformation application methods
+		void					Apply_Position_Changes (UINT vert, int frame_to_check, Point3 &position, Matrix3 *transform = NULL);
+		void					Apply_Color_Changes (UINT vert, int frame_to_check, Mesh &mesh);
+		void					Apply_Color_Changes (UINT vert_index, UINT vert_color_index, int frame_to_check, VertColor &color);
+
+	private:
+
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		//	Private data types
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			DEFORM_LIST	verticies;
+			DEFORM_LIST	colors;
+			BitArray		affected_verts;
+			BitArray		affected_colors;
+		}	KEY_FRAME;
+
+		typedef DynamicVectorClass<KEY_FRAME *>		KEY_FRAME_LIST;
+
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		//	Private member data
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////			
+		Mesh *				m_pMesh;
+		Point3 *				m_pVertexArray;
+		Point3 *				m_pVertexOPStartArray;
+		VertColor *			m_pVertexColors;
+		int					m_VertexCount;
+		int					m_VertexColorCount;
+		int					m_CurrentKeyFrame;
+		float					m_State;
+		bool					m_bAutoApply;
+
+		// Array representing which verticies are part of the set
+		BitArray				m_SetMembers;
+
+		// List of key frames
+		KEY_FRAME_LIST		m_KeyFrames;
+};
+
+
+#endif //__MESH_DEFORM_DATA_H
+

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/MeshDeformUndo.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,332 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***                            Confidential - Westwood Studios                              *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Commando / G 3D engine                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : MeshDeformUndo.h                                             * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Patrick Smith                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 06/08/99                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "MeshDeformUndo.H"
+#include "Util.H"
+#include "MeshDeformData.H"
+#include "MeshDeformSet.H"
+#include "MeshDeform.H"
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	VertexRestoreClass
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+VertexRestoreClass::VertexRestoreClass
+(
+	Mesh *					mesh,
+	MeshDeformClass *		modifier,
+	MeshDeformModData *	mod_data
+)
+	:	m_pModifier (modifier),
+		m_pModData (mod_data),
+		m_pMesh (mesh),
+		m_SetIndex (0),
+		m_KeyframeIndex (0)
+{
+	assert (mesh != NULL);
+
+	//
+	//	Remember the deformer's current settings
+	//
+	m_SetIndex			= m_pModData->Get_Current_Set ();
+	m_KeyframeIndex	= m_pModData->Peek_Set (m_SetIndex).Get_Current_Key_Frame ();
+	return ;
+}
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Free_Vertex_Array
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+void
+VertexRestoreClass::Free_Vertex_Array (void)
+{
+	m_VertexList.Delete_All ();
+	m_RedoVertexList.Delete_All ();
+	return ;
+}
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Restore
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+void
+VertexRestoreClass::Restore (int is_undo)
+{
+	assert (m_pMesh != NULL);
+	assert (m_pModData != NULL);
+	assert (m_pModifier != NULL);
+
+	// Is this being called as part of an undo operation?
+	if (is_undo != 0) {
+
+		//
+		//	Ensure the modifier is in the state it was when
+		// the undo operation was recorded
+		//
+		m_pModData->Set_Current_Set (m_SetIndex);
+		m_pModData->Peek_Set (m_SetIndex).Set_Current_Key_Frame (m_KeyframeIndex);		
+		
+		//
+		//	Apply the original vertex positions to the mesh
+		//
+		Apply_Vertex_Data (m_VertexList);
+
+		//
+		//	Notify the mesh of geometry changes
+		//
+		m_pModifier->NotifyDependents (FOREVER, PART_GEOM | PART_VERTCOLOR, REFMSG_CHANGE);
+		m_pModifier->Update_UI (m_pModData);
+	}		
+
+	return ;
+}
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Redo
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+void
+VertexRestoreClass::Redo (void)
+{
+	assert (m_pMesh != NULL);
+	assert (m_pModData != NULL);
+	assert (m_pModifier != NULL);
+
+	//
+	//	Ensure the modifier is in the state it was when
+	// the undo operation was recorded
+	//
+	m_pModData->Set_Current_Set (m_SetIndex);
+	m_pModData->Peek_Set (m_SetIndex).Set_Current_Key_Frame (m_KeyframeIndex);
+
+	//
+	//	Apply the original vertex positions to the mesh
+	//
+	Apply_Vertex_Data (m_RedoVertexList);
+
+	//
+	//	Notify the mesh of geometry changes
+	//
+ 	m_pModifier->NotifyDependents (FOREVER, PART_GEOM | PART_VERTCOLOR, REFMSG_CHANGE);
+	m_pModifier->Update_UI (m_pModData);
+	return ;
+}
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	EndHold
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+void
+VertexRestoreClass::EndHold (void)
+{
+	//
+	//	Record the position of all the verts we are about to change
+	// (to support redo).
+	//
+	Copy_Vertex_State (m_RedoVertexList);
+	m_pModifier->ClearAFlag (A_HELD);
+	return ;
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************************/
+/*
+/*	End VertexRestoreClass
+/*
+/***************************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************************/
+/*
+/*	Start VertexPositionRestoreClass
+/*
+/***************************************************************************************/
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	VertexPositionRestoreClass
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+VertexPositionRestoreClass::VertexPositionRestoreClass
+(
+	Mesh *					mesh,
+	MeshDeformClass *		modifier,
+	MeshDeformModData *	mod_data
+)
+	:	VertexRestoreClass (mesh, modifier, mod_data)
+{
+	//
+	//	Make a copy of the vertex positions
+	//
+	Copy_Vertex_State (m_VertexList);
+	return ;
+}
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Copy_Vertex_State
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+void
+VertexPositionRestoreClass::Copy_Vertex_State (DEFORM_LIST &list)
+{
+	//
+	// Make a copy of each vertex in the current keyframe
+	//
+	list.Delete_All ();
+	MeshDeformSetClass &set_obj = m_pModData->Peek_Set (m_SetIndex);
+	int count = set_obj.Get_Vertex_Count (m_KeyframeIndex);
+	for (int index = 0; index < count; index ++) {
+		const VERT_INFO &data = set_obj.Get_Vertex_Data (m_KeyframeIndex, index);
+		list.Add (VERT_INFO (data.index, data.value));
+	}
+
+	return ;
+}
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Apply_Vertex_Data
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+void
+VertexPositionRestoreClass::Apply_Vertex_Data (DEFORM_LIST &list)
+{
+	m_pModData->Peek_Set (m_SetIndex).Reset_Key_Frame_Verts (m_KeyframeIndex);
+
+	//
+	// Apply each vertex in our list
+	//
+	for (int index = 0; index < list.Count (); index ++) {
+		VERT_INFO &info = list[index];
+		m_pModData->Set_Vertex_Position (info.index, info.value);
+	}
+
+	return ;
+}
+
+
+
+/***************************************************************************************/
+/*
+/*	End VertexPositionRestoreClass
+/*
+/***************************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************************/
+/*
+/*	Start VertexColorRestoreClass
+/*
+/***************************************************************************************/
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	VertexColorRestoreClass
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+VertexColorRestoreClass::VertexColorRestoreClass
+(
+	Mesh *					mesh,
+	MeshDeformClass *		modifier,
+	MeshDeformModData *	mod_data
+)
+	:	VertexRestoreClass (mesh, modifier, mod_data)
+{
+	//
+	//	Make a copy of the vertex positions
+	//
+	Copy_Vertex_State (m_VertexList);
+	return ;
+}
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Copy_Vertex_State
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+void
+VertexColorRestoreClass::Copy_Vertex_State (DEFORM_LIST &list)
+{
+	//
+	// Make a copy of each vertex color in the current keyframe
+	//
+	list.Delete_All ();
+	MeshDeformSetClass &set_obj = m_pModData->Peek_Set (m_SetIndex);
+	int count = set_obj.Get_Color_Count (m_KeyframeIndex);
+	for (int index = 0; index < count; index ++) {
+		const VERT_INFO &data = set_obj.Get_Color_Data (m_KeyframeIndex, index);
+		list.Add (VERT_INFO (data.index, data.value, data.color_index));
+	}
+
+	return ;
+}
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Apply_Vertex_Data
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+void
+VertexColorRestoreClass::Apply_Vertex_Data (DEFORM_LIST &list)
+{
+	m_pModData->Peek_Set (m_SetIndex).Reset_Key_Frame_Colors (m_KeyframeIndex);
+
+	//
+	// Apply each vertex in our list
+	//
+	for (int index = 0; index < list.Count (); index ++) {
+		VERT_INFO &info = list[index];
+		m_pModData->Set_Vertex_Color (info.index, info.color_index, info.value);
+	}
+
+	return ;
+}
+

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/MeshDeformUndo.h

@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***                            Confidential - Westwood Studios                              *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Commando / G 3D engine                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : MeshDeformUndo.h                                             * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Patrick Smith                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 06/08/99                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef __MESH_DEFORM_UNDO_H
+#define __MESH_DEFORM_UNDO_H
+
+#include <Max.H>
+#include "Vector.H"
+#include "MeshDeformDefs.H"
+
+// Forward declarations
+class MeshDeformClass;
+class MeshDeformModData;
+
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	VertexRestoreClass
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+class VertexRestoreClass : public RestoreObj
+{
+	public:
+
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		//	Public constructors/destructor
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		VertexRestoreClass (Mesh *mesh, MeshDeformClass *modifier, MeshDeformModData *mod_data);
+		virtual ~VertexRestoreClass (void)	{ Free_Vertex_Array (); };
+		
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		//	RestoreObj overrides
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		virtual void			Restore (int is_undo);
+		virtual void			Redo (void);
+		virtual int				Size (void)				{ return (m_VertexList.Count () * sizeof (Point3) * 2) + sizeof (VertexRestoreClass); }
+		virtual void			EndHold (void);
+
+	protected:
+
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		//	Protected methods
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		virtual void			Copy_Vertex_State (DEFORM_LIST &list) = 0;
+		virtual void			Apply_Vertex_Data (DEFORM_LIST &list) = 0;
+		void						Free_Vertex_Array (void);
+
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		//	Protected member data
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		Mesh *					m_pMesh;
+		MeshDeformClass *		m_pModifier;
+		MeshDeformModData *	m_pModData;
+		DEFORM_LIST				m_VertexList;
+		DEFORM_LIST				m_RedoVertexList;
+		int						m_SetIndex;
+		int						m_KeyframeIndex;
+};
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	VertexPositionRestoreClass
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+class VertexPositionRestoreClass : public VertexRestoreClass
+{
+	public:
+
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		//	Public constructors/destructor
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		VertexPositionRestoreClass (Mesh *mesh, MeshDeformClass *modifier, MeshDeformModData *mod_data);
+		virtual ~VertexPositionRestoreClass (void)	{ };
+		
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		//	RestoreObj overrides
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		TSTR				Description (void)	{ return TSTR(_T("Vertex Position")); }
+
+	protected:
+
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		//	Protected methods
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		virtual void	Copy_Vertex_State (DEFORM_LIST &list);
+		virtual void	Apply_Vertex_Data (DEFORM_LIST &list);
+};
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	VertexColorRestoreClass
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+class VertexColorRestoreClass : public VertexRestoreClass
+{
+	public:
+
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		//	Public constructors/destructor
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		VertexColorRestoreClass (Mesh *mesh, MeshDeformClass *modifier, MeshDeformModData *mod_data);
+		virtual ~VertexColorRestoreClass (void)	{ };
+		
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		//	RestoreObj overrides
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		TSTR				Description (void)	{ return TSTR(_T("Vertex Color")); }
+
+	protected:
+
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		//	Protected methods
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+		virtual void	Copy_Vertex_State (DEFORM_LIST &list);
+		virtual void	Apply_Vertex_Data (DEFORM_LIST &list);
+};
+
+
+#endif //__MESH_DEFORM_UNDO_H

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/PCToPS2Material.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project name : Buccaneer Bay                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File name : PCToPS2Material.cpp                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Mike Lytle                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start date : 10/22/1999                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last update : 10/27/1999                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   PTPMC::BeginEditParams -- Change all W3D materials in the mesh to be PS2 compatible.      *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#include <Max.h>
+#include <gport.h>
+#include <hsv.h>
+#include "dllmain.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+#include "util.h"
+#include "utilapi.h"
+#include "nodelist.h"
+#include "gamemtl.h"
+
+
+Class_ID PCToPS2MaterialClassID(0x40d11cee, 0x68881657);
+
+class PCToPS2MaterialClass : public UtilityObj {
+
+	public:
+		
+		void BeginEditParams(Interface *ip,IUtil *iu);
+		void EndEditParams(Interface *ip,IUtil *iu) {}
+		void DeleteThis() {delete this;}
+
+};
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * PTPMC::BeginEditParams -- Change all W3D materials in the mesh to be PS2 compatible.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/27/1999MLL: Created.                                                                   *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void PCToPS2MaterialClass::BeginEditParams(Interface *ip,IUtil *iu) 
+{
+	// This function is called when the utility is chosen.  
+	// Since we don't need any window gadgets, we'll just go through all the materials right away.
+	INode *root = ip->GetRootNode();
+
+	INodeListClass *meshlist = NULL;
+
+	// Change all materials associated with the mesh, starting with the root node.
+	if (root) {
+		meshlist = new INodeListClass(root, 0);
+
+		if (meshlist) {
+			int i;
+
+			for (i = 0; i < meshlist->Num_Nodes(); i++) {
+
+				Mtl	*nodemtl = ((*meshlist)[i])->GetMtl();
+
+				if (nodemtl == NULL) {
+					// No material on this node, go to the next.
+					continue;
+				}
+
+				if (!nodemtl->IsMultiMtl()) {
+					// Only change those that are W3D materials.
+					if (nodemtl->ClassID() == GameMaterialClassID) {
+						int pass;
+
+						for (pass = 0; pass < ((GameMtl*)nodemtl)->Get_Pass_Count(); pass++) {
+							// Change the material for each pass.
+							((GameMtl*)nodemtl)->Compute_PS2_Shader_From_PC_Shader(pass);
+						}
+
+					}
+				} else {
+
+					// Loop through all sub materials of the multi-material.
+					for (unsigned mi = 0; mi < nodemtl->NumSubMtls(); mi++) {
+
+						// Only change those that are W3D materials.
+						if (nodemtl->GetSubMtl(mi)->ClassID() == GameMaterialClassID) {
+							int pass;
+
+							for (pass = 0; pass < ((GameMtl*)nodemtl->GetSubMtl(mi))->Get_Pass_Count(); pass++) {
+								// Change the material for each pass.
+								((GameMtl*)nodemtl->GetSubMtl(mi))->Compute_PS2_Shader_From_PC_Shader(pass);
+							}
+						} else if (nodemtl->GetSubMtl(mi)->ClassID() == PS2GameMaterialClassID) {
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		delete meshlist;
+	}
+}
+
+class PCToPS2MaterialClassDesc:public ClassDesc {
+
+public:
+	int				IsPublic()					{ return 1; }
+	void *			Create(BOOL loading)		
+	{ 
+		return ((void*)new PCToPS2MaterialClass); 
+	}
+	const TCHAR *	ClassName()					{ return Get_String(IDS_PC_TO_PS2_MAT_CONVERTER); }
+	SClass_ID		SuperClassID()				{ return UTILITY_CLASS_ID; }
+	Class_ID 		ClassID()					{ return PCToPS2MaterialClassID; }
+	const TCHAR* 	Category()					{ return _T("");  }
+};
+
+static PCToPS2MaterialClassDesc _PCToPS2MaterialCD;
+
+ClassDesc * Get_PS2_Material_Conversion() { return &_PCToPS2MaterialCD;  }

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/PS2GameMtl.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project name : Buccaneer Bay                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File name : PS2GameMtl.cpp                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Mike Lytle                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start date : 10/12/1999                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last update : 10/12/1999                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "gamemtl.h"
+#include <Max.h>
+#include <gport.h>
+#include <hsv.h>
+#include "dllmain.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+#include "util.h"
+
+
+
+/*****************************************************************
+*
+*		PS2 GameMtl Class Descriptor
+*
+*****************************************************************/
+Class_ID PS2GameMaterialClassID(0x2ed62ad7, 0x50571dfd);
+
+// This adds W3D PS2 choice to the Max material selector.
+class PS2GameMaterialClassDesc:public ClassDesc {
+
+public:
+	int				IsPublic()					{ return 1; }
+	void *			Create(BOOL loading)		
+	{ 
+		GameMtl *mtl = new GameMtl(loading);
+		mtl->Set_Shader_Type(GameMtl::STE_PS2_SHADER);
+		return ((void*)mtl); 
+	}
+	const TCHAR *	ClassName()					{ return Get_String(IDS_PS2_GAMEMTL); }
+	SClass_ID		SuperClassID()				{ return MATERIAL_CLASS_ID; }
+	Class_ID 		ClassID()					{ return PS2GameMaterialClassID; }
+	const TCHAR* 	Category()					{ return _T("");  }
+};
+
+static PS2GameMaterialClassDesc _PS2GameMaterialCD;
+
+ClassDesc * Get_PS2_Game_Material_Desc() { return &_PS2GameMaterialCD;  }

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/PS2GameMtlShaderDlg.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,371 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project name : Buccaneer Bay                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File name : PS2GameMtlShaderDlg.cpp                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Mike Lytle                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start date : 10/12/1999                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last update : 10/12/1999                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Taken from GTH's GameMtlShaderDlg.cpp												  *	                                                                           
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   PS2GameMtlShaderDlg -- Constructor.                                                       *
+ *   PGMSD::Dialog_Proc -- Respond to user selections.                                         *
+ *   PGMSD::ReloadDialog -- Setup the dialog box.                                              *
+ *   PGMSD::Apply_Preset -- Notify the material of the values for the selected setting.        *
+ *   PGMSD::Set_Preset -- Sets the dialog to one of the presets or custom.                     *
+ *   PGMSD::CompareShaderToBlendPreset -- Determine if the settings conform to one of the prese*
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#include "PS2GameMtlShaderDlg.h"
+#include "GameMtlDlg.h"
+#include "GameMtl.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+
+
+#define NUM_PS2_SHADER_BLEND_PRESETS 7
+
+static char * _PS2ShaderBlendSettingPresetNames[NUM_PS2_SHADER_BLEND_PRESETS + 1] = 
+{
+	"Opaque",
+	"Additive",
+	"Source Subtracted",
+	"Destination Subtracted",
+	"Alpha Blend",
+	"Alpha Test",
+	"Alpha Test and Blend",
+	"------ Custom -----"
+};
+
+struct PS2ShaderBlendSettingPreset
+{
+	int	A;
+	int	B;
+	int	C;
+	int	D;
+	bool	DepthMask;
+	bool	AlphaTest;
+};
+
+//	(A - B) * C + D
+static const PS2ShaderBlendSettingPreset PS2ShaderBlendSettingPresets[NUM_PS2_SHADER_BLEND_PRESETS] = {
+	{PSS_SRC,	PSS_ZERO,	PSS_ONE,			PSS_ZERO,	true,		false},	// Opaque
+	{PSS_SRC,	PSS_ZERO,	PSS_ONE,			PSS_DEST,	false,	false},	// Additive
+	{PSS_DEST,	PSS_SRC,		PSS_ONE,			PSS_ZERO,	false,	false},	// Src subtracted
+	{PSS_SRC,	PSS_DEST,	PSS_ONE,			PSS_ZERO,	false,	false},	// Dest subtracted
+	{PSS_SRC,	PSS_DEST,	PSS_SRC_ALPHA, PSS_DEST,	false,	false},	// Alpha blend
+	{PSS_SRC,	PSS_ZERO,	PSS_ONE,			PSS_ZERO,	true,		true},	// Alpha test
+	{PSS_SRC,	PSS_DEST,	PSS_SRC_ALPHA, PSS_DEST,	true,		true},	// Alpha test & blend
+};
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * PS2GameMtlShaderDlg -- Constructor.                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/12/1999MLL: Created.                                                                   *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+PS2GameMtlShaderDlg::PS2GameMtlShaderDlg
+(
+	HWND				parent, 
+	IMtlParams *	imp, 
+	GameMtl *		mtl,
+	int				pass
+) : GameMtlFormClass(imp,mtl,pass)
+{
+	Create_Form(parent, IDD_GAMEMTL_PS2_SHADER);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * PGMSD::Dialog_Proc -- Respond to user selections.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/12/1999MLL: Created.                                                                   *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BOOL PS2GameMtlShaderDlg::Dialog_Proc (HWND dlg_wnd, UINT message, WPARAM wparam, LPARAM lparam) 
+{ 
+	int cursel;
+	int i;
+	int id = LOWORD(wparam);
+	int code = HIWORD(wparam);
+	
+	switch (message) 
+	{
+
+		case WM_INITDIALOG:
+			for(i = 0; i <= NUM_PS2_SHADER_BLEND_PRESETS; i++) {
+				SendDlgItemMessage(dlg_wnd,IDC_PS2_PRESET_COMBO,CB_ADDSTRING,0,(LONG)_PS2ShaderBlendSettingPresetNames[i]);
+			}
+			SendDlgItemMessage(dlg_wnd,IDC_PS2_PRESET_COMBO,CB_SETCURSEL,0,0);
+			break;
+
+		case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
+		case WM_LBUTTONUP:
+		case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
+			{
+				IParams->RollupMouseMessage(dlg_wnd,message,wparam,lparam);
+			}
+			return FALSE;
+
+		case WM_COMMAND:
+			{
+				if (code == CBN_SELCHANGE) {
+					
+					switch (id) 
+					{
+						// Shared by both shaders.
+						case IDC_DEPTHCOMPARE_COMBO:
+							cursel = SendDlgItemMessage(dlg_wnd,IDC_DEPTHCOMPARE_COMBO,CB_GETCURSEL,0,0);
+							TheMtl->Set_Depth_Compare(PassIndex,cursel);
+							break;
+						case IDC_PRIGRADIENT_COMBO:
+							cursel = SendDlgItemMessage(dlg_wnd,IDC_PRIGRADIENT_COMBO,CB_GETCURSEL,0,0);
+							TheMtl->Set_Pri_Gradient(PassIndex,cursel);
+							TheMtl->Notify_Changed();
+							break;
+						case IDC_SECGRADIENT_COMBO:
+							cursel = SendDlgItemMessage(dlg_wnd,IDC_SECGRADIENT_COMBO,CB_GETCURSEL,0,0);
+							TheMtl->Set_Sec_Gradient(PassIndex,cursel);
+							TheMtl->Notify_Changed();
+							break;
+						case IDC_DETAILCOLOR_COMBO:
+							cursel = SendDlgItemMessage(dlg_wnd,IDC_DETAILCOLOR_COMBO,CB_GETCURSEL,0,0);
+							TheMtl->Set_Detail_Color_Func(PassIndex,cursel);
+							TheMtl->Notify_Changed();
+							break;
+						case IDC_DETAILALPHA_COMBO:
+							cursel = SendDlgItemMessage(dlg_wnd,IDC_DETAILALPHA_COMBO,CB_GETCURSEL,0,0);
+							TheMtl->Set_Detail_Alpha_Func(PassIndex,cursel);
+							TheMtl->Notify_Changed();
+							break;
+
+						// Playstation 2 specific.
+						case IDC_PS2_PRESET_COMBO:
+							cursel = SendDlgItemMessage(dlg_wnd,IDC_PS2_PRESET_COMBO,CB_GETCURSEL,0,0);
+							Apply_Preset(cursel);
+							break;
+						case IDC_A_COMBO:
+							cursel = SendDlgItemMessage(dlg_wnd,IDC_A_COMBO,CB_GETCURSEL,0,0);
+							TheMtl->Set_PS2_Shader_Param_A(PassIndex,cursel);
+							TheMtl->Notify_Changed();
+							Set_Preset();
+							break;
+						case IDC_B_COMBO:
+							cursel = SendDlgItemMessage(dlg_wnd,IDC_B_COMBO,CB_GETCURSEL,0,0);
+							TheMtl->Set_PS2_Shader_Param_B(PassIndex,cursel);
+							TheMtl->Notify_Changed();
+							Set_Preset();
+							break;
+						case IDC_C_COMBO:
+							cursel = SendDlgItemMessage(dlg_wnd,IDC_C_COMBO,CB_GETCURSEL,0,0);
+							TheMtl->Set_PS2_Shader_Param_C(PassIndex,cursel);
+							TheMtl->Notify_Changed();
+							Set_Preset();
+							break;
+						case IDC_D_COMBO:
+							cursel = SendDlgItemMessage(dlg_wnd,IDC_D_COMBO,CB_GETCURSEL,0,0);
+							TheMtl->Set_PS2_Shader_Param_D(PassIndex,cursel);
+							TheMtl->Notify_Changed();
+							Set_Preset();
+							break;
+					}
+
+				} else {
+				
+					switch(id) {
+						
+						case IDC_DEPTHMASK_CHECK:
+							if (SendDlgItemMessage(dlg_wnd,IDC_DEPTHMASK_CHECK,BM_GETCHECK,0,0)) {
+								TheMtl->Set_Depth_Mask(PassIndex,W3DSHADER_DEPTHMASK_WRITE_ENABLE);
+							} else {
+								TheMtl->Set_Depth_Mask(PassIndex,W3DSHADER_DEPTHMASK_WRITE_DISABLE);
+							}
+							Set_Preset();
+							break;
+
+						case IDC_ALPHATEST_CHECK:
+							if (SendDlgItemMessage(dlg_wnd,IDC_ALPHATEST_CHECK,BM_GETCHECK,0,0)) {
+								TheMtl->Set_Alpha_Test(PassIndex,W3DSHADER_ALPHATEST_ENABLE);
+							} else {
+								TheMtl->Set_Alpha_Test(PassIndex,W3DSHADER_ALPHATEST_DISABLE);
+							}
+							Set_Preset();
+							break;
+
+						case IDC_SHADER_DEFAULTS_BUTTON:
+							Set_Advanced_Defaults();
+							break;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+	}
+
+	return FALSE;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * PGMSD::ReloadDialog -- Setup the dialog box.                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/12/1999MLL: Created.                                                                   *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void PS2GameMtlShaderDlg::ReloadDialog(void)
+{
+	DebugPrint("GameMtlShaderDlg::ReloadDialog\n");
+	SendDlgItemMessage(m_hWnd, IDC_PRIGRADIENT_COMBO, CB_SETCURSEL, TheMtl->Get_Pri_Gradient(PassIndex), 0 );
+	SendDlgItemMessage(m_hWnd, IDC_SECGRADIENT_COMBO, CB_SETCURSEL, TheMtl->Get_Sec_Gradient(PassIndex), 0 );
+	SendDlgItemMessage(m_hWnd, IDC_DEPTHCOMPARE_COMBO, CB_SETCURSEL, TheMtl->Get_Depth_Compare(PassIndex), 0 );
+	SendDlgItemMessage(m_hWnd, IDC_DETAILCOLOR_COMBO, CB_SETCURSEL, TheMtl->Get_Detail_Color_Func(PassIndex), 0 );
+	SendDlgItemMessage(m_hWnd, IDC_DETAILALPHA_COMBO, CB_SETCURSEL, TheMtl->Get_Detail_Alpha_Func(PassIndex), 0 );
+	SendDlgItemMessage(m_hWnd, IDC_A_COMBO, CB_SETCURSEL, TheMtl->Get_PS2_Shader_Param_A(PassIndex), 0);
+	SendDlgItemMessage(m_hWnd, IDC_B_COMBO, CB_SETCURSEL, TheMtl->Get_PS2_Shader_Param_B(PassIndex), 0);
+	SendDlgItemMessage(m_hWnd, IDC_C_COMBO, CB_SETCURSEL, TheMtl->Get_PS2_Shader_Param_C(PassIndex), 0);
+	SendDlgItemMessage(m_hWnd, IDC_D_COMBO, CB_SETCURSEL, TheMtl->Get_PS2_Shader_Param_D(PassIndex), 0);
+
+	Set_Preset();
+	
+	SetCheckBox(m_hWnd,IDC_DEPTHMASK_CHECK, TheMtl->Get_Depth_Mask(PassIndex));
+	SetCheckBox(m_hWnd,IDC_ALPHATEST_CHECK, TheMtl->Get_Alpha_Test(PassIndex));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * PGMSD::Apply_Preset -- Notify the material of the values for the selected setting.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/12/1999MLL: Created.                                                                   *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void PS2GameMtlShaderDlg::Apply_Preset(int preset_index)
+{
+	if (preset_index < 0 || preset_index >= NUM_PS2_SHADER_BLEND_PRESETS) return;
+
+	const PS2ShaderBlendSettingPreset &preset = PS2ShaderBlendSettingPresets[preset_index];
+
+	int depth_mask = preset.DepthMask ? W3DSHADER_DEPTHMASK_WRITE_ENABLE : W3DSHADER_DEPTHMASK_WRITE_DISABLE;
+	TheMtl->Set_Depth_Mask(PassIndex, depth_mask);
+
+	int alpha_test = preset.AlphaTest ? W3DSHADER_ALPHATEST_ENABLE : W3DSHADER_ALPHATEST_DISABLE;
+	TheMtl->Set_Alpha_Test(PassIndex, alpha_test);
+
+	TheMtl->Set_PS2_Shader_Param_A(PassIndex, preset.A);
+	TheMtl->Set_PS2_Shader_Param_B(PassIndex, preset.B);
+	TheMtl->Set_PS2_Shader_Param_C(PassIndex, preset.C);
+	TheMtl->Set_PS2_Shader_Param_D(PassIndex, preset.D);
+
+	TheMtl->Notify_Changed();
+	ReloadDialog();
+
+	if (TheMtl->Compute_PC_Shader_From_PS2_Shader(PassIndex))
+		SetWindowText(GetDlgItem(m_hWnd,IDC_COMPATIBLE), "  Compatible");
+	else
+		SetWindowText(GetDlgItem(m_hWnd,IDC_COMPATIBLE), "  NOT Compatible");
+
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * PGMSD::Set_Preset -- Sets the dialog to one of the presets or custom.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/12/1999MLL: Created.                                                                   *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void PS2GameMtlShaderDlg::Set_Preset(void)
+{
+	for (int i = 0; i < NUM_PS2_SHADER_BLEND_PRESETS; i++) {
+		if (CompareShaderToBlendPreset(PS2ShaderBlendSettingPresets[i])) break;
+	}
+	SendDlgItemMessage(m_hWnd, IDC_PS2_PRESET_COMBO, CB_SETCURSEL, i, 0);
+
+	if (TheMtl->Compute_PC_Shader_From_PS2_Shader(PassIndex))
+		SetWindowText(GetDlgItem(m_hWnd,IDC_COMPATIBLE), "  Compatible");
+	else
+		SetWindowText(GetDlgItem(m_hWnd,IDC_COMPATIBLE), "  NOT Compatible");
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * PGMSD::CompareShaderToBlendPreset -- Determine if the settings conform to one of the presets*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/12/1999MLL: Created.                                                                   *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool PS2GameMtlShaderDlg::CompareShaderToBlendPreset(const PS2ShaderBlendSettingPreset &blend_preset)
+{
+	bool depthmask = TheMtl->Get_Depth_Mask(PassIndex) != W3DSHADER_DEPTHMASK_WRITE_DISABLE;
+	if (depthmask != blend_preset.DepthMask) return false;
+	bool alphatest = TheMtl->Get_Alpha_Test(PassIndex) != W3DSHADER_ALPHATEST_DISABLE;
+	if (alphatest != blend_preset.AlphaTest) return false;
+
+	if (TheMtl->Get_PS2_Shader_Param_A(PassIndex) != blend_preset.A) return false;
+	if (TheMtl->Get_PS2_Shader_Param_B(PassIndex) != blend_preset.B) return false;
+	if (TheMtl->Get_PS2_Shader_Param_C(PassIndex) != blend_preset.C) return false;
+	if (TheMtl->Get_PS2_Shader_Param_D(PassIndex) != blend_preset.D) return false;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GameMtlShaderDlg::Set_Advanced_Defaults -- set advanced settings to defaults                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   02/26/99   NH : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void PS2GameMtlShaderDlg::Set_Advanced_Defaults(void)
+{
+	TheMtl->Set_Pri_Gradient(PassIndex, PSS_PRIGRADIENT_MODULATE);
+	TheMtl->Set_Depth_Compare(PassIndex, PSS_DEPTHCOMPARE_PASS_LEQUAL);
+	TheMtl->Set_Detail_Color_Func(PassIndex, W3DSHADER_DETAILCOLORFUNC_DEFAULT);
+	TheMtl->Set_Detail_Alpha_Func(PassIndex, W3DSHADER_DETAILALPHAFUNC_DEFAULT);
+
+	TheMtl->Notify_Changed();
+	ReloadDialog();
+}

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/PS2GameMtlShaderDlg.h

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project name : Buccaneer Bay                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File name : PS2GameMtlShaderDlg.h                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Mike Lytle                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start date : 10/12/1999                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last update : 10/12/1999                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#ifndef PS2GAMEMTLSHADERDLG_H
+#define PS2GAMEMTLSHADERDLG_H
+
+#include <Max.h>
+#include "GameMtlForm.h"
+
+// This class was taken from GTH's GameMtlShaderDlg. 
+
+class GameMtl;
+struct PS2ShaderBlendSettingPreset;
+
+class PS2GameMtlShaderDlg : public GameMtlFormClass
+{
+
+public:
+
+	PS2GameMtlShaderDlg(HWND parent, IMtlParams * imp, GameMtl * m, int pass);
+
+	virtual BOOL		Dialog_Proc (HWND dlg_wnd, UINT message, WPARAM wparam, LPARAM lparam);
+
+	void					ReloadDialog(void);
+
+	// Pure virtual that must be defined.
+	void					ActivateDlg(BOOL onOff) {}
+
+private:
+
+	void					Apply_Preset(int preset_index);
+	void					Set_Preset(void);
+	bool					CompareShaderToBlendPreset(const PS2ShaderBlendSettingPreset &blend_preset);
+	void					Set_Advanced_Defaults(void);
+};
+
+#endif

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/SceneSetup.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : G                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/SceneSetup.cpp                 $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                      $Author:: Andre_a                                                     $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 10/15/99 3:33p                                              $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 2                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *  wwSceneSetup  -- Allows the user to select how many LOD and damage models to create.       *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+/*
+** SceneSetup.cpp - Implements the "wwSceneSetup" MAXScript function to
+** present a nice dialog to the user for getting a number of parameters
+** that will governs the number, placement, and type of LOD and Damage
+** models created in the scene.
+*/
+
+
+#include "SceneSetupDlg.h"
+
+#undef STRICT
+#include <MaxScrpt.h>
+#include <Numbers.h>
+#include <Arrays.h>
+#include <definsfn.h>
+
+
+/*
+** Let MAXScript know we're implementing new built-in functions.
+*/
+def_visible_primitive(scene_setup, "wwSceneSetup");
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * scene_setup_cf - MAXScript function wwSceneSetup                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * wwSceneSetup - Usage: wwSceneSetup arg_array                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *	The contents of the given array is assumed to be as follows:                                *
+ *		lod_count (int)			- the number of LOD models that will be created                  *
+ *		lod_offset (float)		- X offset to move the LODs by                                   *
+ *		lod_clone (int)			- 1==copy 2==instance 3==reference                               *
+ *		damage_count (int)		- the number of damage models that will be created               *
+ *		damage_offset (float)	- Y offset to move the LODs by                                   *
+ *		damage_clone (int)		- 1==copy 2==instance 3==reference                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ * The function returns an array of the new values the user selected in the same format as     *
+ * above.
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   9/27/1999  AJA : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+Value * scene_setup_cf (Value **arg_list, int count)
+{
+	// We don't want any arguments for this function.
+	check_arg_count("wwSceneSetup", 1, count);
+	type_check(arg_list[0], Array, "Parameter array");
+
+	SceneSetupDlg	dlg(MAXScript_interface);
+	one_typed_value_local(Array* result);
+
+	// Read the initial values out of the array.
+	Array *args = (Array*)(arg_list[0]);
+	dlg.m_LodCount = (args->get(1))->to_int();
+	dlg.m_LodOffset = (args->get(2))->to_float();
+	dlg.m_LodProc = (args->get(3))->to_int();
+	dlg.m_DamageCount = (args->get(4))->to_int();
+	dlg.m_DamageOffset = (args->get(5))->to_float();
+	dlg.m_DamageProc = (args->get(6))->to_int();
+
+	// Display the dialog
+	if (dlg.DoModal() == IDCANCEL)
+	{
+		pop_value_locals();
+		return &undefined;
+	}
+
+	// Stuff the values the user chose into the array we'll return.
+	vl.result = new Array(6);
+	vl.result->append(Integer::intern(dlg.m_LodCount));
+	vl.result->append(Float::intern(dlg.m_LodOffset));
+	vl.result->append(Integer::intern(dlg.m_LodProc));
+	vl.result->append(Integer::intern(dlg.m_DamageCount));
+	vl.result->append(Float::intern(dlg.m_DamageOffset));
+	vl.result->append(Integer::intern(dlg.m_DamageProc));
+
+	// Return the array of new values.
+	return_value(vl.result);
+}
+
+

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/SceneSetupDlg.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,285 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : G                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/SceneSetupDlg.cpp              $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                      $Author:: Andre_a                                                     $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 10/15/99 3:37p                                              $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 2                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+// SceneSetupDlg.cpp : implementation file
+//
+
+#include "SceneSetupDlg.h"
+#include <Max.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+
+static BOOL CALLBACK _thunk_dialog_proc (HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wAparam, LPARAM lParam);
+
+
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// SceneSetupDlg dialog
+
+
+SceneSetupDlg::SceneSetupDlg(Interface *max_interface)
+{
+	m_DamageCount = 0;
+	m_DamageOffset = -100.0f;
+	m_LodCount = 0;
+	m_LodOffset = -100.0f;
+	m_DamageProc = 3;
+	m_LodProc = 3;
+	m_hWnd = NULL;
+	m_MaxInterface = max_interface;
+	assert(max_interface != NULL);
+}
+
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// SceneSetupDlg Protected Methods
+
+void SceneSetupDlg::SetEditInt (int control_id, int value)
+{
+	char buf[64];
+	sprintf(buf, "%d", value);
+	HWND edit = GetDlgItem(m_hWnd, control_id);
+	assert(edit != NULL);
+	SetWindowText(edit, buf);
+}
+
+void SceneSetupDlg::SetEditFloat (int control_id, float value)
+{
+	char buf[64];
+	sprintf(buf, "%.0f", value);
+	HWND edit = GetDlgItem(m_hWnd, control_id);
+	assert(edit != NULL);
+	SetWindowText(edit, buf);
+}
+
+int SceneSetupDlg::GetEditInt (int control_id)
+{
+	char buf[64];
+	HWND edit = GetDlgItem(m_hWnd, control_id);
+	assert(edit != NULL);
+	GetWindowText(edit, buf, sizeof(buf));
+	int value = 0;
+	sscanf(buf, "%d", &value);
+	return value;
+}
+
+float SceneSetupDlg::GetEditFloat (int control_id)
+{
+	char buf[64];
+	HWND edit = GetDlgItem(m_hWnd, control_id);
+	assert(edit != NULL);
+	GetWindowText(edit, buf, sizeof(buf));
+	float value = 0;
+	sscanf(buf, "%f", &value);
+	return value;
+}
+
+bool SceneSetupDlg::ValidateEditFloat (int control_id)
+{
+	char buf[64];
+	HWND edit = GetDlgItem(m_hWnd, control_id);
+	assert(edit != NULL);
+	GetWindowText(edit, buf, sizeof(buf));
+	float value = 0;
+	if (sscanf(buf, "%f", &value) == 1)
+		return true;
+	else
+		return false;
+}
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// SceneSetupDlg Public Methods
+
+int SceneSetupDlg::DoModal (void)
+{
+	// Put up the dialog box.
+	BOOL result = DialogBoxParam(AppInstance, MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDD_SCENE_SETUP),
+							m_MaxInterface->GetMAXHWnd(), (DLGPROC)_thunk_dialog_proc,
+							(LPARAM)this);
+
+	// Return IDOK if the user accepted the new settings.
+	return (result == 1) ? IDOK : IDCANCEL;
+}
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// SceneSetupDlg DialogProc
+
+BOOL CALLBACK _thunk_dialog_proc (HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
+{
+	static SceneSetupDlg *dialog = NULL;
+
+	if (uMsg == WM_INITDIALOG)
+	{
+		dialog = (SceneSetupDlg*)lParam;
+		dialog->m_hWnd = hWnd;
+	}
+
+	if (dialog)
+		return dialog->DialogProc(hWnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
+	else
+		return 0;
+}
+
+BOOL CALLBACK SceneSetupDlg::DialogProc (HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
+{
+	int code = HIWORD(wParam);
+
+	switch (uMsg)
+	{
+
+		/*******************************************************************
+		* WM_INITDIALOG
+		*
+		* Initialize all of the custom controls for the dialog box
+		*
+		*******************************************************************/
+		case WM_INITDIALOG:
+
+			OnInitDialog();
+			return TRUE;
+
+
+		/*******************************************************************
+		* WM_COMMAND
+		*
+		*
+		*******************************************************************/
+		case WM_COMMAND:
+
+			switch (LOWORD(wParam))
+			{
+				case IDOK:
+
+					if (OnOK() == FALSE)
+						return TRUE;
+
+					SetCursor(LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_WAIT));
+					EndDialog(m_hWnd, 1);
+					break;
+
+				case IDCANCEL:
+					EndDialog(m_hWnd, 0);
+					break;
+
+			}
+			return TRUE;
+
+	}
+
+	return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// SceneSetupDlg message handlers
+
+void SceneSetupDlg::OnInitDialog() 
+{
+	CenterWindow(m_hWnd, m_MaxInterface->GetMAXHWnd());
+	SetCursor(LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW));
+
+	// Select the appropriate radio buttons.
+	switch (m_LodProc)
+	{
+	case 1:
+		CheckDlgButton(m_hWnd, IDC_LOD_AS_COPY, BST_CHECKED);
+		break;
+	case 2:
+		CheckDlgButton(m_hWnd, IDC_LOD_AS_INSTANCE, BST_CHECKED);
+		break;
+	case 3:
+		CheckDlgButton(m_hWnd, IDC_LOD_AS_REFERENCE, BST_CHECKED);
+		break;
+	}
+	switch (m_DamageProc)
+	{
+	case 1:
+		CheckDlgButton(m_hWnd, IDC_DAMAGE_AS_COPY, BST_CHECKED);
+		break;
+	case 2:
+		CheckDlgButton(m_hWnd, IDC_DAMAGE_AS_INSTANCE, BST_CHECKED);
+		break;
+	case 3:
+		CheckDlgButton(m_hWnd, IDC_DAMAGE_AS_REFERENCE, BST_CHECKED);
+		break;
+	}
+
+	// Set the text for the edit boxes.
+	SetEditInt(IDC_LOD_COUNT, m_LodCount);
+	SetEditFloat(IDC_LOD_OFFSET, m_LodOffset);
+	SetEditInt(IDC_DAMAGE_COUNT, m_DamageCount);
+	SetEditFloat(IDC_DAMAGE_OFFSET, m_DamageOffset);
+}
+
+BOOL SceneSetupDlg::OnOK() 
+{
+	if (!ValidateEditFloat(IDC_LOD_OFFSET))
+	{
+		MessageBox(m_hWnd, "You must enter a valid number for the LOD Offset.",
+			"Not a Number", MB_OK);
+		SetFocus(GetDlgItem(m_hWnd, IDC_LOD_OFFSET));
+		return FALSE;
+	}
+	if (!ValidateEditFloat(IDC_DAMAGE_OFFSET))
+	{
+		MessageBox(m_hWnd, "You must enter a valid number for the Damage Offset.",
+			"Not a Number", MB_OK);
+		SetFocus(GetDlgItem(m_hWnd, IDC_DAMAGE_OFFSET));
+		return FALSE;
+	}
+
+	// Get the clone procedure the user wants to use.
+	if (IsDlgButtonChecked(m_hWnd, IDC_LOD_AS_COPY))
+		m_LodProc = 1;
+	else if (IsDlgButtonChecked(m_hWnd, IDC_LOD_AS_INSTANCE))
+		m_LodProc = 2;
+	else if (IsDlgButtonChecked(m_hWnd, IDC_LOD_AS_REFERENCE))
+		m_LodProc = 3;
+	if (IsDlgButtonChecked(m_hWnd, IDC_DAMAGE_AS_COPY))
+		m_DamageProc = 1;
+	else if (IsDlgButtonChecked(m_hWnd, IDC_DAMAGE_AS_INSTANCE))
+		m_DamageProc = 2;
+	else if (IsDlgButtonChecked(m_hWnd, IDC_DAMAGE_AS_REFERENCE))
+		m_DamageProc = 3;
+
+	// Get the other values the user selected.
+	m_LodCount = GetEditInt(IDC_LOD_COUNT);
+	m_LodOffset = GetEditFloat(IDC_LOD_OFFSET);
+	m_DamageCount = GetEditInt(IDC_DAMAGE_COUNT);
+	m_DamageOffset = GetEditFloat(IDC_DAMAGE_OFFSET);
+
+	return TRUE;
+}

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/SceneSetupDlg.h

@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : G                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/SceneSetupDlg.h                $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                      $Author:: Andre_a                                                     $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 10/15/99 4:24p                                              $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 2                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#ifndef SCENESETUPDLG_H
+#define SCENESETUPDLG_H
+
+// SceneSetupDlg.h : header file
+//
+
+#include "dllmain.h"
+#include "Resource.h"
+
+
+class Interface;
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// SceneSetupDlg dialog
+
+class SceneSetupDlg
+{
+public:
+
+	// Construction
+	SceneSetupDlg(Interface *max_interface);
+
+	// Methods
+	int DoModal (void);
+
+	// DialogProc
+	BOOL CALLBACK DialogProc (HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
+
+	// Dialog data associated with GUI components.
+	enum	{ IDD = IDD_SCENE_SETUP };
+	int	m_DamageCount;
+	float	m_DamageOffset;
+	int	m_LodCount;
+	float	m_LodOffset;
+	int	m_LodProc;
+	int	m_DamageProc;
+
+	// Dialog Data
+	HWND			m_hWnd;
+
+protected:
+
+	// Message Handlers
+	void OnInitDialog (void);
+	BOOL OnOK (void);		// TRUE if ok to close dialog
+
+	// Protected Methods
+	void  SetEditInt   (int control_id, int value);
+	void  SetEditFloat (int control_id, float value);
+	int   GetEditInt   (int control_id);
+	float GetEditFloat (int control_id);
+	bool  ValidateEditFloat (int control_id);
+
+	// Protected Data
+	Interface	*m_MaxInterface;
+};
+
+#endif

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/SkinCopy.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,526 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : G                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/SkinCopy.cpp                   $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                      $Author:: Andre_a                                                     $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 11/03/99 11:51a                                             $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 3                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   find_skin_binding -- Find the "WWSkin Binding" modifier on this object.                   *
+ *   find_skin_wsm -- Finds the node for the WWSkin WSM used by this object.                   *
+ *   get_skin_wsm_obj -- Gets the SkinWSMObjectClass from a WWSkin WSM node.                   *
+ *   duplicate_wsm -- Duplicates a WWSkin WSM                                                  *
+ *   find_equivalent_node -- Searches a hierarchy for an object equivalent to the given one.   *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+/*
+-- Copy the skin info for this object into the target object.
+-- If we haven't copied the WSM yet, it will be copied.
+new_wsm = wwCopySkinInfo source_root target_root new_wsm
+*/
+
+#include <MaxScrpt.h>	// Main MAXScript header
+#include <MaxObj.h>		// MAX* Wrapper objects
+#include <definsfn.h>	// def_* functions to create static function headers
+
+#include <Max.h>
+#include <modstack.h>
+
+#include "skin.h"
+#include "util.h"
+#include "w3d_file.h"
+
+
+/*
+** Forward declarations
+*/
+
+Value *find_skin_node_in_tree (INode *root);
+
+SkinModifierClass *find_skin_binding (INode *skinned_obj);
+
+INode *find_skin_wsm (INode *skinned_obj);
+
+SkinWSMObjectClass *get_skin_wsm_obj (INode *wsm_node);
+
+INode *duplicate_wsm (INode *skinned_obj, INode *tree_root);
+
+INode *find_equivalent_node (INode *source, INode *tree, bool name_is_valid = false);
+
+Value *copy_skin_info (INode *source, INode *target, INode *wsm);
+
+IDerivedObject *setup_wsm_derived_obj (INode *node);
+
+ModContext *find_skin_mod_context (INode *node);
+
+
+/*
+** Let MAXScript know we're implementing a new built-in function.
+*/
+def_visible_primitive(find_skin_node, "wwFindSkinNode");
+def_visible_primitive(copy_skin_info, "wwCopySkinInfo");
+def_visible_primitive(dupe_skin_wsm,  "wwDuplicateSkinWSM");
+
+
+/*
+**
+** MAXScript Function:
+** wwFindSkinNode - Usage: wwFindSkinNode tree_root_node
+**
+** Searches the given hierarchy tree for the node containing
+** the WWSkin WSM. Returns the node if found, otherwise it
+** returns undefined.
+**
+** Used by the SceneSetup MAXScript.
+*/
+Value *find_skin_node_cf (Value **arg_list, int count)
+{
+	// Verify the number and type of the arguments.
+	check_arg_count("wwFindSkinNode", 1, count);
+	type_check(arg_list[0], MAXNode, "Tree Root INode");
+
+	// Get the INode that was passed in.
+	INode *tree_root = arg_list[0]->to_node();
+
+	// Search the tree for the WWSkin WSM, and return
+	// the node which references it.
+	return find_skin_node_in_tree(tree_root);
+}
+
+/*
+**
+** MAXScript Function:
+** wwCopySkinInfo - Usage: wwCopySkinInfo from_node to_node wsm_node to_tree_root
+**
+** Copies the skin info for the given node to the target node.
+** If wsm_node is "undefined" then we will create a new WWSkin WSM
+** with the same values as the one being used by from_node.
+** If from_node doesn't have a WWSkin binding, the return value
+** is "undefined". If the function succeeds, it returns the
+** wsm_node (the new WSM if it was created, otherwise the old wsm_node).
+**
+** Used by the SceneSetup MAXScript.
+*/
+Value * copy_skin_info_cf (Value **arg_list, int count)
+{
+	// Verify the number and type of the arguments.
+	check_arg_count("wwCopySkinInfo", 4, count);
+	type_check(arg_list[0], MAXNode, "Source INode");
+	type_check(arg_list[1], MAXNode, "Target INode");
+	type_check(arg_list[3], MAXNode, "Target Tree Root INode");
+
+	// Get the INode pointers that were passed in.
+	INode *src_node = arg_list[0]->to_node();
+	INode *dest_node = arg_list[1]->to_node();
+	INode *wsm_node = NULL;
+	INode *tree_root = arg_list[3]->to_node();
+	if (arg_list[2] == &undefined)
+	{
+		// Duplicate the WSM used by src_node.
+		wsm_node = duplicate_wsm(find_skin_wsm(src_node), tree_root);
+		if (wsm_node == NULL)
+			return &undefined;
+	}
+	else
+		wsm_node = arg_list[2]->to_node();
+
+	return copy_skin_info(src_node, dest_node, wsm_node);
+}
+
+
+/*
+**
+** MAXScript Function:
+** wwDuplicateSkinWSM - Usage: wwDuplicateSkinWSM wwskin_wsm_node tree_root
+**
+** Duplicates the given WWSkin WSM. tree_root is the root node of a hierarchy
+** containing bones similar to the ones used by the given WSM. The hierarchy
+** will be searched for equivalent bones (ie. names the same except their
+** extension), and those bones will be used by the newly duplicated WSM.
+**
+** Used by the SceneSetup MAXScript.
+*/
+Value * dupe_skin_wsm_cf (Value **arg_list, int count)
+{
+	// Verify the number and type of the arguments.
+	check_arg_count("wwDuplicateSkinWSM", 2, count);
+	type_check(arg_list[0], MAXNode, "WWSkin Object INode");
+	type_check(arg_list[1], MAXNode, "Target Tree Root INode");
+
+	// Get the INode pointers that were passed in.
+	INode *wsm_node  = arg_list[0]->to_node();
+	INode *root_node = arg_list[1]->to_node();
+
+	// Return the duplicated WWSkin WSM.
+	INode *dupe = duplicate_wsm(wsm_node, root_node);
+	if (!dupe)
+		return &undefined;
+	else
+	{
+		// Return the WSM.
+		one_typed_value_local(Value* wsm_node);
+		vl.wsm_node = MAXNode::intern(dupe);
+		return_value(vl.wsm_node);
+	}
+}
+
+
+Value *find_skin_node_in_tree (INode *root)
+{
+	if (root == NULL)
+		return &undefined;
+
+	// Is this the node we're looking for?
+	if (get_skin_wsm_obj(root))
+	{
+		one_typed_value_local(Value* wsm_node);
+		vl.wsm_node = MAXNode::intern(root);
+		return_value(vl.wsm_node);
+	}
+
+	// Search the children of this node.
+	for (int i = 0; i < root->NumChildren(); i++)
+	{
+		Value *retval = find_skin_node_in_tree(root->GetChildNode(i));
+		if (retval != &undefined)
+			return retval;
+	}
+
+	// Didn't find it anywhere!
+	return &undefined;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * find_skin_binding -- Find the "WWSkin Binding" modifier on this object.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT: The skinned object.                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT: The skin modifier, or NULL if one doesn't exist.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/19/1999 AJA : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+SkinModifierClass *find_skin_binding (INode *skinned_obj)
+{
+	// WWSkin Binding ties us to a space warp, so search the node's
+	// WSM Derived Object for the WWSkin Binding modifier.
+	IDerivedObject *dobj = skinned_obj->GetWSMDerivedObject();
+	if (dobj == NULL)
+		return NULL;	// not bound to a space warp
+
+	// Search for the WWSkin Binding modifier on this derived object.
+	for (int i = 0; i < dobj->NumModifiers(); i++)
+	{
+		Modifier *mod = dobj->GetModifier(i);
+		if (mod->ClassID() != SKIN_MOD_CLASS_ID)
+			continue;
+
+		// We found the skin modifier.
+		return (SkinModifierClass*)mod;
+	}
+
+	// Skin modifier not found.
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * find_skin_wsm -- Finds the node for the WWSkin WSM used by this object.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT: The node of an object with a WWSkin Binding.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT: The node of the WWSkin WSM referenced by the given object.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/18/1999 AJA : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+INode *find_skin_wsm (INode *skinned_obj)
+{
+	// Find the skin modifier on this object.
+	SkinModifierClass *skin_mod = find_skin_binding(skinned_obj);
+	if (skin_mod == NULL)
+		return NULL;
+
+	// Using the skin modifer, find the WSM's INode.
+	INode *wsm = (INode*)( skin_mod->GetReference(SkinModifierClass::NODE_REF) );
+	if (wsm == NULL)
+	{
+		char buf[256];
+		sprintf(buf, "%s has a WWSkin Binding, but I can't find its WWSkin WSM!",
+			skinned_obj->GetName());
+		throw RuntimeError(buf);
+	}
+
+	return wsm;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * get_skin_wsm_obj -- Gets the SkinWSMObjectClass from a WWSkin WSM node.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT: The node for the WWSkin WSM's representation in the scene.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT: The SkinWSMObjectClass.                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/18/1999 AJA : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+SkinWSMObjectClass *get_skin_wsm_obj (INode *wsm_node)
+{
+	// We need a valid node.
+	if (!wsm_node)
+		return NULL;
+
+	// The node must reference an object.
+	Object *obj = wsm_node->GetObjectRef();
+	if (!obj)
+		return NULL;
+
+	// That BASE object must be a SkinWSMObject
+	while (obj)
+	{
+		// If this is a derived object, burrow deeper,
+		// otherwise we're at the base object.
+		if (obj->SuperClassID() == GEN_DERIVOB_CLASS_ID)
+			obj = ((IDerivedObject*)obj)->GetObjRef();
+		else
+			break;
+	}
+	if (obj->ClassID() != SKIN_OBJ_CLASS_ID)
+		return NULL;
+
+	// Return it.
+	return (SkinWSMObjectClass*)obj;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * duplicate_wsm -- Duplicates a WWSkin WSM                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT: wsm_node - INode of the WWSkin WSM object.                                           *
+ *        tree - The root of a tree containing equivalents of the bones in the WWSkin used     *
+ *               by skinned_obj. The bone names must be the same (after being processed by     *
+ *					  Set_W3D_Name()                                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT: The node of the newly duplicated WWSkin WSM.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/18/1999 AJA : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   11/3/1999  AJA : Changed first argument from skinned_obj to wsm_node.                     *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+INode *duplicate_wsm (INode *wsm_node, INode *tree)
+{
+	SkinWSMObjectClass *wsm_obj = get_skin_wsm_obj(wsm_node);
+
+	if (!wsm_node || !wsm_obj)
+		return NULL;
+
+	/*
+	** Duplicate the WSM.
+	*/
+
+	SkinWSMObjectClass *new_wsm_obj =
+		(SkinWSMObjectClass*)CreateInstance(WSM_OBJECT_CLASS_ID, SKIN_OBJ_CLASS_ID);
+	if (!new_wsm_obj)
+		return NULL;
+
+	// Create a new node in the scene that points to the new WSM object.
+	INode *new_wsm_node = MAXScript_interface->CreateObjectNode(new_wsm_obj);
+	if (!new_wsm_node)
+		return NULL;
+
+	// Copy the bones from one to the other.
+	for (int i = 0; i < wsm_obj->Num_Bones(); i++)
+	{
+		INode *src_bone = wsm_obj->Get_Bone(i);
+		INode *dst_bone = find_equivalent_node(src_bone, tree);
+		if (!src_bone || !dst_bone)
+			return NULL;
+
+		new_wsm_obj->Add_Bone(dst_bone);
+	}
+
+	// Return a pointer to the new WSM node.
+	return new_wsm_node;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * find_equivalent_node -- Searches a hierarchy for an object equivalent to the given one.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT: source - The node to search for an equivalent of.                                    *
+ *        tree - The hierarchy to search in.                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT: The equivalent node, or NULL if none was found.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/19/1999 AJA : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+INode *find_equivalent_node (INode *source, INode *tree, bool name_is_valid)
+{
+	// We need a valid source and tree.
+	if (!source || !tree)
+		return NULL;
+
+	// The name of the source object. We'll only evaluate this once as an easy optimization.
+	static char src_name[W3D_NAME_LEN];
+	if (!name_is_valid)
+		Set_W3D_Name(src_name, source->GetName());
+
+	// The name of the current object we're examining.
+	char chk_name[W3D_NAME_LEN];
+	Set_W3D_Name(chk_name, tree->GetName());
+
+	// Is this the node we're looking for?
+	if (strcmp(src_name, chk_name) == 0)
+		return tree;	// Yup, sure is.
+
+	// Nope. Check its children.
+	for (int i = 0; i < tree->NumberOfChildren(); i++)
+	{
+		INode *retval = find_equivalent_node(source, tree->GetChildNode(i), true);
+		if (retval != NULL)
+			return retval;	// we found the node in our children
+	}
+
+	// No equivalent node was found.
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+
+Value *copy_skin_info (INode *source, INode *target, INode *wsm)
+{
+	// Get the "WWSkin Binding" modifier on the source object.
+	SkinModifierClass *source_modifier = find_skin_binding(source);
+	if (source_modifier == NULL)
+		return &undefined;
+
+	// Get the WSMDerivedObject we can add our skin binding modifier to.
+	IDerivedObject *dobj = setup_wsm_derived_obj(target);
+
+	// Create a new skin modifier and copy the source modifier's settings to it.
+	SkinModifierClass *new_modifier = new SkinModifierClass(wsm, get_skin_wsm_obj(wsm));
+	if (new_modifier == NULL)
+		throw RuntimeError("Out of memory - Unable to allocate a new SkinModifierClass object!");
+	new_modifier->SubObjSelLevel = source_modifier->SubObjSelLevel;
+
+	// Dupe the mod context, especially the local mod data hanging off of it.
+	ModContext *source_context = find_skin_mod_context(source);
+	ModContext *new_context = new ModContext(source_context->tm, source_context->box,
+		source_context->localData);
+	if (new_context == NULL)
+		throw RuntimeError("Out of memory - Unable to allocate a new ModContext object!");
+
+	// Add a new "WWSkin Binding" modifier to the target object to associate
+	// the object with the skin WSM. All of the settings should be correct,
+	// and the target object becomes a "skinned object".
+	dobj->AddModifier(new_modifier, new_context);
+
+	// Return the WSM.
+	one_typed_value_local(Value* wsm_node);
+	vl.wsm_node = MAXNode::intern(wsm);
+	return_value(vl.wsm_node);
+}
+
+
+IDerivedObject *setup_wsm_derived_obj (INode *node)
+{
+	// Check if the target object is already bound to a space warp.
+	IDerivedObject *dobj = node->GetWSMDerivedObject();
+	if (dobj != NULL)
+	{
+		// It's bound to a space warp. Check if WWSkin is one of the
+		// space warp bindings. If so, remove it (we don't want to
+		// be bound to an old skin).
+		for (int i = 0; i < dobj->NumModifiers(); i++)
+		{
+			Modifier *mod = dobj->GetModifier(i);
+			if (mod->ClassID() != SKIN_MOD_CLASS_ID)
+				continue;
+
+			// We found the skin modifier, remove it.
+			dobj->DeleteModifier(i);
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		// This object isn't bound to a space warp. Create a
+		// WSMDerivedObject for the node to play with.
+		dobj = CreateWSDerivedObject(node->GetObjectRef());
+		if (dobj == NULL)
+		{
+			char msg[128];
+			sprintf(msg, "Error setting up the WSMDerivedObject for %s", node->GetName());
+			throw RuntimeError(msg);
+		}
+		node->SetObjectRef(dobj);
+	}
+
+	return dobj;
+}
+
+
+ModContext *find_skin_mod_context (INode *node)
+{
+	// We need a valid node
+	if (node == NULL)
+		return NULL;
+
+	// The node needs to be bound to a space warp (ie. must have
+	// a WSMDerivedObject).
+	IDerivedObject *dobj = node->GetWSMDerivedObject();
+	if (dobj == NULL)
+		return NULL;
+
+	// It's bound to a space warp. Find the WWSkin modifier.
+	for (int i = 0; i < dobj->NumModifiers(); i++)
+	{
+		Modifier *mod = dobj->GetModifier(i);
+		if (mod->ClassID() != SKIN_MOD_CLASS_ID)
+			continue;
+
+		// We found the skin modifier, return its mod context.
+		return dobj->GetModContext(i);
+	}
+
+	// We didn't find a WWSkin binding.
+	return NULL;
+}

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/SnapPoints.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Max2W3d                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/SnapPoints.cpp                 $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                       Author:: Greg Hjelstrom                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 11/23/98 11:05a                                             $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 3                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER)
+#pragma once
+#endif
+
+#include "SnapPoints.h"
+#include "chunkio.h"
+#include "Max.h"
+#include "nodelist.h"
+#include "w3d_file.h"
+
+
+class PointFilterClass : public INodeFilterClass
+{
+public:
+	PointFilterClass(void) { }
+
+	virtual BOOL Accept_Node(INode * node, TimeValue time)
+	{
+		if (node == NULL) return FALSE;
+		Object * obj = node->EvalWorldState(time).obj;
+		if (obj == NULL) return FALSE;
+		
+		if 
+		(
+			obj->ClassID() == Class_ID(POINTHELP_CLASS_ID,0) &&
+			!node->IsHidden()
+		) 
+		{
+			return TRUE;
+		} else {
+			return FALSE;
+		} 
+	}
+};
+
+
+void SnapPointsClass::Export_Points(INode * scene_root,TimeValue time,ChunkSaveClass & csave)
+{
+	if (scene_root == NULL) return;
+	
+	PointFilterClass pointfilter;
+	INodeListClass pointlist(scene_root,time,&pointfilter);
+
+	if (pointlist.Num_Nodes() > 0) {
+
+		csave.Begin_Chunk(W3D_CHUNK_POINTS);
+
+		for (unsigned int ci=0; ci<pointlist.Num_Nodes(); ci++) {
+
+			W3dVectorStruct vect;
+			Point3 pos = pointlist[ci]->GetNodeTM(time).GetTrans();
+			vect.X = pos.x;
+			vect.Y = pos.y;
+			vect.Z = pos.z;
+			csave.Write(&vect,sizeof(vect));
+
+		}
+
+		csave.End_Chunk();
+	}
+}

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/SnapPoints.h

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Max2W3D                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/SnapPoints.h                   $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                       Author:: Greg Hjelstrom                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 11/19/98 4:36p                                              $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 2                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER)
+#pragma once
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SNAPPOINTS_H
+#define SNAPPOINTS_H
+
+#include "Max.h"
+
+class ChunkSaveClass;
+class INode;
+
+/*
+** This class simply contains static functions which will find
+** helper points that should be exported with a w3d render object and
+** export them in a chunk using the given ChunkSaveClass object.
+*/
+class SnapPointsClass
+{
+public:
+	static void Export_Points(INode * scene_root,TimeValue time,ChunkSaveClass & csave);
+};
+
+#endif 

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/TARGA.H

@@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _TARGA_H_
+#define _TARGA_H_
+/****************************************************************************
+*
+*         C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S
+*
+*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*
+* FILE
+*     Targa.h
+* 
+* DESCRIPTION
+*     Targa image file class definitions.
+*
+* PROGRAMMER
+*     Denzil E. Long, Jr.
+*
+* DATE
+*     July 15, 1998
+*
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#pragma pack(push, 1)
+
+// If you wish to display loading error messages call targa functions inside of
+// the following macro - for example TARGA_ERROR_HANDLER(targa.Open(filename, TGA_READMODE));
+// The error code is returned back from the handler so it can be used in an expression.
+long Targa_Error_Handler(long error_code,const char* filename);
+#define TARGA_ERROR_HANDLER(call,filename) Targa_Error_Handler(call,filename)
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * STRUCTURES AND RELATED DEFINITIONS
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* TGAHeader - Targa Image File header.
+ *
+ * IDLength        - Size of Image ID field
+ * ColorMapType    - Color map type.
+ * ImageType       - Image type code.
+ * CMapStart       - Color map origin.
+ * CMapLength      - Color map length.
+ * CMapDepth       - Depth of color map entries.
+ * XOffset         - X origin of image.
+ * YOffset         - Y origin of image.
+ * Width           - Width of image.
+ * Height          - Height of image.
+ * PixelDepth      - Image pixel size
+ * ImageDescriptor - Image descriptor byte.
+ */
+typedef struct _TGAHeader
+	{
+	char  IDLength;
+	char  ColorMapType;
+	char  ImageType;
+	short CMapStart;
+	short CMapLength;
+	char  CMapDepth;
+	short XOffset;
+	short YOffset;
+	short Width;
+	short Height;
+	char  PixelDepth;
+	char  ImageDescriptor;
+	} TGAHeader;
+
+/* ImageType definiton */
+#define TGA_NOIMAGE           0  /* No image data included in file */
+#define TGA_CMAPPED           1  /* Color-mapped image data */
+#define TGA_TRUECOLOR         2  /* Truecolor image data */
+#define TGA_MONO              3  /* Monochrome image data */
+#define TGA_CMAPPED_ENCODED   9  /* Color-mapped image data (Encoded) */
+#define TGA_TRUECOLOR_ENCODED 10 /* Truecolor image data (Encoded) */
+#define TGA_MONO_ENCODED      11 /* Monochrome image data (Encoded) */
+
+/* ImageDescriptor definition */
+#define TGAIDF_ATTRIB_BITS (0x0F<<0) /* Number of attribute bits per pixel */
+#define TGAIDF_XORIGIN     (1<<4)
+#define TGAIDF_YORIGIN     (1<<5)
+
+/* Access modes. */
+#define TGA_READMODE  0
+#define TGA_WRITEMODE 1
+#define TGA_RDWRMODE  2
+
+/* Error codes */
+#define TGAERR_OPEN         -1
+#define TGAERR_READ         -2
+#define TGAERR_WRITE        -3
+#define TGAERR_SYNTAX       -4
+#define TGAERR_NOMEM        -5
+#define TGAERR_NOTSUPPORTED -6
+
+/* Flags definitions */
+#define TGAF_IMAGE    (1<<0)
+#define TGAF_PAL      (1<<1)
+#define TGAF_COMPRESS (1<<2)
+#define TGAF_TGA2     (1<<3)
+
+/* Macro definitions */
+#define TGA_BytesPerPixel(a) ((a+7) >> 3)
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TARGA 2.0 DEFINITIONS
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define TGA2_SIGNATURE "TRUEVISION-XFILE"
+
+/* TGA2Footer - Targa 2.0 footer
+ *
+ * Extension - Offset to the Extension area from start of file.
+ * Developer - Offset to the Developer area from start of file.
+ * Signature - 16 byte Targa 2.0 signature "TRUEVISION-XFILE"
+ * RsvdChar  - Reserved character, must be ASCII "." (period)
+ * BZST      - Binary Zero String Terminator.
+ */
+typedef struct _TGA2Footer
+	{
+	long Extension;
+	long Developer;
+	char Signature[16];
+	char RsvdChar;
+	char BZST;
+	_TGA2Footer() {}
+	} TGA2Footer;
+
+/* TGA2DateStamp - A series of 3 WORD values which define the integer value
+ *                 for the date the image was saved.
+ *
+ * Month - Month number (1 - 12)
+ * Day   - Day number (1 - 31)
+ * Year  - Year number (4 digit, ie. 1989)
+ */
+typedef struct _TGA2DateStamp
+	{
+	short Month;
+	short Day;
+	short Year;
+	} TGA2DateStamp;
+
+/* TGA2TimeStamp - A series of 3 WORD values which define the integer value
+ *                 for the time the image was saved.
+ *
+ * Hour   - Hour number, military time (0 - 23)
+ * Minute - Minute number (0 - 59)
+ * Second - Second number (0 - 59)
+ */
+typedef struct _TGA2TimeStamp
+	{
+	short Hour;
+	short Minute;
+	short Second;
+	} TGA2TimeStamp;
+
+/* TGA2SoftVer - Define the version of the software used to generate file.
+ *
+ * Number - Version number * 100
+ * Letter - Version letter
+ */
+typedef struct _TGA2SoftVer
+	{
+	short Number;
+	char  Letter;
+	} TGA2SoftVer;
+
+/* TGA2Ratio - Numerator and denominator which when taken together specify
+ *             a ratio.
+ *
+ * Numer - Numerator
+ * Denom - Denominator (a value of zero indicates no ratio specified)
+ */
+typedef struct _TGA2Ratio
+	{
+	short Numer;
+	short Denom;
+	} TGA2Ratio;
+
+/* TGA2Extension - Extension area, provided for additional file information.
+ *                 This data is pointed to by the Extension offset in the
+ *                 TGA2Footer.
+ *
+ * ExtSize     - Extension area size. (495 bytes for 2.0)
+ * AuthName    - Name of the person who created image (NULL terminated ASCII)
+ * AuthComment - Comments of the author (NULL terminated ASCII)
+ * DateStamp   - Date the file was created. (See TGA2DateStamp)
+ * TimeStamp   - Time the file was created. (See TGA2TimeStamp)
+ * JobName     - Name of job image belongs to (NULL terminated ASCII)
+ * JobTime     - Elapsed time of the job.
+ * SoftID      - ID of software used to create image (NULL terminated ASCII)
+ * SoftVer     - Version number of software used.
+ * KeyColor    - Tranparent color value.
+ * Aspect      - Pixel aspect ratio.
+ * Gamma       - Fractional gamma value.
+ * ColorCor    - Color correction table offset.
+ * PostStamp   - Postage stamp image offset.
+ * ScanLine    - Scan line table offset.
+ * Attributes  - Alpha channel attributes. (Set defines below)
+ */
+typedef struct _TGA2Extension
+	{
+	short         ExtSize;
+	char          AuthName[41];
+	char          AuthComment[324];
+	TGA2DateStamp Date;
+	TGA2TimeStamp Time;
+	char          JobName[41];
+	TGA2TimeStamp JobTime;
+	char          SoftID[41];
+	TGA2SoftVer   SoftVer;
+	long          KeyColor;
+	TGA2Ratio     Aspect;
+	TGA2Ratio     Gamma;
+	long          ColorCor;
+	long          PostStamp;
+	long          ScanLine;
+	char          Attributes;
+	} TGA2Extension;
+
+/* Alpha channel attributes (Extension Area) */
+#define EXTA_NOALPHA 0  /* No alpha data included */
+#define EXTA_IGNORE  1  /* Undefined alpha data, can ignore */
+#define EXTA_RETAIN  2  /* Undefined alpha data, should retain */
+#define EXTA_USEFUL  3  /* Useful alpha channel */
+#define EXTA_PREMULT 4  /* Pre-Multiplied alpha data */
+
+#pragma pack(pop)
+
+/*
+** This define changes this code from code that works with standard IO calls,
+** to code that uses FileClass and FileFactoryClass.
+*/
+//#define TGA_USES_WWLIB_FILE_CLASSES
+
+#ifdef TGA_USES_WWLIB_FILE_CLASSES
+class FileClass;
+#endif
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CLASS DEFINITION
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+class Targa
+	{
+	public:
+		/* Constructor/destructor */
+		Targa(void);
+		~Targa();
+
+		/* Function prototypes. */
+		long Open(const char* name, long mode);
+		void Close(void);
+
+		long Load(const char* name, char* palette, char* image,bool invert_image=true);
+		long Load(const char* name, long flags, bool invert_image=true);
+		long Save(const char* name, long flags, bool addextension = false);
+		
+		void XFlip(void);
+		void YFlip(void);
+
+		char* SetImage(char* buffer);
+		char* GetImage(void) const {return (mImage);}
+		
+		char* SetPalette(char* buffer);
+		char* GetPalette(void) const {return (mPalette);}
+		
+		bool IsCompressed(void);
+
+		TGA2Extension* GetExtension(void);
+
+		TGAHeader Header;
+
+	protected:
+#ifdef TGA_USES_WWLIB_FILE_CLASSES
+		FileClass *TGAFile;
+#else
+		long mFH;
+#endif
+		long mAccess;
+		long mFlags;
+		char* mImage;
+		char* mPalette;
+		TGA2Extension mExtension;
+
+	private:
+		// Utility functions
+		long DecodeImage(void);
+		long EncodeImage(void);
+		void InvertImage(void);
+
+		// These functions are for ease of ifdef'ing between standard io calls
+		// and FileClass.
+		void Clear_File(void);
+		bool Is_File_Open(void);
+		bool File_Open_Read(const char* name);
+		bool File_Open_Write(const char* name);
+		bool File_Open_ReadWrite(const char* name);
+		int File_Seek(int pos, int dir);
+		int File_Read(void *buffer, int size);
+		int File_Write(void *buffer, int size);
+	};
+
+#endif /* _TARGA_H_ */
+

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/Utility.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : G                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/Utility.cpp                    $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                      $Author:: Andre_a                                                     $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 5/08/00 11:51a                                              $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 3                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *  wwGetAbsolutePath  -- Returns the absolute path based on a relative one.                   *
+ *  wwInputBox  -- Retrive a string from the user in a nice friendly manner.                   *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+/*
+** Utility.cpp - Implementation of a some convenient features the WIN32 API provides
+** that the MAXScript API doesn't.
+*/
+
+
+#include <MaxScrpt.h>
+#include <Arrays.h>
+#include <Strings.h>
+#include <definsfn.h>
+
+#include "util.h"
+#include "InputDlg.h"
+
+
+/*
+** Let MAXScript know we're implementing new built-in functions.
+*/
+def_visible_primitive(get_absolute_path,	"wwGetAbsolutePath");
+def_visible_primitive(input_box,				"wwInputBox");
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * get_absolute_path_cf -- Returns the absolute path based on a relative one.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * wwGetAbsolutePath - Usage: wwGetAbsolutePath <relative_path> <context>                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT: A string containing a relative path, and its context.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT: The equivalent absolute path.                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/4/1999  AJA : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+Value * get_absolute_path_cf (Value **arg_list, int count)
+{
+	// We want an array as an argument
+	check_arg_count("wwGetAbsolutePath", 2, count);
+	type_check(arg_list[0], String, "Relative path");
+	type_check(arg_list[1], String, "Context");
+
+	// Grab the arguments out of the array.
+	char absolute[MAX_PATH];
+	char *relative = arg_list[0]->to_string();
+	char *context  = arg_list[1]->to_string();
+
+	// Turn the relative path into an absolute one.
+	Create_Full_Path(absolute, context, relative);
+
+	// Return the absolute path.
+	one_typed_value_local(String *abs);
+	vl.abs = new String(absolute);
+	return_value(vl.abs);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * input_box_cf -- Retrive a string from the user in a nice friendly manner.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * wwInputBox - Usage: wwInputBox [caption:'caption'] [label:'label'] [value:'value']          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT: Three optional named arguments. If they are not given values, defaults are used.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT: Returns the string entered by the user.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+Value * input_box_cf (Value **arg_list, int count)
+{
+	// Create the input box (but don't show it yet).
+	InputDlg input_box(MAXScript_interface->GetMAXHWnd());
+	Value *param = NULL;
+
+	// Check the 'caption' parameter.
+	param = key_arg(caption);
+	if (param && param != &unsupplied)
+		input_box.SetCaption(param->to_string());
+
+	// Check the 'label' parameter.
+	param = key_arg(label);
+	if (param && param != &unsupplied)
+		input_box.SetLabel(param->to_string());
+
+	// Check the 'value' parameter.
+	param = key_arg(value);
+	if (param && param != &unsupplied)
+		input_box.SetValue(param->to_string());
+
+	// Show the dialog and let the user enter a value.
+	if (input_box.DoModal() == IDCANCEL)
+		return &undefined;
+
+	// Return the value the user entered.
+	one_typed_value_local(String *val);
+	vl.val = new String(input_box.m_Value);
+	return_value(vl.val);
+}
+

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/aabtreebuilder.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,930 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : WW3D                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/aabtreebuilder.cpp             $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *              Original Author:: Greg Hjelstrom                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                      $Author:: Greg_h                                                      $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 5/24/00 8:41a                                               $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 4                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   AABTreeBuilderClass::AABTreeBuilderClass -- Constructor                                   *
+ *   AABTreeBuilderClass::~AABTreeBuilderClass -- Destructor                                   *
+ *   AABTreeBuilderClass::Reset -- reset the builder, delete all arrays                        *
+ *   AABTreeBuilderClass::Build_AABTree -- Build an AABTree for the given mesh.                *
+ *   AABTreeBuilderClass::Build_Tree -- recursivly builds the culling tree                     *
+ *   AABTreeBuilderClass::Select_Splitting_Plane -- select a partition for the given polys     *
+ *   AABTreeBuilderClass::Compute_Plane_Score -- evaluate the suitability of a partition plane *
+ *   AABTreeBuilderClass::Which_Side -- which side of a plane is the given poly                *
+ *   AABTreeBuilderClass::Split_Polys -- partition the polys with a plane                      *
+ *   AABTreeBuilderClass::Compute_Bounding_Box -- compute bounding boxes for the cull nodes    *
+ *   AABTreeBuilderClass::Assign_Index -- assign an array index to each node                   *
+ *   AABTreeBuilderClass::Node_Count -- Count the nodes in the tree                            *
+ *   AABTreeBuilderClass::Poly_Count -- returns number of polys                                *
+ *   AABTreeBuilderClass::Node_Count_Recursive -- internal implementation of Node_Count        *
+ *   AABTreeBuilderClass::Submit_Tree -- install nodes into an AABTreeClass                    *
+ *   AABTreeBuilderClass::Submit_Tree_Recursive -- internal implementation of Submit_Tree      *
+ *   AABTreeBuilderClass::Update_Min -- ensure given vector is < min of the poly               *
+ *   AABTreeBuilderClass::Update_Max -- ensure given vector is > max of poly                   *
+ *   AABTreeBuilderClass::Update_Min_Max -- ensure given vector is in min max of poly          *
+ *   AABTreeBuilderClass::Export -- Saves this AABTree into a W3D chunk                        *
+ *   AABTreeBuilderClass::Build_W3D_AABTree_Recursive -- Build array of indices and W3dMeshAAB *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "aabtreebuilder.h"
+#include "chunkio.h"
+#include "w3d_file.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+
+#define WWASSERT	assert					// can't use WWASSERT because we use this module in the MAX plugin...
+const float COINCIDENCE_EPSILON = 0.001f;
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AABTreeBuilderClass::AABTreeBuilderClass -- Constructor                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+AABTreeBuilderClass::AABTreeBuilderClass(void) : 
+	Root(NULL), 
+	CurPolyIndex(0),
+	PolyCount(0),
+	Polys(NULL),
+	VertCount(0),
+	Verts(NULL)
+{
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AABTreeBuilderClass::~AABTreeBuilderClass -- Destructor                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   5/19/2000  gth : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+AABTreeBuilderClass::~AABTreeBuilderClass(void) 
+{ 
+	Reset();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AABTreeBuilderClass::Reset -- reset the builder, delete all arrays                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   5/19/2000  gth : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void AABTreeBuilderClass::Reset(void)
+{
+	if (Root) { 
+		delete Root; Root = NULL; 
+	} 
+
+	if (Verts != NULL) {
+		delete[] Verts;
+		Verts = NULL;
+	}
+
+	if (Polys != NULL) {
+		delete[] Polys;
+		Polys = NULL;
+	}
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AABTreeBuilderClass::Build_AABTree -- Build an AABTree for the given mesh.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   6/19/98    GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void AABTreeBuilderClass::Build_AABTree(int polycount,Vector3i * polys,int vertcount,Vector3 * verts)
+{
+	WWASSERT(polycount > 0);
+	WWASSERT(vertcount > 0);
+	WWASSERT(polys != NULL);
+	WWASSERT(verts != NULL);
+
+	/*
+	** If we already have allocated data, release it
+	*/
+	Reset();
+
+	/*
+	** Copy the mesh data
+	*/
+	VertCount = vertcount;
+	PolyCount = polycount;
+	Verts = new Vector3[VertCount];
+	Polys = new Vector3i[PolyCount];
+
+	for (int vi=0; vi<VertCount; vi++) {
+		Verts[vi] = verts[vi];
+	}
+	for (int pi=0; pi<PolyCount; pi++) {
+		Polys[pi] = polys[pi];
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** First, create a list of all of the poly indices
+	*/
+	int * polyindices = new int[PolyCount];
+	for (int i=0; i<PolyCount; i++) {
+		polyindices[i] = i;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Build the tree, note that the array of poly indices will be
+	** deleted by the Build_Tree function.
+	*/
+	Root = new CullNodeStruct;
+	Build_Tree(Root,PolyCount,polyindices);
+	polyindices = NULL;
+
+	/*
+	** fill in the remaining information needed in the tree:
+	** for example: bounding boxes, index assignments
+	*/
+	Compute_Bounding_Box(Root);
+	Assign_Index(Root,0);
+
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AABTreeBuilderClass::Build_Tree -- recursivly builds the culling tree                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   6/19/98    GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void AABTreeBuilderClass::Build_Tree(CullNodeStruct * node,int polycount,int * polyindices)
+{
+	/*
+	** First, if there are only a few polys left, just terminate the tree
+	*/
+	if (polycount <= MIN_POLYS_PER_NODE) {
+		node->PolyCount = polycount;
+		node->PolyIndices = polyindices;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Try to find a suitable partitioning plane.
+	*/
+	SplitChoiceStruct sc;
+
+	sc = Select_Splitting_Plane(polycount,polyindices);
+	
+	/*
+	** If the algorithm could not separate any polys, just install the polys
+	** in this node and terminate.  TODO: explore how this happens.
+	*/
+	if (sc.FrontCount + sc.BackCount != polycount) {
+		node->PolyCount = polycount;
+		node->PolyIndices = polyindices;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Decide whether to actually partition this node.  If the partitioning
+	** will not gain us anything, just install the polys in this node and terminate
+	** the tree.
+	*/
+#if 0
+	if (sc.Cost == MAX_COST) {
+		node->PolyCount = polycount;
+		node->PolyIndices = polyindices;
+		return;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	** Ok, split the polys
+	*/
+	SplitArraysStruct arrays;
+	Split_Polys(polycount,polyindices,sc,&arrays);
+
+	/*
+	** Free the memory in use by the input tile-list
+	*/
+	delete[] polyindices;
+
+	/*
+	** Build a front tree if necessary.  Remember that the Build function
+	** deletes the poly array.
+	*/
+	if (arrays.FrontCount) {
+		WWASSERT(arrays.FrontPolys != NULL);
+		node->Front = new CullNodeStruct;
+		Build_Tree(node->Front,arrays.FrontCount,arrays.FrontPolys);
+		arrays.FrontPolys = NULL;
+	}
+	
+	/*
+	** Build a back tree if necessary. Remember that the build function
+	** deletes the tile array.
+	*/
+	if (arrays.BackCount) {
+		WWASSERT(arrays.BackPolys != NULL);
+
+		node->Back = new CullNodeStruct;
+		Build_Tree(node->Back,arrays.BackCount,arrays.BackPolys);
+		arrays.BackPolys = NULL;
+	}
+
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AABTreeBuilderClass::Select_Splitting_Plane -- select a partition for the given polys       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   6/19/98    GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+AABTreeBuilderClass::SplitChoiceStruct 
+AABTreeBuilderClass::Select_Splitting_Plane(int polycount,int * polyindices)
+{
+	WWASSERT(polyindices != NULL);
+
+	const int NUM_TRYS = 50;
+
+	SplitChoiceStruct best_plane_stats;
+	SplitChoiceStruct considered_plane_stats;
+	
+	/*
+	** Try putting axis-aligned planes through some random vertices
+	*/
+	for (int trys = 0; trys < MIN(NUM_TRYS,polycount); trys++) {
+
+		AAPlaneClass plane;
+		
+		/*
+		** Select a random poly and vertex index;
+		*/
+		int poly_index = polyindices[rand() % polycount];
+		int vert_index = rand() % 3;
+		const Vector3i * polyverts = Polys + poly_index;
+		const Vector3 * vert = Verts + (*polyverts)[vert_index];
+		
+		/*
+		** Select a random plane
+		*/
+		switch(rand() % 3) {
+			case 0:	plane.Set(AAPlaneClass::XNORMAL,vert->X);	break;
+			case 1:	plane.Set(AAPlaneClass::YNORMAL,vert->Y);	break;
+			case 2:	plane.Set(AAPlaneClass::ZNORMAL,vert->Z);	break;
+		};
+
+		/*
+		** Get the score for this plane
+		*/
+		considered_plane_stats = Compute_Plane_Score(polycount,polyindices,plane);
+
+		if (considered_plane_stats.Cost < best_plane_stats.Cost) {
+			best_plane_stats = considered_plane_stats;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return best_plane_stats;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AABTreeBuilderClass::Compute_Plane_Score -- evaluate the suitability of a partition plane   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   6/19/98    GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+AABTreeBuilderClass::SplitChoiceStruct 
+AABTreeBuilderClass::Compute_Plane_Score(int polycount,int * polyindices,const AAPlaneClass & plane)
+{
+	/*
+	** The score of a splitting plane is based on the following factors:
+	** - the volumes of the resulting two children volumes,
+	** - the number of polys in each child volume
+	*/
+	SplitChoiceStruct sc;
+	sc.Plane = plane;
+
+	for (int i=0; i<polycount; i++) {
+
+		switch(Which_Side(plane,polyindices[i])) {
+
+			case FRONT:	
+			case ON:
+			case BOTH:
+				{
+					sc.FrontCount++;		
+					Update_Min_Max(polyindices[i],sc.FMin,sc.FMax );
+					break;
+				}
+
+			case BACK:		
+				{
+					sc.BackCount++;
+					Update_Min_Max(polyindices[i],sc.BMin,sc.BMax );
+					break;
+				}
+		}
+	}
+	
+	/*
+	** Inflate the box a tiny amount so that we never
+	** get volumes of zero!
+	*/
+	sc.BMin -= Vector3(WWMATH_EPSILON,WWMATH_EPSILON,WWMATH_EPSILON);
+	sc.BMax += Vector3(WWMATH_EPSILON,WWMATH_EPSILON,WWMATH_EPSILON);
+	
+	/*
+	** Compute the cost.
+	*/
+	float back_cost = (sc.BMax.X - sc.BMin.X) * (sc.BMax.Y - sc.BMin.Y) * (sc.BMax.Z - sc.BMin.Z) * sc.BackCount;
+	float front_cost = (sc.FMax.X - sc.FMin.X) * (sc.FMax.Y - sc.FMin.Y) * (sc.FMax.Z - sc.FMin.Z) * sc.FrontCount;
+	sc.Cost = front_cost + back_cost;
+	
+	if ((sc.FrontCount == 0) || (sc.BackCount == 0)) {
+		sc.Cost = FLT_MAX;
+	}
+
+	return sc;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AABTreeBuilderClass::Which_Side -- which side of a plane is the given poly                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   6/19/98    GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+AABTreeBuilderClass::OverlapType 
+AABTreeBuilderClass::Which_Side(const AAPlaneClass & plane,int poly_index)
+{
+	/*
+	** Check each vertex to see if it is in front, behind or on the plane
+	*/
+	int mask = 0;
+	for (int vi=0; vi<3; vi++) {
+		
+		const Vector3 & point = Verts[ Polys[poly_index][vi] ];
+		float delta = point[plane.Normal] - plane.Dist;
+		
+		if (delta > COINCIDENCE_EPSILON) {
+			mask |= POS;
+		} 
+		if (delta < -COINCIDENCE_EPSILON) {
+			mask |= NEG;
+		}
+		mask |= ON;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Now evaluate the status of all of the verts to determine whether the 
+	** triangle is in front, behind, on or overlapping the plane
+	*/
+
+	/*
+	** If all verts were ON the plane, the triangle is ON the plane
+	*/
+	if (mask == ON) {
+		return ON;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** If all verts were POS or ON, the triangle is POS (IN_FRONT)
+	*/
+	if ((mask & ~(POS | ON)) == 0) {
+		return POS;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** If all verts were NEG or ON, the triangle is NEG (BEHIND)
+	*/
+	if ((mask & ~(NEG | ON)) == 0) {
+		return NEG;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Otherwise, the triangle spans the plane
+	*/
+	return BOTH;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AABTreeBuilderClass::Split_Polys -- partition the polys with a plane                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   6/19/98    GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void AABTreeBuilderClass::Split_Polys
+(
+	int									polycount,
+	int *									polyindices,
+	const SplitChoiceStruct &		sc,
+	SplitArraysStruct *				arrays
+)
+{
+	/*
+	** Note that this routine arrays of polygons. The caller is then responsible for keeping 
+	** track of the memory this routine allocates.
+	*/
+	if (sc.FrontCount > 0) {
+		arrays->FrontPolys = new int[sc.FrontCount];
+	}
+
+	if (sc.BackCount > 0) {
+		arrays->BackPolys = new int[sc.BackCount];
+	}
+
+	arrays->FrontCount = 0;
+	arrays->BackCount = 0;
+
+	for (int i=0; i<polycount; i++) {
+
+		switch(Which_Side(sc.Plane,polyindices[i])) {
+
+			case FRONT: 
+			case ON:
+			case BOTH:
+				arrays->FrontPolys[arrays->FrontCount++] = polyindices[i];
+				break;
+
+			case BACK:
+				arrays->BackPolys[arrays->BackCount++] = polyindices[i];
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** when we are all done, the counts should match. 
+	*/
+	WWASSERT(arrays->FrontCount == sc.FrontCount);
+	WWASSERT(arrays->BackCount == sc.BackCount);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AABTreeBuilderClass::Compute_Bounding_Box -- compute bounding boxes for the cull nodes      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   6/19/98    GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void AABTreeBuilderClass::Compute_Bounding_Box(CullNodeStruct * node)
+{
+	/*
+	** compute bounding volumes of the children
+	*/
+	if (node->Front) {
+		Compute_Bounding_Box(node->Front);
+	}
+
+	if (node->Back) {
+		Compute_Bounding_Box(node->Back);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** compute bounding volume for the polys in this node
+	*/
+	node->Min.Set(100000.0f,100000.0f,100000.0f);
+	node->Max.Set(-100000.0f,-100000.0f,-100000.0f);
+
+	for (int poly_index = 0; poly_index < node->PolyCount; poly_index++) {
+		Update_Min_Max(node->PolyIndices[poly_index],node->Min,node->Max );
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** bound the polys in the front child node
+	*/
+	if (node->Front) {
+		if (node->Front->Min.X < node->Min.X) node->Min.X = node->Front->Min.X;
+		if (node->Front->Max.X > node->Max.X) node->Max.X = node->Front->Max.X;
+
+		if (node->Front->Min.Y < node->Min.Y) node->Min.Y = node->Front->Min.Y;
+		if (node->Front->Max.Y > node->Max.Y) node->Max.Y = node->Front->Max.Y;
+		
+		if (node->Front->Min.Z < node->Min.Z) node->Min.Z = node->Front->Min.Z;
+		if (node->Front->Max.Z > node->Max.Z) node->Max.Z = node->Front->Max.Z;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** bound the polys in the back child node
+	*/
+	if (node->Back) {
+		if (node->Back->Min.X < node->Min.X) node->Min.X = node->Back->Min.X;
+		if (node->Back->Max.X > node->Max.X) node->Max.X = node->Back->Max.X;
+
+		if (node->Back->Min.Y < node->Min.Y) node->Min.Y = node->Back->Min.Y;
+		if (node->Back->Max.Y > node->Max.Y) node->Max.Y = node->Back->Max.Y;
+		
+		if (node->Back->Min.Z < node->Min.Z) node->Min.Z = node->Back->Min.Z;
+		if (node->Back->Max.Z > node->Max.Z) node->Max.Z = node->Back->Max.Z;
+	}
+
+	WWASSERT(node->Min.X != 100000.0f);
+	WWASSERT(node->Min.Y != 100000.0f);
+	WWASSERT(node->Min.Z != 100000.0f);
+	WWASSERT(node->Max.X != -100000.0f);
+	WWASSERT(node->Max.Y != -100000.0f);
+	WWASSERT(node->Max.Z != -100000.0f);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AABTreeBuilderClass::Assign_Index -- assign an array index to each node                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   6/19/98    GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int AABTreeBuilderClass::Assign_Index(CullNodeStruct * node,int index)
+{
+	/*
+	** This function is used to assign a sequential index to
+	** each node in the tree.  The AABTree stores its nodes in 
+	** an array so this index is used to determine which slot
+	** in the array to put each node into.
+	*/
+	WWASSERT(node);
+	node->Index = index;
+	index++;
+
+	if (node->Front) {
+		index = Assign_Index(node->Front,index);
+	}
+
+	if (node->Back) {
+		index = Assign_Index(node->Back,index);
+	}
+
+	return index;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AABTreeBuilderClass::Node_Count -- Count the nodes in the tree                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   6/19/98    GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int AABTreeBuilderClass::Node_Count(void)
+{	
+	if (Root) {
+		return Node_Count_Recursive(Root,0);	
+	} else {
+		return 0;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AABTreeBuilderClass::Poly_Count -- returns number of polys                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/23/98   GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int AABTreeBuilderClass::Poly_Count(void) 
+{ 
+	return PolyCount;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AABTreeBuilderClass::Node_Count_Recursive -- internal implementation of Node_Count          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   6/19/98    GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int AABTreeBuilderClass::Node_Count_Recursive(CullNodeStruct * node,int curcount)
+{
+	curcount++;
+	if (node->Front) {
+		curcount = Node_Count_Recursive(node->Front,curcount);
+	}
+	if (node->Back) {
+		curcount = Node_Count_Recursive(node->Back,curcount);
+	}
+	return curcount;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AABTreeBuilderClass::Update_Min -- ensure given vector is < min of the poly                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   6/22/98    GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void AABTreeBuilderClass::Update_Min(int poly_index,Vector3 & min)
+{
+	for (int vert_index = 0; vert_index < 3; vert_index++) {
+
+		const Vector3i * polyverts = Polys + poly_index;
+		const Vector3 * point = Verts + (*polyverts)[vert_index];
+
+		if (point->X  < min.X) min.X = point->X;
+		if (point->Y  < min.Y) min.Y = point->Y;
+		if (point->Z  < min.Z) min.Z = point->Z;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AABTreeBuilderClass::Update_Max -- ensure given vector is > max of poly                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   6/22/98    GTH : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void AABTreeBuilderClass::Update_Max(int poly_index,Vector3 & max)
+{
+	for (int vert_index = 0; vert_index < 3; vert_index++) {
+
+		const Vector3i * polyverts = Polys + poly_index;
+		const Vector3 * point = Verts + (*polyverts)[vert_index];
+
+		if (point->X  > max.X) max.X = point->X;
+		if (point->Y  > max.Y) max.Y = point->Y;
+		if (point->Z  > max.Z) max.Z = point->Z;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AABTreeBuilderClass::Update_Min_Max -- ensure given vector is in min max of poly            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   9/24/98    BMG : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void	AABTreeBuilderClass::Update_Min_Max(int poly_index, Vector3 & min, Vector3 & max)
+{
+	for (int vert_index = 0; vert_index < 3; vert_index++) {
+
+		const Vector3i * polyverts = Polys + poly_index;
+		const Vector3 * point = Verts + (*polyverts)[vert_index];
+
+		if (point->X  < min.X) min.X = point->X;
+		if (point->Y  < min.Y) min.Y = point->Y;
+		if (point->Z  < min.Z) min.Z = point->Z;
+
+		if (point->X  > max.X) max.X = point->X;
+		if (point->Y  > max.Y) max.Y = point->Y;
+		if (point->Z  > max.Z) max.Z = point->Z;
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AABTreeBuilderClass::Export -- Saves this AABTree into a W3D chunk                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This function will export the AABTree into a W3D chunk so that it can be loaded by its   *
+ *    sister class "AABTreeClass" in the WW3D library.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   5/22/2000  gth : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void AABTreeBuilderClass::Export(ChunkSaveClass & csave)
+{
+	csave.Begin_Chunk(W3D_CHUNK_AABTREE);
+
+	/*
+	** Pack the tree into an array of W3dMeshAABTreeNode's and polygon indices
+	*/
+	W3dMeshAABTreeNode * nodes = new W3dMeshAABTreeNode[Node_Count()];
+	uint32 * poly_indices = new uint32[Poly_Count()];
+
+	int cur_node = 0;
+	int cur_poly = 0;
+	Build_W3D_AABTree_Recursive(Root,nodes,poly_indices,cur_node,cur_poly);
+
+	/*
+	** Write out the header
+	*/
+	csave.Begin_Chunk(W3D_CHUNK_AABTREE_HEADER);
+	W3dMeshAABTreeHeader header;
+	memset(&header,0,sizeof(header));
+	header.NodeCount = Node_Count();
+	header.PolyCount = Poly_Count();
+	csave.Write(&header,sizeof(header));
+	csave.End_Chunk();
+
+	/*
+	** Write out the array of polygon indices
+	*/
+	csave.Begin_Chunk(W3D_CHUNK_AABTREE_POLYINDICES);
+	csave.Write(poly_indices,Poly_Count() * sizeof(uint32));
+	csave.End_Chunk();
+
+	/*
+	** Write out the array of nodes
+	*/
+	csave.Begin_Chunk(W3D_CHUNK_AABTREE_NODES);
+	for (int ni=0; ni<Node_Count(); ni++) {
+		csave.Write(&(nodes[ni]),sizeof(W3dMeshAABTreeNode));
+	}
+	csave.End_Chunk();
+
+	csave.End_Chunk(); // W3D_CHUNK_AABTREE done
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AABTreeBuilderClass::Build_W3D_AABTree_Recursive -- Build array of indices and W3dMeshAABTr *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   5/22/2000  gth : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void AABTreeBuilderClass::Build_W3D_AABTree_Recursive
+(
+	AABTreeBuilderClass::CullNodeStruct *	node,
+	W3dMeshAABTreeNode *							w3d_nodes,
+	uint32 *											poly_indices,
+	int &												cur_node,
+	int &												cur_poly
+)
+{
+	/*
+	** Copy data from the builder's node into our node
+	*/
+	W3dMeshAABTreeNode * newnode = &(w3d_nodes[node->Index]);
+	newnode->Min.X = node->Min.X;
+	newnode->Min.Y = node->Min.Y;
+	newnode->Min.Z = node->Min.Z;
+	newnode->Max.X = node->Max.X;
+	newnode->Max.Y = node->Max.Y;
+	newnode->Max.Z = node->Max.Z;
+	
+	/*
+	** If this is a non-leaf node, set up the child indices, otherwise set up the polygon indices
+	*/
+	if (node->Front != NULL) {
+
+		WWASSERT(node->Back != NULL);		// if we have one child, we better have both!
+		newnode->FrontOrPoly0 = node->Front->Index;
+		newnode->BackOrPolyCount = node->Back->Index;
+	
+	} else {
+
+		newnode->FrontOrPoly0 = cur_poly | 0x80000000;
+		newnode->BackOrPolyCount = node->PolyCount;
+
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Copy the polygon indices for this node into our array
+	*/
+	for (int pcounter = 0; pcounter < node->PolyCount; pcounter++) {
+		poly_indices[cur_poly++] = node->PolyIndices[pcounter];
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Install the children
+	*/
+	if (node->Front) {
+		Build_W3D_AABTree_Recursive(node->Front,w3d_nodes,poly_indices,cur_node,cur_poly);
+	}
+	if (node->Back) {
+		Build_W3D_AABTree_Recursive(node->Back,w3d_nodes,poly_indices,cur_node,cur_poly);
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/aabtreebuilder.h

@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : WW3D                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/aabtreebuilder.h               $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *              Original Author:: Greg Hjelstrom                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                      $Author:: Greg_h                                                      $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 5/22/00 2:02p                                               $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 2                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER)
+#pragma once
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AABTREEBUILDER_H
+#define AABTREEBUILDER_H
+
+#include "always.h"
+#include "vector3.h"
+#include "vector3i.h"
+#include "aaplane.h"
+#include "bittype.h"
+#include <float.h>
+
+class AABTreeClass;
+class ChunkSaveClass;
+struct W3dMeshAABTreeNode;
+
+/*
+** AABTreeBuilderClass
+** This class serves simply to build AABTreeClasses.  It first builds a tree
+** which uses an easier to manage data structure (but uses more memory).  Then
+** the tree is converted into the representation used in the AABTreeClass.
+*/
+class AABTreeBuilderClass
+{
+public:
+	
+	AABTreeBuilderClass(void);
+	~AABTreeBuilderClass(void);
+
+	void					Build_AABTree(int polycount,Vector3i * polys,int vertcount,Vector3 * verts);
+	void					Export(ChunkSaveClass & csave);
+	
+	int					Node_Count(void);
+	int					Poly_Count(void);
+
+	enum 
+	{ 
+		MIN_POLYS_PER_NODE =		4,
+		SMALL_VERTEX =				-100000,
+		BIG_VERTEX =				100000
+	};
+
+private:
+
+	/*
+	** This CullNodeStruct is used in building the AABTree.  It is much more
+	** wasteful in terms of memory footprint and number of allocations than the
+	** streamlined version found in the actual AABTreeClass.
+	*/
+	struct CullNodeStruct 
+	{
+		CullNodeStruct(void) : Index(0),Min(0,0,0),Max(0,0,0),Front(NULL),Back(NULL),PolyCount(0),PolyIndices(NULL) {}
+		~CullNodeStruct(void) 
+		{
+			if (Front) { delete Front; } 
+			if (Back) { delete Back; }
+			if (PolyIndices) { delete[] PolyIndices; }
+		}
+
+		int						Index;
+		Vector3					Min;
+		Vector3					Max;
+		CullNodeStruct *		Front;
+		CullNodeStruct *		Back;
+		int						PolyCount;
+		int *						PolyIndices;
+	};
+
+	/*
+	** SplitChoiceStruct - encapsulates the results of evaluating the suitability of a partition
+	*/
+	struct SplitChoiceStruct
+	{
+		SplitChoiceStruct(void) : 
+			Cost(FLT_MAX),
+			FrontCount(0),
+			BackCount(0),
+			BMin(BIG_VERTEX,BIG_VERTEX,BIG_VERTEX),
+			BMax(SMALL_VERTEX,SMALL_VERTEX,SMALL_VERTEX),
+			FMin(BIG_VERTEX,BIG_VERTEX,BIG_VERTEX),
+			FMax(SMALL_VERTEX,SMALL_VERTEX,SMALL_VERTEX),
+			Plane(AAPlaneClass::XNORMAL,0) 
+		{
+		}
+		
+		float						Cost;				// try to minimize this!
+		int						FrontCount;		// number of polys in front of the plane
+		int						BackCount;		// number of polys behind the plane
+		Vector3					BMin;				// min of the bounding box of the "back" child
+		Vector3					BMax;				// max of the bounding box of the "back" child
+		Vector3					FMin;				// min of the bounding box of the "front" child
+		Vector3					FMax;				// max of the bounding box of the "front" child
+		AAPlaneClass			Plane;			// partitioning plane
+	};
+
+	struct SplitArraysStruct
+	{
+		SplitArraysStruct(void) : 
+			FrontCount(0),
+			BackCount(0),
+			FrontPolys(NULL),
+			BackPolys(NULL)
+		{
+		}
+
+		int						FrontCount;
+		int						BackCount;
+		int *						FrontPolys;
+		int *						BackPolys;
+	};
+
+	enum OverlapType
+	{
+		POS				= 0x01,
+		NEG				= 0x02,
+		ON					= 0x04,
+		BOTH				= 0x08,
+		OUTSIDE			= POS,
+		INSIDE			= NEG,
+		OVERLAPPED		= BOTH,
+		FRONT				= POS,
+		BACK				= NEG,
+	};
+
+
+	/*
+	** Internal functions
+	*/
+	void								Reset();
+	void								Build_Tree(CullNodeStruct * node,int polycount,int * polyindices);
+	SplitChoiceStruct				Select_Splitting_Plane(int polycount,int * polyindices);
+	SplitChoiceStruct				Compute_Plane_Score(int polycont,int * polyindices,const AAPlaneClass & plane);
+	void								Split_Polys(int polycount,int * polyindices,const SplitChoiceStruct & sc,SplitArraysStruct *	arrays);
+	OverlapType						Which_Side(const AAPlaneClass & plane,int poly_index);
+	void								Compute_Bounding_Box(CullNodeStruct * node);
+	int								Assign_Index(CullNodeStruct * node,int index);
+	int								Node_Count_Recursive(CullNodeStruct * node,int curcount);
+	void								Update_Min(int poly_index,Vector3 & set_min);
+	void								Update_Max(int poly_index,Vector3 & set_max);
+	void								Update_Min_Max(int poly_index, Vector3 & set_min, Vector3 & set_max);
+	
+	void								Build_W3D_AABTree_Recursive(CullNodeStruct *	node,
+											W3dMeshAABTreeNode * w3dnodes,
+											uint32 * poly_indices,
+											int & cur_node,
+											int &	cur_poly);
+	/*
+	** Tree 
+	*/
+	CullNodeStruct *				Root;
+	int								CurPolyIndex;
+
+	/*
+	** Mesh data
+	*/
+	int								PolyCount;
+	Vector3i *						Polys;
+	int								VertCount;
+	Vector3 *						Verts;
+
+	friend class AABTreeClass;
+};
+
+
+
+
+#endif //AABTREEBUILDER_H
+

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/animationcompressionsettings.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,291 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Max2W3d                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/animationcompressionsettings.cpp $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *              Original Author:: Patrick Smith																  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                      $Author:: Patrick                                                     $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 10/30/00 1:57p                                              $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 2                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#include "animationcompressionsettings.h"
+#include "dllmain.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+#include "w3dexp.h"
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	AnimationCompressionSettingsDialogClass
+//
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+AnimationCompressionSettingsDialogClass::AnimationCompressionSettingsDialogClass (Interface *maxinterface, HWND parent_wnd) :
+	MaxInterface (maxinterface),
+	Options (NULL),
+	Wnd (NULL),
+	ParentWnd (parent_wnd)
+{
+	return ;
+}
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	~AnimationCompressionSettingsDialogClass
+//
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+AnimationCompressionSettingsDialogClass::~AnimationCompressionSettingsDialogClass (void)
+{
+	return ;
+}
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Do_Modal
+//
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+int
+AnimationCompressionSettingsDialogClass::Do_Modal (void)
+{
+	int retval = ::DialogBoxParam (AppInstance, MAKEINTRESOURCE (IDD_ANIMATION_COMPRESSION),
+													ParentWnd, Real_Message_Proc, (LPARAM)this);
+	return retval;
+}
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Real_Message_Proc
+//
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+BOOL CALLBACK
+AnimationCompressionSettingsDialogClass::Real_Message_Proc
+(
+	HWND		wnd,
+	UINT		message,
+	WPARAM	wparam,
+	LPARAM	lparam
+)
+{
+	AnimationCompressionSettingsDialogClass *dialog_obj = NULL;
+
+	//
+	//	Setup the framework we need so that the instance
+	// can process the messages instead of this static callback.
+	//
+	if (message == WM_INITDIALOG) {
+		dialog_obj			= (AnimationCompressionSettingsDialogClass *)lparam;
+		dialog_obj->Wnd	= wnd;
+		::SetProp (wnd, "DIALOG_OBJ", (HANDLE)dialog_obj);
+	} else {
+		dialog_obj = (AnimationCompressionSettingsDialogClass *)::GetProp (wnd, "DIALOG_OBJ");
+	}
+
+	//
+	//	Allow the instance to handle the call
+	//
+	BOOL retval = FALSE;
+	if (dialog_obj != NULL) {
+		retval = dialog_obj->Message_Proc (message, wparam, lparam);
+	}
+
+	//
+	//	Cleanup the framework
+	//
+	if (message == WM_DESTROY) {
+		::RemoveProp (wnd, "DIALOG_OBJ");
+	}
+
+	return retval;
+}
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Message_Proc
+//
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+BOOL
+AnimationCompressionSettingsDialogClass::Message_Proc
+(
+	UINT		message,
+	WPARAM	wparam,
+	LPARAM	lparam
+)
+{
+	BOOL retval = FALSE;
+
+	switch (message)
+	{
+		case WM_INITDIALOG:
+		{
+			//
+			//	Center the dialog
+			//
+			RECT parent_rect = { 0 };
+			RECT rect = { 0 };
+			::GetWindowRect (ParentWnd, &parent_rect);
+			::GetWindowRect (Wnd, &rect);
+			int width	= parent_rect.right - parent_rect.left;
+			int height	= parent_rect.bottom - parent_rect.top;
+			::SetWindowPos (	Wnd, NULL,
+									parent_rect.left + (width / 2) - ((rect.right - rect.left) / 2),
+									parent_rect.top + (height / 2) - ((rect.bottom - rect.top) / 2),
+									0, 0, SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOSIZE);
+			
+			//
+			//	Initialize the dialog controls
+			//
+			Initialize_Controls ();
+		}
+		break;
+
+		case WM_COMMAND:
+		{
+			switch (LOWORD (wparam))
+			{
+				case IDCANCEL:
+					EndDialog (Wnd, IDCANCEL);
+					break;
+
+				case IDOK:
+					Save_Settings ();
+					EndDialog (Wnd, IDOK);
+					break;
+			}
+		}
+		break;
+	}
+
+	return retval;
+}
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Initialize_Controls
+//
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+void
+AnimationCompressionSettingsDialogClass::Initialize_Controls (void)
+{
+	SetCheckBox (Wnd, IDC_REDUCE_ANIMATION_CHECK, Options->ReduceAnimation);
+	char string[128] = { 0 };
+
+	//
+	//	Populate the reduction percent combo box
+	//
+	HWND percent_combo = ::GetDlgItem (Wnd, IDC_REDUCE_ANIMATION_COMBO);
+	for (int index = 1; index < 100; index ++) {
+		sprintf (string, "%d", index);
+		ComboBox_AddString (percent_combo, string);
+	}
+
+	//
+	//	Populate the animation type combo box
+	//
+	HWND flavor_combo = ::GetDlgItem (Wnd, IDC_COMPRESS_ANIMATION_FLAVOR_COMBO);
+	ComboBox_AddString (flavor_combo, "TimeCoded");
+	ComboBox_AddString (flavor_combo, "Adaptive Delta");
+	
+	//
+	//	Bounds check the parameters
+	//
+	if ((Options->ReduceAnimationPercent < 1) || (Options->ReduceAnimationPercent > 99)) {
+		Options->ReduceAnimationPercent = 50;
+
+	}
+
+	if ((Options->CompressAnimationFlavor < 0) || (Options->CompressAnimationFlavor >= ANIM_FLAVOR_VALID)) {
+		Options->CompressAnimationFlavor = 0;
+	}
+
+	//
+	//	Select the correct entries in the combo boxes
+	//
+	ComboBox_SetCurSel (percent_combo, Options->ReduceAnimationPercent - 1);
+	ComboBox_SetCurSel (flavor_combo, Options->CompressAnimationFlavor);
+
+	//
+	//	Fill in the error fields
+	//
+	::sprintf (string, "%f", Options->CompressAnimationTranslationError);
+	::SetDlgItemText (Wnd, IDC_MAX_TRANS_ERROR_EDIT, string);
+
+	::sprintf (string, "%f", Options->CompressAnimationRotationError);
+	::SetDlgItemText (Wnd, IDC_MAX_ROT_ERROR_EDIT, string);
+	return ;
+}
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	Save_Settings
+//
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+void
+AnimationCompressionSettingsDialogClass::Save_Settings (void)
+{
+	//
+	//	Read the compression type setting
+	//
+	int flavor = ComboBox_GetCurSel (::GetDlgItem (Wnd, IDC_COMPRESS_ANIMATION_FLAVOR_COMBO));
+	Options->CompressAnimationFlavor = flavor;
+
+	//
+	//	Determine whether or not we want to force reduction
+	//
+	Options->ReduceAnimation = (IsDlgButtonChecked (Wnd, IDC_REDUCE_ANIMATION_CHECK) == 1);
+
+	//
+	//	Read the reduction percent setting
+	//
+	int reduce_percent = ComboBox_GetCurSel (::GetDlgItem (Wnd, IDC_REDUCE_ANIMATION_COMBO)) + 1;
+	Options->ReduceAnimationPercent = reduce_percent;
+
+	//
+	//	Read the amount of compression error we'll allow in the translational component
+	//
+	char string[128];
+	::GetDlgItemText (Wnd, IDC_MAX_TRANS_ERROR_EDIT, string, sizeof (string));
+	float trans_error = ::atof (string);
+	Options->CompressAnimationTranslationError = trans_error;
+
+	//
+	//	Read the amount of compression error we'll allow in the rotational component
+	//
+	::GetDlgItemText (Wnd, IDC_MAX_ROT_ERROR_EDIT, string, sizeof (string));
+	float rot_error = ::atof (string);
+	Options->CompressAnimationRotationError = rot_error;
+	return ;
+}

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/animationcompressionsettings.h

@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Max2W3d                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/animationcompressionsettings.h $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *              Original Author:: Patrick Smith																  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                      $Author:: Patrick                                                     $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 10/30/00 1:57p                                              $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 2                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#ifndef __ANIMATION_COMPRESSION_SETTINGS_H
+#define __ANIMATION_COMPRESSION_SETTINGS_H
+
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <max.h>
+#include "w3dutil.h"
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//	AnimationCompressionSettingsDialogClass
+//
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+class AnimationCompressionSettingsDialogClass
+{
+public:
+
+	//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	//	Public constructors/destructors
+	//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	AnimationCompressionSettingsDialogClass (Interface *maxinterface, HWND parent_wnd = NULL);
+	~AnimationCompressionSettingsDialogClass (void);
+
+
+	//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	//	Public methods
+	//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////		
+	
+	void			Set_Options (W3dExportOptionsStruct *options)	{ Options = options; }
+	int			Do_Modal (void);
+
+private:
+
+	//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	//	Static methods
+	//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	static BOOL CALLBACK	Real_Message_Proc (HWND wnd, UINT message, WPARAM wparam, LPARAM lparam);
+	
+	//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	//	Private methods
+	//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	BOOL			Message_Proc (UINT message, WPARAM wparam, LPARAM lparam);
+	void			Initialize_Controls (void);
+	void			Save_Settings (void);
+
+	//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	//	Private member data
+	//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	W3dExportOptionsStruct *	Options;
+	Interface *						MaxInterface;
+	HWND								Wnd;
+	HWND								ParentWnd;
+};
+
+
+#endif //__ANIMATION_COMPRESSION_SETTINGS_H
+

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/bchannel.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,319 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : W3D Tools                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/bchannel.cpp                   $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                      $Author:: Greg_h                                                      $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 10/30/00 5:25p                                              $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 6                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "bchannel.h"
+#include "w3d_file.h"
+#include "logdlg.h"
+#include "exportlog.h"
+
+
+BitChannelClass::BitChannelClass
+(
+	uint32 id,
+	int maxframes,
+	uint32 chntype,
+	bool default_val
+) :
+	ID(id),
+	ChannelType(chntype),
+	MaxFrames(maxframes),
+	IsEmpty(true),
+	DefaultVal(default_val),
+	Data(maxframes),
+	Begin(0),
+	End(0)
+{
+	// start "Begin" at the end of the array, whenever we set a value
+	// at an index less than "Begin", we push "Begin" back.
+	Begin = MaxFrames;
+	End = 0;
+}
+
+BitChannelClass::~BitChannelClass(void)
+{
+}
+
+void BitChannelClass::Set_Bit(int frameidx,bool bit)
+{
+	assert(frameidx >= 0);
+	assert(frameidx < MaxFrames);
+
+	Data[frameidx] = bit; 
+
+	if (!is_default(bit)) {
+		IsEmpty = false;
+	}
+}
+
+void BitChannelClass::Set_Bits(BooleanVectorClass & bits)
+{
+	for (int i=0; i<bits.Length(); i++) {
+		Set_Bit(i,bits[i]);
+	}
+}
+
+
+bool BitChannelClass::Get_Bit(int frameidx)
+{
+	assert(frameidx >= 0);
+	assert(frameidx < MaxFrames);
+
+	return Data[frameidx];
+}
+
+
+bool BitChannelClass::Save(ChunkSaveClass & csave, bool compress)
+{
+	if (IsEmpty) return true;
+	
+  if (compress)  {
+  	// Save the Channel Data Compressed
+    // TIMECODED
+		if (!csave.Begin_Chunk(W3D_CHUNK_COMPRESSED_BIT_CHANNEL)) {
+			return false;
+		}
+				
+    uint32	channelsize  = sizeof(W3dTimeCodedBitChannelStruct);
+		uint32  packetsize   = sizeof(uint32);
+    
+    channelsize	+= packetsize * MaxFrames;
+    channelsize -= sizeof(uint32);
+    
+    W3dTimeCodedBitChannelStruct * chn = (W3dTimeCodedBitChannelStruct *)malloc(channelsize);
+    
+    if (chn == NULL)  {
+    	return false;
+    }
+    
+    chn->NumTimeCodes = MaxFrames;
+    chn->Pivot        = ID;
+    chn->Flags        = ChannelType;
+    chn->DefaultVal   = DefaultVal;
+					 
+    // copy data into the channel struct, in timecoded raw format
+
+		for (uint32 fcount=0; fcount < chn->NumTimeCodes; fcount++) {
+    	
+			if (Get_Bit(fcount)) {
+      		chn->Data[fcount] = fcount | W3D_TIMECODED_BIT_MASK;
+			}	
+			else  {
+      		chn->Data[fcount] = fcount;
+			}
+		}	
+    
+    // Compress the new structure
+    
+    BitChannelClass::compress( chn );			
+    
+	 float originalchannelsize = channelsize;
+
+    // Update Channel Size
+    channelsize  = sizeof(W3dTimeCodedBitChannelStruct);
+    channelsize	+= packetsize * chn->NumTimeCodes;
+    channelsize -= sizeof(uint32);
+    
+	 float percent = (((float) channelsize) / originalchannelsize) * 100.0f;
+
+	 ExportLog::printf("%.0f", percent);
+
+
+    // save
+
+		if (csave.Write(chn,channelsize) != channelsize) {
+			return false;
+		}
+		
+		if (chn != NULL) {
+			free(chn);
+		}
+
+		if (!csave.End_Chunk()) {
+			return false;
+		}
+    
+  }							
+  else  {
+  	// Stock Raw Save
+		if (!csave.Begin_Chunk(W3D_CHUNK_BIT_CHANNEL)) {
+			return false;
+		}
+
+		compute_range();
+
+		int numbits = End - Begin + 1;
+		assert(numbits > 0);
+		int numbytes = (numbits + 7) / 8;
+
+		unsigned int channelsize = sizeof(W3dBitChannelStruct);
+		channelsize += numbytes - 1; // one byte inside the W3dBitChannelStruct...
+
+		W3dBitChannelStruct * chn = (W3dBitChannelStruct *)malloc(channelsize);
+		
+		if (chn == NULL) {
+			return false;
+		}
+	  
+		chn->FirstFrame = Begin;
+		chn->LastFrame = End;
+		chn->Flags = ChannelType;
+		chn->Pivot = ID;
+		chn->DefaultVal = DefaultVal;
+
+		uint8 * bits = (uint8 *)&(chn->Data[0]);
+
+		for (int fcount=0; fcount < End-Begin+1; fcount++) {
+			::Set_Bit(bits,fcount,Get_Bit(Begin + fcount));
+		}
+
+		if (csave.Write(chn,channelsize) != channelsize) {
+			return false;
+		}
+		
+		if (chn != NULL) {
+			free(chn);
+		}
+
+		if (!csave.End_Chunk()) {
+			return false;
+		}
+    
+  }								
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+
+bool BitChannelClass::is_default(bool bit)
+{
+	return (bit == DefaultVal);
+}
+
+void BitChannelClass::compute_range(void)
+{
+	Begin = 0;
+	while ((Begin < MaxFrames) && (is_default(Get_Bit(Begin)))) {
+		Begin++;
+	}
+
+	End = MaxFrames-1;
+	while ((End >= 0) && (is_default(Get_Bit(End)))) {
+		End--;
+	}
+}	 // compute_range
+									
+                  
+//
+// find a packet that isn't needed, and return the index
+// if all packets are necessary, then return back PACKETS_ALL_USEFUL
+// a useless packet is defined, as a packet that can be recreated
+//      
+#define PACKETS_ALL_USEFUL (0xFFFFFFFF)
+//
+uint32 BitChannelClass::find_useless_packet(W3dTimeCodedBitChannelStruct * c)
+{												
+	
+  assert( c );	// make sure pointer exists
+  assert( c->NumTimeCodes );	// make sure some packets exist
+                       
+  	if (c->NumTimeCodes > 2)  {
+  						 
+      for(uint32 try_idx = 0; try_idx < (c->NumTimeCodes - 1); try_idx++)  {
+      				
+        if ((c->Data[try_idx]   & W3D_TIMECODED_BIT_MASK) ==
+            (c->Data[try_idx+1] & W3D_TIMECODED_BIT_MASK))  {
+            	return(try_idx + 1);
+            }      						 
+               
+      }	// for 
+    }    
+	
+	return( PACKETS_ALL_USEFUL );
+	
+} // find_useless_packet	
+  				
+
+//
+//  Remove a packet from a W3dTimeCodedBitChannelStruct
+//
+void BitChannelClass::remove_packet(W3dTimeCodedBitChannelStruct * c, uint32 packet_idx)
+{												
+	assert( c );
+  assert( c->NumTimeCodes > 1 );
+	
+  uint32 packet_size = 1;
+  uint32 packet_len  = packet_size * sizeof(uint32);
+  												 
+  uint32 *src, *dst;
+  
+  dst = (uint32 *) &c->Data[ packet_size * packet_idx ];
+  src = (uint32 *) &c->Data[ packet_size * (packet_idx + 1) ];
+   									 
+  uint32 copy_length = (c->NumTimeCodes - (packet_idx + 1)) * packet_len;
+  
+  if (copy_length)  {
+  	
+    memcpy(dst, src, copy_length);
+    
+  }
+  
+  // Decrement Packet Count                  
+  c->NumTimeCodes--;			
+        
+} // remove_packet	 
+         
+//
+//  Take a non-compressed TimeCoded Bit Channel
+//  and compress the packets
+//
+void BitChannelClass::compress(W3dTimeCodedBitChannelStruct * c)
+{			
+	while(1) {
+		
+		uint32 idx = find_useless_packet( c );
+     
+		if (PACKETS_ALL_USEFUL == idx) break;
+    
+		remove_packet( c, idx );
+    	
+	}	
+  
+} // compress
+	
+
+
+                    
+// EOF - bchannel.cpp

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/bchannel.h

@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : W3D Tools                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/bchannel.h                     $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                      $Author:: Greg_h                                                      $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 10/30/00 5:25p                                              $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 5                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#ifndef BCHANNEL_H
+#define BCHANNEL_H
+
+#ifndef ALWAYS_H
+#include "always.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef BITTYPE_H
+#include "bittype.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef CHUNKIO_H
+#include "chunkio.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef VECTOR_H
+#include "vector.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef W3D_FILE_H
+#include "w3d_file.h"
+#endif
+
+class LogDataDialogClass;
+
+class BitChannelClass
+{
+public:
+
+	BitChannelClass(uint32 id,int maxframes,uint32 chntype,bool def_val);
+	~BitChannelClass(void);
+
+	void		Set_Bit(int framenumber,bool bit);
+	void		Set_Bits(BooleanVectorClass & bits);
+	bool		Get_Bit(int frameidx);
+	bool		Is_Empty(void) { return IsEmpty; }
+	bool		Save(ChunkSaveClass & csave, bool compress);
+
+private:
+
+	uint32					ID;
+	uint32					ChannelType;
+	int						MaxFrames;
+	bool						IsEmpty;
+
+	bool						DefaultVal;
+	BooleanVectorClass	Data;
+	int						Begin;
+	int						End;
+
+	// Test a bit against the "default" bit
+	bool is_default(bool bit);
+
+	// This function finds the start and end of the "non-default" data
+	void compute_range(void);
+  
+  // compress functions
+	void remove_packet(W3dTimeCodedBitChannelStruct * c, uint32 packet_idx);
+	uint32 find_useless_packet(W3dTimeCodedBitChannelStruct * c);
+	void compress(W3dTimeCodedBitChannelStruct * c);
+  
+  
+};
+
+
+#endif

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/boneicon.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,606 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/boneicon.cpp 6     1/12/98 4:02p Greg_h $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***                            Confidential - Westwood Studios                              *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Commando Tools - WWSkin                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/boneicon.cpp                   $* 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                      $Author:: Greg_h                                                      $* 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                     $Modtime:: 1/09/98 3:09p                                               $* 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    $Revision:: 6                                                           $* 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#include "boneicon.h"
+
+const int NumBoneIconVerts = 184;
+const int NumBoneIconFaces = 366;
+
+/*
+** Don't try this at home :-)
+*/
+#pragma warning(disable:4305)
+
+VertexStruct BoneIconVerts[NumBoneIconVerts] = {
+	
+	{  0.07,    -0.37,     0.23 },
+	{  0.07,    -0.38,     0.22 },
+	{  0.07,    -0.37,     0.22 },
+	{ -0.07,    -0.38,     0.22 },
+	{ -0.07,    -0.38,     0.22 },
+	{ -0.05,    -0.31,     0.21 },
+	{ -0.07,    -0.38,     0.22 },
+	{ -0.07,    -0.37,     0.21 },
+	{  0.07,    -0.38,     0.22 },
+	{  0.06,    -0.34,     0.18 },
+	{   0.07,    -0.38,     0.23 },
+	{  -0.07,    -0.38,     0.22 },
+	{  -0.10,    -0.42,     0.19 },
+	{  -0.04,    -0.47,     0.11 },
+	{  -0.04,    -0.51,     0.21 },
+	{  -0.04,    -0.36,     0.12 },
+	{   0.05,    -0.41,     0.10 },
+	{   0.05,    -0.51,     0.15 },
+	{   0.05,    -0.49,     0.26 },
+	{   0.11,    -0.42,     0.19 },
+	{  -0.05,    -0.45,     0.26 },
+	{  -0.06,    -0.43,     0.25 },
+	{  -0.04,    -0.45,     0.27 },
+	{  -0.07,    -0.40,     0.23 },
+	{   0.00,    -0.46,     0.27 },
+	{   0.04,    -0.45,     0.27 },
+	{   0.05,    -0.44,     0.27 },
+	{  -0.00,    -0.46,     0.27 },
+	{   0.06,    -0.43,     0.25 },
+	{   0.07,    -0.39,     0.24 },
+	{  -0.11,    -0.37,     0.28 },
+	{  -0.05,    -0.47,     0.30 },
+	{  -0.05,    -0.38,     0.37 },
+	{  -0.05,    -0.29,     0.32 },
+	{   0.04,    -0.44,     0.35 },
+	{   0.04,    -0.33,     0.36 },
+	{   0.04,    -0.28,     0.26 },
+	{   0.10,    -0.37,     0.28 },
+	{   0.04,    -0.30,     0.23 },
+	{   0.04,    -0.29,     0.24 },
+	{   0.01,    -0.29,     0.24 },
+	{  -0.03,    -0.30,     0.25 },
+	{  -0.05,    -0.31,     0.22 },
+	{  -0.04,    -0.35,     0.15 },
+	{  -0.03,    -0.35,     0.13 },
+	{  -0.02,    -0.35,     0.13 },
+	{   0.04,    -0.36,     0.14 },
+	{   0.05,    -0.34,     0.16 },
+	{  -0.05,     0.36,    -0.16 },
+	{  -0.05,     0.36,    -0.15 },
+	{  -0.07,     0.41,    -0.22 },
+	{   0.05,     0.33,    -0.22 },
+	{   0.06,     0.35,    -0.21 },
+	{   0.07,     0.41,    -0.22 },
+	{   0.04,     0.38,    -0.14 },
+	{   0.07,     0.40,    -0.20 },
+	{   0.07,     0.41,    -0.21 },
+	{   0.04,     0.38,    -0.13 },
+	{   0.01,     0.38,    -0.13 },
+	{  -0.03,     0.38,    -0.13 },
+	{  -0.07,     0.40,    -0.21 },
+	{  -0.04,     0.33,    -0.22 },
+	{  -0.07,     0.41,    -0.22 },
+	{  -0.03,     0.32,    -0.24 },
+	{  -0.02,     0.32,    -0.24 },
+	{   0.04,     0.33,    -0.24 },
+	{  -0.10,     0.40,    -0.27 },
+	{  -0.04,     0.36,    -0.35 },
+	{  -0.04,     0.31,    -0.25 },
+	{  -0.04,     0.47,    -0.34 },
+	{   0.05,     0.41,    -0.36 },
+	{   0.05,     0.32,    -0.31 },
+	{   0.05,     0.50,    -0.28 },
+	{   0.11,     0.40,    -0.27 },
+	{  -0.06,     0.46,    -0.24 },
+	{  -0.07,     0.42,    -0.23 },
+	{  -0.05,     0.48,    -0.25 },
+	{  -0.04,     0.48,    -0.25 },
+	{   0.00,     0.49,    -0.26 },
+	{   0.04,     0.48,    -0.25 },
+	{   0.05,     0.48,    -0.25 },
+	{  -0.00,     0.49,    -0.26 },
+	{   0.07,     0.43,    -0.21 },
+	{   0.06,     0.46,    -0.24 },
+	{  -0.11,     0.45,    -0.18 },
+	{  -0.05,     0.44,    -0.08 },
+	{  -0.05,     0.54,    -0.14 },
+	{  -0.05,     0.52,    -0.25 },
+	{   0.04,     0.39,    -0.11 },
+	{   0.04,     0.50,    -0.10 },
+	{   0.04,     0.54,    -0.20 },
+	{   0.10,     0.45,    -0.18 },
+	{   0.07,     0.37,     0.22 },
+	{   0.07,     0.37,     0.22 },
+	{   0.07,     0.37,     0.21 },
+	{  -0.07,     0.37,     0.22 },
+	{  -0.07,     0.37,     0.22 },
+	{  -0.05,     0.33,     0.17 },
+	{  -0.07,     0.37,     0.22 },
+	{  -0.07,     0.36,     0.22 },
+	{    0.07,     0.37,     0.22 },
+	{    0.06,     0.31,     0.21 },
+	{    0.07,     0.37,     0.22 },
+	{   -0.07,     0.37,     0.22 },
+	{   -0.10,     0.37,     0.27 },
+	{   -0.04,     0.32,     0.36 },
+	{   -0.04,     0.43,     0.34 },
+	{   -0.04,     0.27,     0.25 },
+	{    0.05,     0.28,     0.31 },
+	{    0.05,     0.38,     0.37 },
+	{    0.05,     0.46,     0.29 },
+	{    0.11,     0.37,     0.27 },
+	{   -0.05,     0.44,     0.26 },
+	{   -0.06,     0.43,     0.25 },
+	{   -0.04,     0.45,     0.26 },
+	{   -0.07,     0.39,     0.24 },
+	{    0.00,     0.46,     0.26 },
+	{    0.04,     0.45,     0.26 },
+	{    0.05,     0.44,     0.25 },
+	{   -0.00,     0.46,     0.27 },
+	{    0.06,     0.42,     0.25 },
+	{    0.07,     0.40,     0.22 },
+	{   -0.11,     0.42,     0.19 },
+	{   -0.05,     0.48,     0.26 },
+	{   -0.05,     0.50,     0.15 },
+	{   -0.05,     0.41,     0.09 },
+	{    0.04,     0.51,     0.21 },
+	{    0.04,     0.46,     0.10 },
+	{    0.04,     0.35,     0.12 },
+	{    0.10,     0.42,     0.19 },
+	{    0.04,     0.35,     0.15 },
+	{    0.04,     0.35,     0.14 },
+	{    0.01,     0.34,     0.13 },
+	{   -0.03,     0.35,     0.14 },
+	{   -0.05,     0.33,     0.16 },
+	{   -0.04,     0.30,     0.23 },
+	{   -0.03,     0.28,     0.24 },
+	{   -0.02,     0.28,     0.24 },
+	{    0.04,     0.29,     0.25 },
+	{    0.05,     0.30,     0.22 },
+	{   -0.05,    -0.34,    -0.21 },
+	{   -0.05,    -0.34,    -0.22 },
+	{   -0.07,    -0.41,    -0.22 },
+	{    0.05,    -0.37,    -0.16 },
+	{    0.06,    -0.37,    -0.17 },
+	{    0.07,    -0.41,    -0.22 },
+	{    0.04,    -0.33,    -0.23 },
+	{    0.07,    -0.40,    -0.22 },
+	{    0.07,    -0.41,    -0.23 },
+	{    0.04,    -0.32,    -0.24 },
+	{    0.01,    -0.32,    -0.24 },
+	{   -0.03,    -0.33,    -0.24 },
+	{   -0.07,    -0.40,    -0.21 },
+	{   -0.04,    -0.38,    -0.15 },
+	{   -0.07,    -0.41,    -0.22 },
+	{   -0.03,    -0.38,    -0.13 },
+	{   -0.02,    -0.38,    -0.13 },
+	{    0.04,    -0.39,    -0.14 },
+	{   -0.10,    -0.45,    -0.19 },
+	{   -0.04,    -0.50,    -0.11 },
+	{   -0.04,    -0.39,    -0.12 },
+	{   -0.04,    -0.54,    -0.21 },
+	{    0.05,    -0.54,    -0.15 },
+	{    0.05,    -0.44,    -0.10 },
+	{    0.05,    -0.52,    -0.26 },
+	{    0.11,    -0.45,    -0.19 },
+	{   -0.06,    -0.46,    -0.26 },
+	{   -0.07,    -0.43,    -0.23 },
+	{   -0.05,    -0.48,    -0.26 },
+	{   -0.04,    -0.48,    -0.27 },
+	{    0.00,    -0.49,    -0.27 },
+	{    0.04,    -0.48,    -0.27 },
+	{    0.05,    -0.47,    -0.27 },
+	{   -0.00,    -0.49,    -0.27 },
+	{    0.07,    -0.42,    -0.24 },
+	{    0.06,    -0.46,    -0.25 },
+	{   -0.11,    -0.40,    -0.28 },
+	{   -0.05,    -0.32,    -0.32 },
+	{   -0.05,    -0.41,    -0.37 },
+	{   -0.05,    -0.50,    -0.30 },
+	{    0.04,    -0.31,    -0.26 },
+	{    0.04,    -0.35,    -0.36 },
+	{    0.04,    -0.47,    -0.35 },
+	{    0.10,    -0.40,    -0.28 }
+};
+
+
+FaceStruct BoneIconFaces[NumBoneIconFaces] = {
+
+	{ 0, 1, 2 },
+	{ 3, 4, 5 },
+	{ 6, 3, 7 },
+	{ 1, 8, 9 },
+	{ 1, 0, 10 },
+	{ 4, 3, 11 },
+	{ 11, 3, 6 },
+	{ 11, 4, 11 },
+	{ 10, 8, 1 },
+	{ 12, 13, 14 },
+	{ 12, 15, 13 },
+	{ 13, 16, 17 },
+	{ 14, 17, 18 },
+	{ 17, 14, 13 },
+	{ 16, 13, 15 },
+	{ 19, 18, 17 },
+	{ 19, 17, 16 },
+	{ 12, 14, 20 },
+	{ 21, 12, 20 },
+	{ 14, 22, 20 },
+	{ 22, 14, 18 },
+	{ 12, 21, 23 },
+	{ 24, 18, 25 },
+	{ 18, 26, 25 },
+	{ 26, 18, 19 },
+	{ 18, 24, 27 },
+	{ 22, 18, 27 },
+	{ 26, 19, 28 },
+	{ 19, 29, 28 },
+	{ 30, 31, 32 },
+	{ 30, 32, 33 },
+	{ 32, 34, 35 },
+	{ 33, 35, 36 },
+	{ 34, 32, 31 },
+	{ 35, 33, 32 },
+	{ 37, 35, 34 },
+	{ 37, 36, 35 },
+	{ 31, 30, 21 },
+	{ 20, 31, 21 },
+	{ 31, 20, 22 },
+	{ 30, 23, 21 },
+	{ 34, 31, 24 },
+	{ 25, 34, 24 },
+	{ 34, 25, 37 },
+	{ 37, 25, 26 },
+	{ 31, 27, 24 },
+	{ 27, 31, 22 },
+	{ 28, 37, 26 },
+	{ 37, 28, 29 },
+	{ 38, 36, 37 },
+	{ 37, 2, 38 },
+	{ 2, 37, 29 },
+	{ 0, 2, 29 },
+	{ 36, 38, 39 },
+	{ 33, 36, 40 },
+	{ 40, 36, 39 },
+	{ 33, 40, 41 },
+	{ 33, 42, 30 },
+	{ 42, 33, 41 },
+	{ 5, 30, 42 },
+	{ 23, 30, 4 },
+	{ 30, 5, 4 },
+	{ 12, 23, 6 },
+	{ 7, 12, 6 },
+	{ 12, 7, 15 },
+	{ 43, 15, 7 },
+	{ 15, 43, 44 },
+	{ 16, 15, 45 },
+	{ 45, 15, 44 },
+	{ 16, 45, 46 },
+	{ 47, 16, 46 },
+	{ 16, 47, 19 },
+	{ 9, 19, 47 },
+	{ 9, 19, 9 },
+	{ 29, 19, 8 },
+	{ 19, 9, 8 },
+	{ 29, 10, 0 },
+	{ 6, 23, 11 },
+	{ 11, 23, 11 },
+	{ 11, 23, 4 },
+	{ 10, 29, 8 },
+	{ 48, 3, 49 },
+	{ 49, 3, 5 },
+	{ 50, 3, 48 },
+	{ 3, 50, 7 },
+	{ 51, 1, 9 },
+	{ 1, 51, 52 },
+	{ 53, 1, 52 },
+	{ 1, 53, 2 },
+	{ 56, 38, 2 },
+	{ 38, 54, 39 },
+	{ 38, 56, 55 },
+	{ 38, 55, 54 },
+	{ 2, 53, 56 },
+	{ 57, 39, 54 },
+	{ 39, 57, 40 },
+	{ 40, 58, 41 },
+	{ 57, 58, 40 },
+	{ 59, 41, 58 },
+	{ 41, 59, 42 },
+	{ 42, 59, 5 },
+	{ 49, 5, 59 },
+	{ 7, 50, 43 },
+	{ 43, 50, 60 },
+	{ 43, 60, 61 },
+	{ 43, 61, 44 },
+	{ 60, 50, 62 },
+	{ 63, 44, 61 },
+	{ 44, 63, 45 },
+	{ 45, 63, 64 },
+	{ 45, 64, 46 },
+	{ 65, 46, 64 },
+	{ 46, 65, 47 },
+	{ 47, 65, 9 },
+	{ 51, 9, 65 },
+	{ 66, 67, 68 },
+	{ 66, 69, 67 },
+	{ 67, 70, 71 },
+	{ 69, 72, 70 },
+	{ 71, 68, 67 },
+	{ 70, 67, 69 },
+	{ 73, 70, 72 },
+	{ 73, 71, 70 },
+	{ 74, 66, 75 },
+	{ 66, 74, 69 },
+	{ 69, 74, 76 },
+	{ 77, 69, 76 },
+	{ 69, 77, 72 },
+	{ 72, 78, 79 },
+	{ 80, 72, 79 },
+	{ 72, 80, 73 },
+	{ 78, 72, 81 },
+	{ 72, 77, 81 },
+	{ 82, 73, 83 },
+	{ 73, 80, 83 },
+	{ 84, 85, 86 },
+	{ 84, 86, 87 },
+	{ 85, 88, 89 },
+	{ 86, 89, 90 },
+	{ 89, 86, 85 },
+	{ 90, 87, 86 },
+	{ 91, 89, 88 },
+	{ 91, 90, 89 },
+	{ 75, 84, 87 },
+	{ 75, 87, 74 },
+	{ 87, 76, 74 },
+	{ 76, 87, 77 },
+	{ 87, 90, 78 },
+	{ 90, 79, 78 },
+	{ 79, 90, 91 },
+	{ 79, 91, 80 },
+	{ 81, 87, 78 },
+	{ 87, 81, 77 },
+	{ 91, 83, 80 },
+	{ 83, 91, 82 },
+	{ 84, 48, 85 },
+	{ 49, 85, 48 },
+	{ 48, 84, 50 },
+	{ 84, 75, 50 },
+	{ 51, 71, 73 },
+	{ 73, 52, 51 },
+	{ 52, 73, 53 },
+	{ 73, 82, 53 },
+	{ 56, 82, 91 },
+	{ 88, 54, 91 },
+	{ 91, 54, 55 },
+	{ 91, 55, 56 },
+	{ 56, 53, 82 },
+	{ 54, 88, 57 },
+	{ 88, 85, 58 },
+	{ 57, 88, 58 },
+	{ 58, 85, 59 },
+	{ 49, 59, 85 },
+	{ 66, 60, 75 },
+	{ 68, 60, 66 },
+	{ 68, 61, 60 },
+	{ 62, 75, 60 },
+	{ 75, 62, 50 },
+	{ 61, 68, 63 },
+	{ 64, 68, 71 },
+	{ 68, 64, 63 },
+	{ 64, 71, 65 },
+	{ 51, 65, 71 },
+	{ 92, 93, 94 },
+	{ 95, 96, 97 },
+	{ 98, 95, 99 },
+	{ 93, 100, 101 },
+	{ 93, 92, 102 },
+	{ 96, 95, 103 },
+	{ 103, 95, 98 },
+	{ 103, 96, 103 },
+	{ 102, 100, 93 },
+	{ 104, 105, 106 },
+	{ 104, 107, 105 },
+	{ 105, 108, 109 },
+	{ 106, 109, 110 },
+	{ 109, 106, 105 },
+	{ 108, 105, 107 },
+	{ 111, 110, 109 },
+	{ 111, 109, 108 },
+	{ 104, 106, 112 },
+	{ 113, 104, 112 },
+	{ 106, 114, 112 },
+	{ 114, 106, 110 },
+	{ 104, 113, 115 },
+	{ 116, 110, 117 },
+	{ 110, 118, 117 },
+	{ 118, 110, 111 },
+	{ 110, 116, 119 },
+	{ 114, 110, 119 },
+	{ 118, 111, 120 },
+	{ 111, 121, 120 },
+	{ 122, 123, 124 },
+	{ 122, 124, 125 },
+	{ 124, 126, 127 },
+	{ 125, 127, 128 },
+	{ 126, 124, 123 },
+	{ 127, 125, 124 },
+	{ 129, 127, 126 },
+	{ 129, 128, 127 },
+	{ 123, 122, 113 },
+	{ 112, 123, 113 },
+	{ 123, 112, 114 },
+	{ 122, 115, 113 },
+	{ 126, 123, 116 },
+	{ 117, 126, 116 },
+	{ 126, 117, 129 },
+	{ 129, 117, 118 },
+	{ 123, 119, 116 },
+	{ 119, 123, 114 },
+	{ 120, 129, 118 },
+	{ 129, 120, 121 },
+	{ 130, 128, 129 },
+	{ 129, 94, 130 },
+	{ 94, 129, 121 },
+	{ 92, 94, 121 },
+	{ 128, 130, 131 },
+	{ 125, 128, 132 },
+	{ 132, 128, 131 },
+	{ 125, 132, 133 },
+	{ 125, 134, 122 },
+	{ 134, 125, 133 },
+	{ 97, 122, 134 },
+	{ 115, 122, 96 },
+	{ 122, 97, 96 },
+	{ 104, 115, 98 },
+	{ 99, 104, 98 },
+	{ 104, 99, 107 },
+	{ 135, 107, 99 },
+	{ 107, 135, 136 },
+	{ 108, 107, 137 },
+	{ 137, 107, 136 },
+	{ 108, 137, 138 },
+	{ 139, 108, 138 },
+	{ 108, 139, 111 },
+	{ 101, 111, 139 },
+	{ 101, 111, 101 },
+	{ 121, 111, 100 },
+	{ 111, 101, 100 },
+	{ 121, 102, 92 },
+	{ 98, 115, 103 },
+	{ 103, 115, 103 },
+	{ 103, 115, 96 },
+	{ 102, 121, 100 },
+	{ 140, 95, 141 },
+	{ 141, 95, 97 },
+	{ 142, 95, 140 },
+	{ 95, 142, 99 },
+	{ 143, 93, 101 },
+	{ 93, 143, 144 },
+	{ 145, 93, 144 },
+	{ 93, 145, 94 },
+	{ 148, 130, 94 },
+	{ 130, 146, 131 },
+	{ 130, 148, 147 },
+	{ 130, 147, 146 },
+	{ 94, 145, 148 },
+	{ 149, 131, 146 },
+	{ 131, 149, 132 },
+	{ 132, 150, 133 },
+	{ 149, 150, 132 },
+	{ 151, 133, 150 },
+	{ 133, 151, 134 },
+	{ 134, 151, 97 },
+	{ 141, 97, 151 },
+	{ 99, 142, 135 },
+	{ 135, 142, 152 },
+	{ 135, 152, 153 },
+	{ 135, 153, 136 },
+	{ 152, 142, 154 },
+	{ 155, 136, 153 },
+	{ 136, 155, 137 },
+	{ 137, 155, 156 },
+	{ 137, 156, 138 },
+	{ 157, 138, 156 },
+	{ 138, 157, 139 },
+	{ 139, 157, 101 },
+	{ 143, 101, 157 },
+	{ 158, 159, 160 },
+	{ 158, 161, 159 },
+	{ 159, 162, 163 },
+	{ 161, 164, 162 },
+	{ 163, 160, 159 },
+	{ 162, 159, 161 },
+	{ 165, 162, 164 },
+	{ 165, 163, 162 },
+	{ 166, 158, 167 },
+	{ 158, 166, 161 },
+	{ 161, 166, 168 },
+	{ 169, 161, 168 },
+	{ 161, 169, 164 },
+	{ 164, 170, 171 },
+	{ 172, 164, 171 },
+	{ 164, 172, 165 },
+	{ 170, 164, 173 },
+	{ 164, 169, 173 },
+	{ 174, 165, 175 },
+	{ 165, 172, 175 },
+	{ 176, 177, 178 },
+	{ 176, 178, 179 },
+	{ 177, 180, 181 },
+	{ 178, 181, 182 },
+	{ 181, 178, 177 },
+	{ 182, 179, 178 },
+	{ 183, 181, 180 },
+	{ 183, 182, 181 },
+	{ 167, 176, 179 },
+	{ 167, 179, 166 },
+	{ 179, 168, 166 },
+	{ 168, 179, 169 },
+	{ 179, 182, 170 },
+	{ 182, 171, 170 },
+	{ 171, 182, 183 },
+	{ 171, 183, 172 },
+	{ 173, 179, 170 },
+	{ 179, 173, 169 },
+	{ 183, 175, 172 },
+	{ 175, 183, 174 },
+	{ 176, 140, 177 },
+	{ 141, 177, 140 },
+	{ 140, 176, 142 },
+	{ 176, 167, 142 },
+	{ 143, 163, 165 },
+	{ 165, 144, 143 },
+	{ 144, 165, 145 },
+	{ 165, 174, 145 },
+	{ 148, 174, 183 },
+	{ 180, 146, 183 },
+	{ 183, 146, 147 },
+	{ 183, 147, 148 },
+	{ 148, 145, 174 },
+	{ 146, 180, 149 },
+	{ 180, 177, 150 },
+	{ 149, 180, 150 },
+	{ 150, 177, 151 },
+	{ 141, 151, 177 },
+	{ 158, 152, 167 },
+	{ 160, 152, 158 },
+	{ 160, 153, 152 },
+	{ 154, 167, 152 },
+	{ 167, 154, 142 },
+	{ 153, 160, 155 },
+	{ 156, 160, 163 },
+	{ 160, 156, 155 },
+	{ 156, 163, 157 },
+	{ 143, 157, 163 }
+};

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/boneicon.h

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/boneicon.h 5     10/28/97 6:08p Greg_h $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***                            Confidential - Westwood Studios                              *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Commando Tools - WWSkin                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/boneicon.h                     $* 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                      $Author:: Greg_h                                                      $* 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                     $Modtime:: 10/21/97 2:06p                                              $* 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    $Revision:: 5                                                           $* 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#ifndef BONEICON_H
+#define BONEICON_H
+
+struct VertexStruct
+{
+	float X,Y,Z;
+};
+
+struct FaceStruct
+{
+	int V0,V1,V2;
+};
+
+extern const int NumBoneIconVerts;
+extern const int NumBoneIconFaces;
+extern VertexStruct BoneIconVerts[];
+extern FaceStruct BoneIconFaces[];
+
+#endif

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/bpick.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/bpick.cpp 7     1/04/01 11:12a Greg_h $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***                            Confidential - Westwood Studios                              *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Commando Tools - WWSkin                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/bpick.cpp                      $* 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                      $Author:: Greg_h                                                      $* 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                     $Modtime:: 1/04/01 11:12a                                              $* 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    $Revision:: 7                                                           $* 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ *   BonePickerClass::Filter -- determine whether the passed node is suitable                  * 
+ *   BonePickerClass::HitTest -- MAX HitTest method                                            * 
+ *   BonePickerClass::Pick -- MAX Pick method                                                  * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#include "bpick.h"
+#include "dllmain.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+
+
+/*
+** Global instance of a bone picker :-)
+*/ 
+BonePickerClass TheBonePicker;
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * BonePickerClass::Filter -- determine whether the passed node is suitable                    * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   10/26/1997 GH  : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BOOL BonePickerClass::Filter(INode *node)
+{
+	if (BoneList == NULL) {
+		ObjectState os  = node->EvalWorldState(0);
+		if (os.obj) {
+			return TRUE;
+		}
+
+	} else {
+		for (int i=0; i<BoneList->Count(); i++) {
+			if ((*BoneList)[i] == node) return TRUE;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * BonePickerClass::HitTest -- MAX HitTest method                                              * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   10/26/1997 GH  : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BOOL BonePickerClass::HitTest(IObjParam *ip,HWND hwnd,ViewExp *vpt,IPoint2 m,int flags)
+{
+	if (ip->PickNode(hwnd,m,GetFilter())) {
+		return TRUE;
+	} else {
+		return FALSE;
+	}
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * BonePickerClass::Pick -- MAX Pick method                                                    * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   10/26/1997 GH  : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BOOL BonePickerClass::Pick(IObjParam *ip,ViewExp *vpt)
+{
+	INode *node = vpt->GetClosestHit();
+	
+	if (node) {
+
+		/*
+		** Tell the "owning" skin modifier about the
+		** bone which was picked.
+		*/
+		assert(User);
+		User->User_Picked_Bone(node);
+		User = NULL;
+		BoneList = NULL;
+	}
+
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+BOOL BonePickerClass::filter(INode * inode)
+{
+	return Filter(inode);
+}
+
+void BonePickerClass::proc(INodeTab & nodetab)
+{
+	assert(User != NULL);
+	User->User_Picked_Bones(nodetab);	
+	User = NULL;
+	BoneList = NULL;
+}
+
+TCHAR * BonePickerClass::dialogTitle(void) 
+{ 
+	return Get_String(IDS_PICK_BONE_DIALOG_TITLE); 
+}
+
+TCHAR * BonePickerClass::buttonText(void) 
+{ 
+	return Get_String(IDS_PICK_BONE_BUTTON_TEXT); 
+}

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/bpick.h

@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/bpick.h 6     10/28/97 6:08p Greg_h $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***                            Confidential - Westwood Studios                              *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Commando Tools - WWSkin                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/bpick.h                        $* 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                      $Author:: Greg_h                                                      $* 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                     $Modtime:: 10/21/97 2:05p                                              $* 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    $Revision:: 6                                                           $* 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#ifndef BPICK_H
+#define BPICK_H
+
+#include "Max.h"
+//#include "dllmain.h"
+//#include "resource.h"
+
+
+/*
+**	To use the Bone picking class, you should inherit from this class
+** and implement the User_Picked... functions.  
+*/
+class BonePickerUserClass
+{
+public:
+	virtual void User_Picked_Bone(INode * node) = 0;
+	virtual void User_Picked_Bones(INodeTab & nodetab) = 0;
+};
+
+
+/*
+** BonePickerClass
+**	Uses Max's interface to let the user pick bones out of the scene
+** or by using a dialog box to pick by name.
+*/
+class BonePickerClass : public PickNodeCallback, public PickModeCallback, public HitByNameDlgCallback
+{
+public:
+	
+	BonePickerClass(void) : User(NULL), BoneList(NULL), SinglePick(FALSE) {}
+
+	/*
+	** Tell this class who is using it and optionally the list
+	** of bones to allow the user to select from.
+	** Call this before giving this class to MAX...
+	*/
+	void Set_User(BonePickerUserClass * user,int singlepick = FALSE, INodeTab * bonelist = NULL) { User = user; SinglePick = singlepick; BoneList = bonelist; }
+
+	/*
+	** From BonePickNodeCallback:
+	*/
+	BOOL Filter(INode *node);
+
+	/*
+	** From BonePickModeCallback:
+	*/
+	BOOL HitTest(IObjParam *ip,HWND hWnd,ViewExp *vpt,IPoint2 m,int flags);
+	BOOL Pick(IObjParam *ip,ViewExp *vpt);
+		
+	void EnterMode(IObjParam *ip) { }
+	void ExitMode(IObjParam *ip) { }
+
+	PickNodeCallback * GetFilter() {return this;}
+	BOOL RightClick(IObjParam *ip,ViewExp *vpt) { return TRUE; }
+	
+	/*
+	** From HitByNameDlgCallback
+	*/
+	virtual TCHAR * dialogTitle(void);
+	virtual TCHAR * buttonText(void);
+	virtual BOOL singleSelect(void) { return SinglePick; }
+	virtual BOOL useFilter(void) { return TRUE; }
+	virtual BOOL useProc(void) { return TRUE; }
+	virtual BOOL doCustomHilite(void) { return FALSE; }
+	virtual BOOL filter(INode * inode);
+	virtual void proc(INodeTab & nodeTab);
+
+protected:
+
+	/*
+	** The bone picker will pass the bones on to the "user" of
+	** the class.  
+	*/
+	BonePickerUserClass * User;
+
+	/*
+	** List of bones that the user is being allowed to pick from.
+	** If this is NULL, then the user can pick any bone
+	*/
+	INodeTab * BoneList;
+
+	/*
+	** Flag for whether to allow multiple selection or not
+	*/
+	int SinglePick;
+};
+
+extern BonePickerClass TheBonePicker;
+
+
+#endif

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/changes.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,412 @@
+Version 1.0.4.70: August 22, 2001
+Greg:	- Added BumpEnv mapper
+		- Added NPatch enable flag for meshes (in the w3dtools command panel)
+Ian:	- Added BumpEnv setting to the shader (in primary gradient)
+
+Version 1.0.4.69: January 4, 2001
+Greg:	- Modified the "bone picker" that the WWSkin space warp uses to allow Max bones to 
+          be used.
+
+Version 1.0.4.68: December 7, 2000
+Andre:	- Added a Static Sort Level parameter to the Surface Properties rollup page of the
+		  material editor. This parameter must be the same across all materials assigned to
+		  one mesh, and is enforced on export. The value is written out as part of the mesh
+		  header to which the material is assigned.
+
+Version 1.0.4.67: December 6, 2000
+Greg:	- Added 'Vehicle' collision bit.  This will allow us to create meshes which constrain vehicles
+          to certain parts of a level without constraining characters or projectiles.
+
+Version 1.0.4.66: November 7, 2000
+Greg:	- Disabled the "optimize meshes" feature because recent developments in the run-time code
+		  seem to have made it un-necessary (and possibly even undesireable due to the extra mesh overhead)
+		  The main reason for disabling the feature is that the automatic nature of it makes some of
+		  our processes harder to debug.  Mesh names are lost so the artist has no way of figuring out
+		  which mesh is causing problems when one of the other tools complains about something.
+		- modified the mesh export code to reject meshes that are using multi-pass transparent materials.
+		- fixed error message boxes so they pop on top of all windows (they were appearing behind the log window)
+
+Version 1.0.4.65: October 31, 2000
+Greg:	- Finished code re-organization.
+		- Pat provided new UI for the main export dialog
+		- Fixed the "smooth across meshes" feature
+		- Added the export log window.
+
+Version 1.0.4.64: October 20, 2000
+Greg:	- Fixed a bug in the name editing dialog in the W3D utility panel
+		- Modified the VAlpha behavior so that only the *last* pass with alpha blending
+		gets the vertex alpha (instead of all passes with alpha blending)
+		- Added the Aggregate geometry type.  This lets you request external
+		W3D objects to be attached to bones in your model.
+		- Added preliminary mesh optimization features.  During the export, meshes can be split
+		into single-material meshes and then meshes which use the same materials
+		can be combined into larger meshes.
+
+Version 1.0.4.63: October 19, 2000
+Greg:	Re-organized the entire DoExport function.  
+		- First I unified all of the code to go through the "DoOriginBasedExport" 
+		code by using the scene root as the origin when there were no user-defined 
+		origins.
+		- Re-organized the Export_Geometry function to use a new abstract
+		class: GeometryExporTaskClass which encapsulates a lot of code that was
+		cut-and-pasted many times through the w3dexp.cpp module.
+		- Broke several classes and functions out of w3dexp.cpp into their own
+		modules.
+		- Modified/Cleaned HierarchySaveClass and MeshConnections class.
+
+Version 1.0.4.62: October 11, 2000
+Greg:	Re-organised the W3DUtility plugin.  Moved several dialog boxes 
+		used by it into their own modules and created a modeless dialog
+		containing the w3d settings that can be left up when the user
+		is not in Max's utility panel.
+
+Version 1.0.4.61: September 26, 2000
+Greg:	Added copying of the dazzle app data structure to the MaxScript
+		extensions.
+
+Version 1.0.4.60: September 22, 2000
+Greg:	Added dazzle exporting to the plugin.  Modified MeshConnnections
+		class and the w3d file format so that HModels are exported in a
+		slightly simpler manner and so that they can support dazzles.  The
+		"auxiliary" header for hmodels is now obsolete.
+
+Version 1.0.4.59: September 18, 2000
+Greg:	Modified the code so that collections are exported even when no 
+		meshes or other render objects are present.  This is used to create
+		collections of proxy objects for the renegade level editor.  Also 
+		modified the "origin" export code to support exporting collections
+		with origins.
+
+Version 1.0.4.58: August 25, 2000
+Greg:	Fixed a crash bug that happens if you create a PS2 material.  The
+		bug was caused by the modifications to the texture pane to replace
+		the NoMipMap and Resize buttons with a single NoLOD button.  For some
+		reason, the PS2 material uses a separate dialog template for its 
+		texture pane which is the same as the dialog template for the 
+		normal material.  Since the PS2 version of the template was not updated, 
+		the code would crash when initializing the NoLOD button.
+
+Version 1.0.4.57: August 18, 2000
+Andre:	Fixed the loading of version 4 ParameterBlocks so that the value
+		for Stage1MappingType is correct.
+
+Version 1.0.4.56: August 16,2000
+Greg:	Removed the texture flags and buttons for No-Mipmapping and enable
+		resizing.  These are all lumped into the setting for No-LOD now.
+		The GameMtl still has the entries in its parameter block for 
+		No-Mipmapping and Resize and I use the No-Mipmap setting to set
+		the initial state of the No-LOD flag...  This also required a flag
+		in GameMtl indicating that the conversion had been done.  Ug... :-)
+
+Version 1.0.4.55: August 6, 2000
+Greg:	Added new colliison type: camera.  In renegade we have some physically
+		collideable meshes which the camera should not collide with so I had
+		to make a separate flag for camera collision.  When the appdata chunk
+		is first converted to the new version, the camera collision flag is
+		set to the same setting as the current state of physical collision.
+
+		Added light-glare geometry type.  This currently only exports the 
+		position of the pivot point of the max object.  It will be used to
+		indicate where there should be fancy light glare effects in the level
+
+		Added NoLOD option to textures in the W3D material.  This setting will
+		be used on textures which should not scale down even when texture
+		reduction is being used.
+
+		Fixed serious bug in the parameter block description for the W3D
+		material plugin (GameMtl.cpp)
+
+Version 1.0.4.54: July 13, 2000
+Greg:	Fixed a bug related to user-defined origins not working when they
+		are rotate or moved from 0,0,0.
+
+Version 1.0.4.53: July 12, 2000
+Andre:	Added support for a different mappers on stage 0/1 of the Vertex
+		Material. Added support for the new silhouette mapper type.
+		These changes can be found in the VertexMaterial panel in the
+		W3d material editor.
+
+Version 1.0.4.52: May 30, 2000
+Greg:	Added support for Max's multiple mapping channels.  This can be
+        found in the VertexMaterial panel in the W3d material editor.
+
+Version 1.0.4.51: May 22, 2000
+Greg:	Added AABTree exporting so that we don't have to generate AABTrees
+		at run-time.  This is controlled by the "Optimize Collision Detection"
+		checkbox on the exporter options dialog box.
+		Added prefix and suffix features to the naming tool.
+		Added detatch vertices feature to the skin modifier.
+
+Version 1.0.4.50: May 8, 2000
+Andre:	Added a new MAX Script extension: wwInputBox
+		This is a generic way of getting user input in a Windows-like
+		manner (as opposed to typing it in the Listener window as
+		MAX wants to force you to do).
+
+Version 1.0.4.49: May 2, 2000
+Greg:	Fixed a bug in vchannel.cpp.  Was writing out garbage animation
+		channels which would crash wdump.
+		
+Version 1.0.4.48: May 1, 2000
+Greg:	Changed the way skins are exported so that their vertices are
+		sorted with respect to the bone they are attached to.  Also
+		made it so vertices are secondarily sorted by vertex material 
+		(this means that non-skinned meshes will sort by vertex
+		material only.)
+
+Version 1.0.4.47: April 19 2000
+Greg:	Added a new geometry option for "shatterable" objects.  Wrote
+		a new W3DAppData2Struct which replaces the old AppData1Struct.
+		Whenever the old format app data is encountered, a new one
+		is created to replace it.  This new app data chunk has more 
+		space in it for future expansion.
+		Also fixed a crash bug in the skin modifier related to deleting
+		bones from the space warp.
+
+Version 1.0.4.46: March 28, 2000
+Greg:	Added "Transform Nodes" to the collection export.  We already had
+		"Placeholder" objects which were signified by a '~' after the
+		name.  Now we have "Transform Nodes" which are signified by a '*'
+		after the name.  Transform Nodes instruct one of the Renegade tools
+		to merge another W3D collection into the file at a given transform.
+		The purpose was to allow us to lightmap certain building interiors
+		only once and then merge them into many levels...
+
+Version 1.0.4.45: March 8, 2000
+Andre:	Changed the Is_Origin() test to check for hidden nodes. If a
+		node is hidden, it will not be accepted as an origin. This
+		means that hiding an LOD prevents it from being exported (as
+		you would expect).
+
+Version unchanged: early March
+Andre:	Fixed a couple of crash bugs related to animation exporting.
+
+Version 1.0.4.43: February 29, 2000
+Greg:	Fixed a bug which caused all meshes marked to cast shadows to
+		not get texture coordinates.  
+		Fixed meshsave.cpp to detect and properly handle mirrored meshes.
+
+Version 1.0.4.42: January 24, 2000
+Lytle:  Added Playstation 2 material support, including converting W3D
+		materials to PS2 materials.  Added support for vertex colors and
+		vertex alpha to exist concurrently.
+
+Version 1.0.4.41: January 13, 2000
+Andre:	Fixed a nasty memory overwriting bug in MeshConnectionsClass
+		that only reared its head under very unique circumstances.
+		It was a copy/paste bug that would lead to writing a W3D
+		file with incorrect data. It would manifest itself by crashing
+		the viewer (and potentially the game engines) when trying to
+		load the file.
+
+Version 1.0.4.40: December 16, 1999
+Ian:	Added 'Export Utilites' group to W3D Utility panel and added a
+		'Export with Std Mtls' button to this group. This button will
+		first convert all W3D materials in the scene to standard
+		materials, then call the export feature, then, after export,
+		convert materials back to W3D materials. The purpose of this
+		utility is to make it possible to export W3D material attributes
+		to third party file formats (eg. Lightscape Preparation files).
+		
+Version 1.0.4.39: November 15, 1999
+Andre:	Changed the mesh LOD naming convention so that we use numbers
+		that correspond to the LOD number (highest-to-lowest) instead
+		of letters that went from lowest-to-highest.
+
+Version 1.0.4.38: November 12, 1999
+Greg:	Updated MeshConnections class and the hmodel chunk definitions
+		in w3d_file class to not treat shadow meshes as a different type
+		of mesh.
+
+Version 1.0.4.37: November 11, 1999
+Greg:	Removed the GEOMETRY_TYPE_SHADOW settings and UI.  Added a
+		EXPORT_CAST_SHADOW flag.  This basically means that rather than
+		shadow casting being a completely different "type" of mesh it
+		is now an option on any mesh.  This required some tweaking
+		of the AppData structure we're saving and to the w3dutil code.
+
+Version 1.0.4.35: November 3, 1999
+Andre:	Exposed another script extension, called "wwDuplicateSkinWSM".
+		This extension allows the SceneSetup script to copy bone
+		information from the base object's skin WSM to the LODs.
+		Meshes are still unaffected, since the artist will be munging
+		the meshes to reduce their poly counts.
+
+Version 1.0.4.34: November 2, 1999
+Andre:	Exposed two new script extensions, named "wwCopySkinInfo" and
+		"wwFindSkinNode". These extensions allow the SceneSetup script
+		to copy the skin/vertex/bone binding information from the base
+		model to the LOD and Damage models.
+
+Version 1.0.4.33: October 18, 1999
+Andre:	Merged WWScript.dlx into the exporter, so now WWScript is
+		unnessesary and should be deleted. The code in that DLX was
+		ported from MFC to Win32 code during the merge. GetW3DAppData0
+		and GetW3DAppData1 are no longer exported from the DLE.
+
+Version 1.0.4.32: October 11, 1999
+Andre:	Correct NULL object handling was implemented when exporting HLODs.
+		NULL object chunks are only written when using the old-style LOD
+		setup (one per file), otherwise the name "NULL" is put in the HLOD
+		and no NULL object chunk is written.
+
+Version 1.0.4.31: October 5, 1999
+Andre:	Fixed a bug in MeshBuilder where a division by zero occurred if the
+		extents of a triangle was zero in one dimension.
+
+Version 1.0.4.30: October 1, 1999
+Andre:	- Added support for the "suppressPrompts" flag during export. If
+		Max passes in a TRUE value, we will go with the previous export
+		settings instead of showing the export options dialog. This makes
+		non-interactive batch exporting possible.
+		- Moved W3dExportOptionsStruct from w3ddlg.h to w3dutil.h so that
+		WWScript can access it easily.
+
+Version 1.0.4.29: September 27, 1999
+Andre:	- Fixed a skin bug that occurred in LOD exporting when a vertex in a
+		skin was not bound to a bone (it would be exported in unmodified
+		coordinates, creating a "pop").
+		- Strip off any trailing ".%d" or	"." from a name in Set_W3D_Name
+		(as opposed to just ".%d").
+		- If the artist sets up damage animations, then the animation on
+		the	base model is no longer exported. (non-damage animations should
+		still be created in separate files)
+		- Exporting 2 more symbols from the DLL (GetW3DAppData0 and
+		GetW3DAppData1). These functions are used by the MAXScript extension
+		DLL (WWScript.dlx) to copy AppData from one node to another.
+
+Version 1.0.4.28: September 23, 1999
+Andre:	Fixed a bug in LOD exporting when the base object wasn't centered
+		at the origin. Added support for placing damage models in the scene.
+		Renamed "Generate LOD extensions" to "Generate extensions" since
+		the same extensions are used for damage. Added a "Damage Region"
+		spinner to the W3D Tools panel. With this spinner you can mark
+		bones as being part of a given damage region (0 to 15, -1 means
+		not part of a damage region).
+
+Version 1.0.4.27: September 17, 1999
+Greg:	Added degenerate triangle removal to MeshBuilderClass.
+
+Version 1.0.4.26: September 17, 1999
+Andre:	Modified the exporting code to allow artists to define all LODs of
+		an object in one MAX file. The old way of creating LODs is still
+		supported so that old art assets are still usable. Added a
+		"Generate LOD extensions" button to the W3D Tools panel to make
+		the Origin naming convention less painful.
+
+Version 1.0.4.25: August 21, 1999
+Greg:	Fixed a bug in Export_Geometry.  While exporting skins, one line of
+		code was referring to the list of normal meshes rather than the list
+		of skins.  When you do an export with only a skin and no meshes, this
+		causes an access violation.
+
+Version 1.0.4.24: July 27, 1999
+Greg:	Changed the Hide/Unhide by W3D type buttons into "Select by W3D Type"
+		buttons.  This should be more useable.  Also, added select alpha meshes,
+		select physical, projectile and vis collision meshes.  
+		Added a material naming tool.
+
+Version 1.0.4.23: July 9, 1999
+Pat:	Changed the default behavior of the collection naming tool to 
+		be 'affect selected' rather than 'affect all'
+
+Version 1.0.4.22: July 7, 1999
+Pat:	The export code doesn't export the DCG array if all vertex colors
+		are white (1, 1, 1), however this was a problem when using the
+		new Mesh Deformer, so I added a check during export to see if
+		the Deformer was modifying vertex colors.  Also modified the
+		hierarchy export code so it will resize its internal array if
+		the number of nodes is greater than 512.
+
+Version 1.0.4.21: July 1, 1999
+Pat:	Added code to optimze the between-mesh smoothing and added a new
+		button to the export dialog that allows the user to turn this 
+		smoothing feature on/off.  Also added displacement maps to the
+		W3D material, however due to a bug in the NURBS Mesher modifier,
+		we decided not to expose the functionality in UI at this time.
+
+Version 1.0.4.20: June 24, 1999
+Pat:	Added code to apply smoothing groups over mesh boundaries.  More
+		work was done on the obj-space mesh deform modifier including save/load,
+		export, undo, and vertex-alpha support.  We fixed a bug where the ErrorClass
+		object that was used during exception handling was using and freeing a
+		previously freed pointer. Added a new panel to the material types for
+		Commando surface types.
+
+Version 1.0.4.19: June 14, 1999
+Greg:	Added the VAlpha checkbox to the W3D utility panel.  Checking this
+		causes the exporter to convert vertex colors into alpha values and put 
+		them in all passes that are using alpha blending.  This might be a temporary 
+		solution; I'm thinking we need to extend the Utility panel (and the AppData 
+		structure that we are saving) to allow for more flexible control over vertex 
+		alpha, vertex color, etc.
+
+Version 1.0.4.18: May 27, 1999
+Greg:	Fixed a bug in the code which handles loading a hierarchy tree from another
+		W3D file.  Made the W3D utility panel support multiple selection.  
+Pat:	Added the initial mesh deform object space modifier.  Currently doesn't
+		export the data.
+
+Version 1.0.4.17: April 9, 1999
+Greg:	Fixed a bug related to exporting a mesh with zero vertices.  Exporter will
+		throw an exception which pops up a message box indicating the name of the
+		mesh.  Made the collision boxes behave the same way as meshes when one is
+		exported with geometry only - it takes on the name of the file.  Whew this
+		part of the exporter code is getting uuuuuugly...
+
+Version 1.0.4.16: April 6, 1999
+Greg:	Fixed a bug related to the storing of the default export options.  If the 
+		user exported a model which uses the hierarchy from another model and then
+		moves the Max file, the next export would crash Max when the exporter couldn't
+		find the w3d file which contains the hierarchy.
+
+Version 1.0.4.15: Mar 18, 1999
+Greg:	Fixed a bug in the AABox export.  Was using the wrong coordinate system for
+		the box.  AABoxes actually seem to be of very limited use.  Possibly only
+		useful as an approximation of a cylinder centered at 0,0,0 in object space
+		(but moved anywhere on the z-axis) and only for objects that *only* rotate
+		about the z-axis.  (characters) Ug.
+
+Version 1.0.4.14: Mar 16, 1999
+Greg:	Made meshes that are marked as AABox or OBBox export a W3D_CHUNK_BOX instead
+		of a mesh.  The runtime engine can test collision with a box in about the same
+		amount of time it takes to check a single triangle... so one box is much faster
+		than a 12 triangle mesh :)  These boxes are only for collision detection so
+		they only export a color, no other rendering information.
+
+Version 1.0.4.13: Mar 11, 1999
+Greg:	Fixed a bug in the collection exporter.  Needed to put the entire name
+		of the render object into the sub object chunk.
+
+Version 1.0.4.12: Mar 10, 1999
+Naty:	Fixed minor bug with start/end animation frames in export dialog.
+
+Version 1.0.4.11: Mar 4, 1999
+Naty:	Added "Camera Oriented" mesh type (and changed the camera aligned button
+		to read "Camera Parallel"). Export options are now saved in the MAX file
+		(hierarchy file paths are saved in a relative form).
+
+Version 1,0,4,10: Mar 3, 1999
+Greg:	Modified so that collections are not exported when there is only a single
+		mesh and forced that mesh to use the name of the file.
+		Changed w3d_file.h so that meshes have a "container name" instead of
+		a "hierarchy model name" and set the container name when a collection is exported
+
+Version 1,0,4,9: Mar 3, 1999
+Naty:	New Shader (took out colormaks, fogfunc, new dialog and preset system)
+		Added alphatest support, added Linear offset mapper and mapper argument
+		string support
+
+Version 1,0,4,8: Feb 9, 1999
+Greg:	Added the ZNormals option for forcing the normals of a mesh to be 0,0,1
+
+Version 1,0,4,7: Feb 8, 1999
+Greg:	Fixed 2 bugs in the skin code.  Added code to scan the materials used 
+		by a mesh and discard un-used ones.
+Naty:	Added 'Alpha-Bitmap' button to the texture dialog, added new shader presets
+
+Version 1,0,4,8: Feb 15, 1999
+Greg:	Improved the strip generation algorithm.  Now actually turns a cube into 6 
+		strips instead of 12 individual triangles.  Still needs work though...
+	
+

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/colboxsave.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Max2W3d                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/colboxsave.cpp                 $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                       Author:: Greg Hjelstrom                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 12/06/00 4:06p                                              $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 7                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#include "colboxsave.h"
+#include "w3d_file.h"
+#include "util.h"
+#include "w3dappdata.h"
+#include "errclass.h"
+
+
+CollisionBoxSaveClass::CollisionBoxSaveClass
+(
+	char * mesh_name,
+	char * container_name,
+	INode * inode,
+	Matrix3 & exportspace,
+	TimeValue curtime,
+	Progress_Meter_Class & meter
+)
+{
+	//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	// wrestle the mesh out of 3dsMAX
+	//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	Object *       obj = inode->EvalWorldState(curtime).obj;
+	TriObject *    tri = (TriObject *)obj->ConvertToType(curtime, triObjectClassID);
+	Mesh           mesh = tri->mesh;
+	DWORD				wirecolor = inode->GetWireColor();
+
+	if (mesh.getNumVerts() == 0) {
+		throw ErrorClass("Mesh %s has no vertices!\n",mesh_name);
+	}
+
+	//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	// Generate the AABox or OBBox data.
+	//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	memset(&BoxData,0,sizeof(BoxData));
+
+	BoxData.Version = W3D_BOX_CURRENT_VERSION;
+	if ((container_name != NULL) && (strlen(container_name) > 0)) {
+		strcpy(BoxData.Name,container_name);
+		strcat(BoxData.Name,".");
+	}
+	strcat(BoxData.Name,mesh_name);
+
+	BoxData.Attributes = 0;
+	if (Is_Collision_AABox(inode)) {
+		BoxData.Attributes |= W3D_BOX_ATTRIBUTE_ALIGNED;
+	} else {
+		BoxData.Attributes |= W3D_BOX_ATTRIBUTE_ORIENTED;
+	}
+	if (Is_Physical_Collision(inode)) {
+		BoxData.Attributes |= W3D_BOX_ATTRIBTUE_COLLISION_TYPE_PHYSICAL;
+	}
+	if (Is_Projectile_Collision(inode)) {
+		BoxData.Attributes |= W3D_BOX_ATTRIBTUE_COLLISION_TYPE_PROJECTILE;
+	}
+	if (Is_Vis_Collision(inode)) {
+		BoxData.Attributes |= W3D_BOX_ATTRIBTUE_COLLISION_TYPE_VIS;
+	}
+	if (Is_Camera_Collision(inode)) {
+		BoxData.Attributes |= W3D_BOX_ATTRIBTUE_COLLISION_TYPE_CAMERA;
+	}
+	if (Is_Vehicle_Collision(inode)) {
+		BoxData.Attributes |= W3D_BOX_ATTRIBTUE_COLLISION_TYPE_VEHICLE;
+	}
+
+	BoxData.Color.R = GetRValue(wirecolor);
+	BoxData.Color.G = GetGValue(wirecolor);
+	BoxData.Color.B = GetBValue(wirecolor);
+
+	// if this is an axis-aligned box, then use the world coord system
+	if (Is_Collision_AABox(inode)) {
+		exportspace.NoRot();
+	}
+
+	// Transform the mesh into the desired coordinate system
+	Matrix3 node_matrix = inode->GetObjectTM(curtime);
+	Matrix3 offset_matrix = node_matrix * Inverse(exportspace);
+	int ivert;
+	
+	for (ivert = 0; ivert < mesh.getNumVerts (); ++ivert) {
+		mesh.verts[ivert] = mesh.verts[ivert] * offset_matrix;
+	}
+
+	// Find the center and extent of the box.
+	Point3 min_point = mesh.verts[0];
+	Point3 max_point = mesh.verts[1];
+
+	for (ivert=0; ivert < mesh.getNumVerts(); ++ivert) {
+		if (mesh.verts[ivert].x < min_point.x) min_point.x = mesh.verts[ivert].x;
+		if (mesh.verts[ivert].y < min_point.y) min_point.y = mesh.verts[ivert].y;
+		if (mesh.verts[ivert].z < min_point.z) min_point.z = mesh.verts[ivert].z;
+
+		if (mesh.verts[ivert].x > max_point.x) max_point.x = mesh.verts[ivert].x;
+		if (mesh.verts[ivert].y > max_point.y) max_point.y = mesh.verts[ivert].y;
+		if (mesh.verts[ivert].z > max_point.z) max_point.z = mesh.verts[ivert].z;
+	}
+		
+	Point3 center = (max_point + min_point) / 2.0f;
+	Point3 extent = (max_point - min_point) / 2.0f;
+
+	BoxData.Center.X = center.x;
+	BoxData.Center.Y = center.y;
+	BoxData.Center.Z = center.z;
+
+	BoxData.Extent.X = extent.x;
+	BoxData.Extent.Y = extent.y;
+	BoxData.Extent.Z = extent.z;
+}
+
+
+
+int CollisionBoxSaveClass::Write_To_File(ChunkSaveClass & csave)
+{
+	csave.Begin_Chunk(W3D_CHUNK_BOX);
+	csave.Write(&BoxData,sizeof(BoxData));
+	csave.End_Chunk();
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+	

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/colboxsave.h

@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Max2W3d                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/colboxsave.h                   $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                       Author:: Greg Hjelstrom                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 3/16/99 8:37a                                               $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 2                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER)
+#pragma once
+#endif
+
+#ifndef COLBOXSAVE_H
+#define COLBOXSAVE_H
+
+#include <Max.h>
+#include "w3d_file.h"
+#include "chunkio.h"
+#include "progress.h"
+
+
+/*******************************************************************************************
+**
+** CollisionBoxSaveClass - Create an AABox or an OBBox from a Max mesh (typically the
+**	artist should use a 'box' to generate this. In any case, we're just using the bounding 
+** box).
+**
+*******************************************************************************************/
+class CollisionBoxSaveClass
+{
+public:
+
+	enum {
+		EX_UNKNOWN = 0,	// exception error codes
+		EX_CANCEL = 1
+	};
+
+	CollisionBoxSaveClass(	char *						mesh_name,	
+									char *						container_name,
+									INode *						inode,
+									Matrix3 &					exportspace,
+									TimeValue					curtime,
+									Progress_Meter_Class &	meter);
+
+	int Write_To_File(ChunkSaveClass & csave);
+
+private:
+	
+	W3dBoxStruct						BoxData;				// contains same information as the W3dOBBoxStruct
+	
+};
+
+
+
+#endif //COLBOXSAVE_H

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/dazzlesave.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Max2W3D                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/dazzlesave.cpp                 $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *              Original Author:: Greg Hjelstrom                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                      $Author:: Greg_h                                                      $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 9/21/00 4:14p                                               $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 1                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#include "dazzlesave.h"
+#include "w3d_file.h"
+#include "util.h"
+#include "w3dappdata.h"
+#include "errclass.h"
+
+
+DazzleSaveClass::DazzleSaveClass
+(
+	char * mesh_name,
+	char * container_name,
+	INode * inode,
+	Matrix3 & exportspace,
+	TimeValue curtime,
+	Progress_Meter_Class & meter
+) 
+{
+	assert(mesh_name != NULL);
+	assert(container_name != NULL);
+
+	/*
+	** Set up the render object name
+	*/
+	memset(&W3DName,0,sizeof(W3DName));
+	if ((container_name != NULL) && (strlen(container_name) > 0)) {
+		strcpy(W3DName,container_name);
+		strcat(W3DName,".");
+	}
+	strcat(W3DName,mesh_name);
+
+	/*
+	** Dig the dazzle-type out of the appropriate App-Data chunk on
+	** the INode.
+	*/
+	W3DDazzleAppDataStruct * dazzle_data = W3DDazzleAppDataStruct::Get_App_Data(inode);
+	strncpy(DazzleType,dazzle_data->DazzleType,sizeof(DazzleType));
+}
+
+
+
+int DazzleSaveClass::Write_To_File(ChunkSaveClass & csave)
+{
+	csave.Begin_Chunk(W3D_CHUNK_DAZZLE);
+
+	csave.Begin_Chunk(W3D_CHUNK_DAZZLE_NAME);
+	csave.Write(W3DName,strlen(W3DName) + 1);
+	csave.End_Chunk();
+
+	csave.Begin_Chunk(W3D_CHUNK_DAZZLE_TYPENAME);
+	csave.Write(DazzleType,strlen(DazzleType) + 1);
+	csave.End_Chunk();
+	
+	csave.End_Chunk();
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/dazzlesave.h

@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Max2W3D                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/dazzlesave.h                   $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *              Original Author:: Greg Hjelstrom                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                      $Author:: Greg_h                                                      $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 9/21/00 4:09p                                               $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 1                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER)
+#pragma once
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DAZZLESAVE_H
+#define DAZZLESAVE_H
+
+#include <Max.h>
+#include "w3d_file.h"
+#include "chunkio.h"
+#include "progress.h"
+
+
+/*******************************************************************************************
+**
+** DazzleSaveClass - Create a Dazzle definition from an INode.  Basically, we just save
+** the transform and the dazzle type that the user has selected.
+**
+*******************************************************************************************/
+class DazzleSaveClass
+{
+public:
+
+	enum {
+		EX_UNKNOWN = 0,	// exception error codes
+		EX_CANCEL = 1
+	};
+
+	DazzleSaveClass(		char *						mesh_name,	
+								char *						container_name,
+								INode *						inode,
+								Matrix3 &					exportspace,
+								TimeValue					curtime,
+								Progress_Meter_Class &	meter);
+
+	int Write_To_File(ChunkSaveClass & csave);
+
+private:
+	
+	char						W3DName[128];
+	char						DazzleType[128];	
+	
+};
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#endif //DAZZLESAVE_H
+

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/dllmain.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/dllmain.cpp 8     7/24/01 5:11p Moumine_ballo $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***                            Confidential - Westwood Studios                              *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Commando / G                                                 * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : DLLMAIN.CPP                                                  * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Greg Hjelstrom                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 06/09/97                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : June 9, 1997 [GH]                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ *   DllMain -- Entry point for the dll                                                        * 
+ *   LibDescription -- Returns description of this library                                     * 
+ *   LibNumberClasses -- Returns number of classes in this library                             * 
+ *   LibClassDesc -- Returns a ClassDesc for the specified class                               * 
+ *   LibVersion -- Returns the version number of this library                                  * 
+ *   GetString -- Gets a string out of the resources                                           * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <Max.h>
+#include "dllmain.h"
+#include "w3ddesc.h"
+#include "w3dexp.h"
+#include "w3dutil.h"
+#include "skin.h"
+#include "gamemtl.h"
+#include "gamemaps.h"
+#include "MeshDeform.H"
+#include "AlphaModifier.h"
+#include "gridsnapmodifier.h"
+
+#include "resource.h"
+
+#define DLLEXPORT __declspec(dllexport)
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+*	Globals
+*****************************************************************************/
+
+HINSTANCE					AppInstance = NULL;
+static int					ControlsInit = FALSE;
+static W3dClassDesc		W3d_Export_Class_Descriptor;
+
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * DllMain -- Entry point for the dll                                                          * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   06/09/1997 GH  : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BOOL WINAPI DllMain(HINSTANCE	hinstDLL,ULONG /*fdwReason*/,LPVOID /*lpvReserved*/)
+{
+	AppInstance = hinstDLL;
+
+	if ( !ControlsInit )
+	{
+		ControlsInit = TRUE;
+		InitCustomControls(AppInstance);
+		InitCommonControls();
+	}
+
+	return  TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * LibDescription -- Returns description of this library                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   06/09/1997 GH  : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+DLLEXPORT const TCHAR * LibDescription()
+{
+	return  Get_String(IDS_LIB_DESCRIPTION);
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * LibNumberClasses -- Returns number of classes in this library                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   06/09/1997 GH  : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+DLLEXPORT int LibNumberClasses()
+{
+	return 9; //Moumine 7/24/2001    4:38:27 PM was 10. Removed Mesh_Deformation(#6)
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * LibClassDesc -- Returns a ClassDesc for the specified class                                 * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   06/09/1997 GH  : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+DLLEXPORT ClassDesc * LibClassDesc(int i)
+{
+	switch(i)
+	{
+		case 0:  return & W3d_Export_Class_Descriptor; break;
+		case 1:  return Get_W3D_Utility_Desc(); break;
+		case 2:	return Get_Skin_Obj_Desc(); break;
+		case 3:	return Get_Skin_Mod_Desc(); break;
+		case 4:	return Get_Game_Material_Desc(); break;
+		case 5:	return Get_Game_Maps_Desc(); break;
+		case 6:	return Get_PS2_Game_Material_Desc(); break;
+		case 7:	return Get_PS2_Material_Conversion(); break;
+		case 8:	return Get_Alpha_Desc(); break;
+		//case 6:	return Get_Mesh_Deform_Desc(); break;
+		//Moumine 7/24/2001    4:33:52 PM Removed #6 and shifted up instead of returning NULL
+		// NULL causes a crash in "File->Summary info->Plug-in ifo..."
+		default: return NULL; break;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * LibVersion -- Returns the version number of this library                                    * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   06/09/1997 GH  : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+DLLEXPORT ULONG LibVersion()
+{
+	return VERSION_3DSMAX;
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * Get_String -- Gets a string out of the resources                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   06/09/1997 GH  : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TCHAR * Get_String( int id )
+{
+	static TCHAR buf[256];
+	if (AppInstance)
+		return LoadString(AppInstance, id, buf, sizeof(buf)) ? buf : NULL;
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/dllmain.h

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/dllmain.h 4     10/28/97 6:08p Greg_h $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***                            Confidential - Westwood Studios                              *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Commando / G                                                 * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : DLLMAIN.H                                                    * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Greg Hjelstrom                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 06/09/97                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : June 9, 1997 [GH]                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#ifndef DLLMAIN_H
+#define DLLMAIN_H
+
+#include <windows.h>
+
+extern HINSTANCE AppInstance;
+
+#define MAX_STRING_LENGTH 256
+#define MAX_PATH_LENGTH _MAX_PATH
+
+TCHAR * Get_String(int id);
+
+#endif /*DLLMAIN_H*/

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/exportlog.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Max2W3d                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/exportlog.cpp                  $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *              Original Author:: Greg Hjelstrom                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                      $Author:: Greg_h                                                      $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 11/07/00 3:16p                                              $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 3                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   ExportLog::Init -- Initialize the export logging system                                   *
+ *   ExportLog::Shutdown -- Shutdown the export logging system                                 *
+ *   ExportLog::printf -- Print a string to the log window                                     *
+ *   ExportLog::rprintf -- Print a string over the last line printed                           *
+ *   ExportLog::updatebar -- Set the position of the progress bar                              *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "exportlog.h"
+#include "logdlg.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+
+
+/*
+** Static variables
+*/
+LogDataDialogClass * _LogDialog = NULL;
+
+
+/*
+**
+** ExportLog implementation.  Note, this is a class which only contains static functions.
+**
+*/
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ExportLog::Init -- Initialize the export logging system                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/30/2000 gth : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void ExportLog::Init(HWND parent)
+{
+	assert(_LogDialog == NULL);
+	_LogDialog = new LogDataDialogClass(parent);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ExportLog::Shutdown -- Shutdown the export logging system                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ * wait_for_ok - should we wait for the user to press OK on the dialog?                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/30/2000 gth : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void ExportLog::Shutdown(bool wait_for_ok)
+{
+	if (_LogDialog != NULL) {
+
+		if (wait_for_ok) {
+			_LogDialog->Wait_OK();
+		}
+
+		delete _LogDialog;
+		_LogDialog = NULL;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ExportLog::printf -- Print a string to the log window                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/30/2000 gth : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void ExportLog::printf(char * format, ...)
+{
+	if (_LogDialog != NULL) {
+		va_list arguments;
+		va_start(arguments, format);
+		_LogDialog->printf(format,arguments);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ExportLog::rprintf -- Print a string over the last line printed                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/30/2000 gth : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void ExportLog::rprintf(char * format, ...)
+{
+	if (_LogDialog != NULL) {
+		va_list arguments;
+		va_start(arguments, format);
+		_LogDialog->rprintf(format,arguments);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ExportLog::updatebar -- Set the position of the progress bar                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/30/2000 gth : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void ExportLog::updatebar(float position, float total)
+{
+	if (_LogDialog != NULL) {
+		_LogDialog->updatebar(position,total);
+	}
+}
+
+

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/exportlog.h

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Max2W3d                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/exportlog.h                    $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *              Original Author:: Greg Hjelstrom                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                      $Author:: Greg_h                                                      $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 11/07/00 3:18p                                              $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 3                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#ifndef EXPORTLOG_H
+#define EXPORTLOG_H
+
+#include <windows.h>
+ 
+/**
+** ExportLog
+** This is an interface to the export log dialog.  
+*/
+class ExportLog
+{
+public:
+	static void Init(HWND parent);
+	static void Shutdown(bool wait_for_ok);
+
+   static void	printf(char *, ...);
+	static void rprintf(char *, ...);
+	static void	updatebar(float position, float total);
+};
+
+
+#endif //EXPORTLOG_H
+

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/floaterdialog.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Max2W3d                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/floaterdialog.cpp              $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *              Original Author:: Greg Hjelstrom                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                      $Author:: Greg_h                                                      $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 10/30/00 2:58p                                              $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 2                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   FloaterDialogClass::FloaterDialogClass -- Constructor                                     *
+ *   FloaterDialogClass::~FloaterDialogClass -- Destructor                                     *
+ *   FloaterDialogClass::Is_Created -- test whether the floater has already been created       *
+ *   FloaterDialogClass::Create -- create the window                                           *
+ *   FloaterDialogClass::Dialog_Proc -- Dialog Proc for the floater                            *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "floaterdialog.h"
+#include "dllmain.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+#include <Max.h>
+
+
+/**********************************************************************************************
+**
+** FloaterDialogClass Implementation
+**
+**********************************************************************************************/
+
+BOOL CALLBACK _floater_dialog_proc(HWND hwnd,UINT message,WPARAM wParam,LPARAM lParam)
+{
+	if (message == WM_INITDIALOG) {
+		FloaterDialogClass * floater = (FloaterDialogClass *)lParam;
+		::SetProp(hwnd,"FloaterDialogClass",(HANDLE)floater);
+	}
+
+	FloaterDialogClass * floater = (FloaterDialogClass *)::GetProp(hwnd,"FloaterDialogClass");
+
+	if (message == WM_DESTROY) {
+		::RemoveProp(hwnd,"FloaterDialogClass");
+	}
+
+
+	if (floater) {
+		return floater->Dialog_Proc(hwnd,message,wParam,lParam);
+	} else {
+		return FALSE;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FloaterDialogClass::FloaterDialogClass -- Constructor                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+FloaterDialogClass::FloaterDialogClass(void) :
+	Hwnd(NULL),
+	ChildDialogTemplateID(-1),
+	ChildDialogProc(NULL)
+{
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FloaterDialogClass::~FloaterDialogClass -- Destructor                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+FloaterDialogClass::~FloaterDialogClass(void)
+{
+	if (Hwnd != NULL) {
+		::DestroyWindow(Hwnd);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FloaterDialogClass::Is_Created -- test whether the floater has already been created         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/11/2000 gth : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool FloaterDialogClass::Is_Created(void)
+{
+	return (Hwnd != NULL);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FloaterDialogClass::Create -- create the window                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This function will return automatically if the floater has been created already.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/11/2000 gth : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void FloaterDialogClass::Create(Interface * ip, int child_dlg_id, DLGPROC child_dlg_proc)
+{
+	/*
+	** Don't create multiple ones
+	*/
+	if (Is_Created()) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Copy down the data needed to create the child window later
+	*/
+	ChildDialogTemplateID = child_dlg_id;
+	ChildDialogProc = child_dlg_proc;
+
+
+	/*
+	** Create the dialog box
+	*/
+	Hwnd = CreateDialogParam(	
+										AppInstance,
+										MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDD_W3DUTILITY_FLOATER_DIALOG),
+										::GetCOREInterface()->GetMAXHWnd(),
+										(DLGPROC) _floater_dialog_proc,
+										(LPARAM) this 
+									);
+	::GetCOREInterface()->RegisterDlgWnd(Hwnd); 
+}
+	
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FloaterDialogClass::Dialog_Proc -- Dialog Proc for the floater                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * The only thing we need to do here is to create the child dialog and resize ourselves to     *
+ * contain it.                                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/11/2000 gth : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool FloaterDialogClass::Dialog_Proc(HWND hWnd,UINT message,WPARAM wParam,LPARAM)
+{
+	switch (message )	{
+
+		case WM_INITDIALOG:
+			{
+				HWND childhwnd = CreateDialogParam(	
+													AppInstance,
+													MAKEINTRESOURCE(ChildDialogTemplateID),
+													hWnd,
+													ChildDialogProc,
+													0
+												);
+				if (childhwnd!= NULL) {
+					RECT rect;
+					LONG style = ::GetWindowLong(hWnd,GWL_STYLE);
+					::GetWindowRect(childhwnd,&rect);
+					::AdjustWindowRect(&rect,style,FALSE);
+					::SetWindowPos(hWnd,NULL,0,0,rect.right - rect.left,rect.bottom - rect.top,SWP_NOZORDER|SWP_NOMOVE);
+					::SetWindowPos(childhwnd,NULL,0,0,0,0,SWP_NOZORDER|SWP_NOSIZE|SWP_SHOWWINDOW);
+				}
+			}
+			return 1;
+		
+		case WM_COMMAND:
+			switch (LOWORD(wParam))
+			{
+				case IDCANCEL:
+					DestroyWindow(Hwnd);
+					break;
+			}
+			return 1;
+
+		case WM_DESTROY:
+			::GetCOREInterface()->UnRegisterDlgWnd(Hwnd); 
+			Hwnd = NULL;
+			break;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/floaterdialog.h

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Max2W3d                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/floaterdialog.h                $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *              Original Author:: Greg Hjelstrom                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                      $Author:: Greg_h                                                      $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 10/11/00 11:23a                                             $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 1                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#ifndef FLOATERDIALOG_H
+#define FLOATERDIALOG_H
+
+#include <windows.h>
+
+class Interface;
+
+/**
+** FloaterDialogClass
+** This class is designed to be used by modeless dialog boxes.  See w3dutil.cpp for an
+** example of how to embed an arbitrary dialog template and dialog proc into a floating
+** window.
+*/
+class FloaterDialogClass
+{
+public:
+
+	FloaterDialogClass(void);
+	~FloaterDialogClass();
+	
+	bool	Is_Created(void);
+	void	Create(Interface * ip, int child_dialog_id, DLGPROC child_dlg_proc);
+	bool	Dialog_Proc(HWND hWnd,UINT message,WPARAM wParam,LPARAM);
+
+private:
+
+	HWND		Hwnd;
+	int		ChildDialogTemplateID;
+	DLGPROC	ChildDialogProc;
+
+};
+
+
+
+#endif //FLOATERDIALOG_H
+

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/gamemaps.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,287 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/gamemaps.cpp 5     10/28/97 6:08p Greg_h $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***                            Confidential - Westwood Studios                              *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Commando / G 3D engine                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : GAMEMAPS.CPP                                                 * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Greg Hjelstrom                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 06/26/97                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : June 26, 1997 [GH]                                           * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ *   GameMapsClass::ClassID -- Returns the ClassID for GameMapsClass                           * 
+ *   GameMapsClass::AssignController -- Assigns a controller to one of the Sub-Anims           * 
+ *   GameMapsClass::NotifyRefChanged -- Max is notifying GameMapsClass that a reference has cha* 
+ *   GameMapsClass::Clone -- Create a clone of the GameMapsClass                               * 
+ *   GameMapsClass::Save -- Saves the GameMapsClass data into a MAX file                       * 
+ *   GameMapsClass::Load -- Loads GameMapsClass data from a MAX file                           * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#include "gamemaps.h"
+
+
+/*****************************************************************
+*
+*		Chunk ID's for saving data in the MAX file.
+*
+*****************************************************************/
+#define GAMEMAPS_ONOFF_CHUNK	0x0000
+#define GAMEMAPS_AMT0_CHUNK	0x0001
+#define GAMEMAPS_AMT1_CHUNK	0x0002
+#define GAMEMAPS_AMT2_CHUNK	0x0003
+#define GAMEMAPS_AMT3_CHUNK	0x0004
+#define GAMEMAPS_AMT4_CHUNK	0x0005
+#define GAMEMAPS_AMT5_CHUNK	0x0006
+#define GAMEMAPS_AMT6_CHUNK	0x0007
+#define GAMEMAPS_AMT7_CHUNK	0x0008
+#define GAMEMAPS_AMT8_CHUNK	0x0009
+#define GAMEMAPS_AMT9_CHUNK	0x000A
+#define GAMEMAPS_AMTA_CHUNK	0x000B
+
+
+/*****************************************************************
+*
+*		A PostLoadCallback which does nothing...
+*
+*****************************************************************/
+class GameMapsPostLoad : public PostLoadCallback 
+{
+public:
+	GameMapsClass *tm;
+	GameMapsPostLoad(GameMapsClass *b) {tm=b;}
+	void proc(ILoad *iload) { delete this; } 
+};
+
+
+/*****************************************************************
+*
+*		GameMapsClass Class Desriptor
+*
+*****************************************************************/
+static Class_ID _GameMapsClassID(0x36d23f7b, 0x79ce63e1);
+
+class GameMapsClassDesc : public ClassDesc 
+{
+	public:
+	int 				IsPublic()			  		{ return 0; }
+	void *			Create(BOOL loading)		{ return new GameMapsClass(NULL); }
+	const TCHAR *	ClassName()					{ return _T("GameMaps"); }
+	SClass_ID		SuperClassID()				{ return REF_MAKER_CLASS_ID; }
+	Class_ID 		ClassID()			  		{ return _GameMapsClassID; }
+	const TCHAR* 	Category()					{ return _T(""); }
+};
+
+static GameMapsClassDesc _GameMapsCD;
+
+ClassDesc * Get_Game_Maps_Desc() { return &_GameMapsCD; }
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * GameMapsClass::ClassID -- Returns the ClassID for GameMapsClass                             * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   06/26/1997 GH  : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+Class_ID GameMapsClass::ClassID() 
+{
+	return _GameMapsClassID; 
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * GameMapsClass::AssignController -- Assigns a controller to one of the Sub-Anims             * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   06/26/1997 GH  : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BOOL GameMapsClass::AssignController(Animatable *control,int subAnim)
+{
+	ReplaceReference(SubNumToRefNum(subAnim),(ReferenceTarget *)control);
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * GameMapsClass::NotifyRefChanged -- Max is notifying GameMapsClass that a reference has chan * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   06/26/1997 GH  : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+RefResult GameMapsClass::NotifyRefChanged
+(
+	Interval				changeInt, 
+	RefTargetHandle	hTarget,
+	PartID &				partID, 
+	RefMessage			message 		
+) 
+{
+	switch (message) {
+		case REFMSG_GET_PARAM_DIM: {
+			GetParamDim *gpd = (GetParamDim*)partID;
+			break;
+		}
+		case REFMSG_GET_PARAM_NAME: {
+			GetParamName *gpn = (GetParamName*)partID;
+			return REF_STOP; 
+		}
+	}
+	return(REF_SUCCEED);
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * GameMapsClass::Clone -- Create a clone of the GameMapsClass                                 * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   06/26/1997 GH  : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+RefTargetHandle GameMapsClass::Clone(RemapDir &remap) 
+{
+	GameMapsClass *tm = new GameMapsClass(NULL);
+
+	for (int i=0; i<NTEXMAPS; i++) {
+		tm->TextureSlot[i].MapOn = TextureSlot[i].MapOn;
+		tm->TextureSlot[i].Map = NULL;
+
+		if (TextureSlot[i].Map) {
+			tm->ReplaceReference(i,remap.CloneRef(TextureSlot[i].Map));
+		}
+	}
+
+	return tm;
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * GameMapsClass::Save -- Saves the GameMapsClass data into a MAX file                         * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   06/26/1997 GH  : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+IOResult GameMapsClass::Save(ISave * isave) 
+{
+	ULONG nb,f=0;
+
+	isave->BeginChunk(GAMEMAPS_ONOFF_CHUNK);
+	for (int i=0; i<NTEXMAPS; i++) {
+		if (TextureSlot[i].MapOn) f|= (1<<i);
+	}
+	isave->Write(&f,sizeof(f),&nb);			
+	isave->EndChunk();
+
+	for (i=0; i<NTEXMAPS; i++) {
+		if (TextureSlot[i].Amount != 1.0f) {
+			isave->BeginChunk(GAMEMAPS_AMT0_CHUNK + i);
+			isave->Write(&(TextureSlot[i].Amount),sizeof(float),&nb);
+			isave->EndChunk();
+		}
+	}
+	return IO_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * GameMapsClass::Load -- Loads GameMapsClass data from a MAX file                             * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   06/26/1997 GH  : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+IOResult GameMapsClass::Load(ILoad * iload) 
+{ 
+	ULONG nb;
+	int id;
+	IOResult res;
+
+	while (IO_OK==(res=iload->OpenChunk())) {
+
+		switch (id = iload->CurChunkID())  {
+			case GAMEMAPS_ONOFF_CHUNK:
+				{
+					ULONG f;
+					res = iload->Read(&f,sizeof(f), &nb);
+					for (int i=0; i<NTEXMAPS; i++) 
+						 (*this)[i].MapOn = (f&(1<<i))?1:0;
+				}
+				break;
+			
+			case GAMEMAPS_AMT0_CHUNK:
+			case GAMEMAPS_AMT1_CHUNK:
+			case GAMEMAPS_AMT2_CHUNK:
+			case GAMEMAPS_AMT3_CHUNK:
+			case GAMEMAPS_AMT4_CHUNK:
+			case GAMEMAPS_AMT5_CHUNK:
+			case GAMEMAPS_AMT7_CHUNK:
+			case GAMEMAPS_AMT8_CHUNK:
+			case GAMEMAPS_AMT9_CHUNK:
+			case GAMEMAPS_AMTA_CHUNK:
+				int index = id - GAMEMAPS_AMT0_CHUNK;
+				res = iload->Read(&(TextureSlot[index].Amount),sizeof(float),&nb);
+				break;
+		}
+
+		iload->CloseChunk();
+		if (res!=IO_OK) {
+			return res;
+		}
+	}
+	return IO_OK;
+}
+

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/gamemaps.h

@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/gamemaps.h 7     10/28/97 6:08p Greg_h $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***                            Confidential - Westwood Studios                              *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Commando / G 3D engine                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : GAMEMAPS.H                                                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Greg Hjelstrom                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 06/26/97                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : June 26, 1997 [GH]                                           * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#ifndef GAMEMAPS_H
+#define GAMEMAPS_H
+
+#include <Max.h>
+#include "stdmat.h"
+
+
+ClassDesc * Get_Game_Maps_Desc();
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//		TexmapSlotClass
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+class TexmapSlotClass
+{
+public:
+
+	BOOL			MapOn;
+	float			Amount;
+	Texmap *		Map;
+
+	TexmapSlotClass() : MapOn(FALSE), Amount(1.0f), Map(NULL) {};
+
+	RGBA		Eval(ShadeContext& sc)						{ return Map->EvalColor(sc); 	}
+	float		EvalMono(ShadeContext& sc) 				{ return Map->EvalMono(sc); }
+	Point3	EvalNormalPerturb(ShadeContext &sc) 	{ return Map->EvalNormalPerturb(sc); }
+	BOOL		IsActive() 										{ return (Map && MapOn); }
+	void		Update(TimeValue t, Interval &ivalid)	{ if (IsActive()) Map->Update(t,ivalid); };				
+	float		GetAmount(TimeValue t) 						{ return Amount; }
+};
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//		Texture Maps for In-Game material
+//		
+//		This class can contain a collection of all of the maps which
+//		MAX uses but the GameMtl plugin will only give the user access
+//		to the ones we can actually use in the game.
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+class GameMapsClass: public ReferenceTarget 
+{
+public:  
+
+	MtlBase *			Client;
+	TexmapSlotClass	TextureSlot[NTEXMAPS];
+
+	GameMapsClass()				 												{ Client = NULL; }
+	GameMapsClass(MtlBase *mb)	 												{ Client = mb;	}
+
+	void					DeleteThis()											{ delete this;	}
+	void					SetClientPtr(MtlBase *mb)							{ Client = mb; }
+	TexmapSlotClass &	operator[](int i) 									{ return TextureSlot[i]; }	
+	Class_ID				ClassID();
+	SClass_ID			SuperClassID() 										{ return REF_MAKER_CLASS_ID; }
+	int					NumSubs()												{ return NTEXMAPS; }
+	Animatable * 		SubAnim(int i)											{ return TextureSlot[i].Map; }
+	TSTR					SubAnimName(int i)									{ return Client->GetSubTexmapTVName(i); }
+	int					NumRefs()												{ return NTEXMAPS; }
+	RefTargetHandle	GetReference(int i)									{ return TextureSlot[i].Map; }
+	void					SetReference(int i, RefTargetHandle rtarg)	{ TextureSlot[i].Map = (Texmap*)rtarg; }
+	int					SubNumToRefNum(int subNum) 						{ return subNum; }
+
+
+	BOOL					AssignController(Animatable *control,int subAnim);
+	RefTargetHandle	Clone(RemapDir &remap);	
+	RefResult			NotifyRefChanged( Interval changeInt, RefTargetHandle hTarget, PartID& partID, RefMessage message);
+
+	IOResult				Save(ISave * isave);
+	IOResult				Load(ILoad * iload);
+};
+
+
+#endif /*GAMEMAPS_H*/

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/gamemtl.h

@@ -0,0 +1,373 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/gamemtl.h 38    8/22/01 7:56a Greg_h $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***                            Confidential - Westwood Studios                              *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Commando / G 3D engine                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : GAMEMTL.H                                                    * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Greg Hjelstrom                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 06/26/97                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : June 26, 1997 [GH]                                           * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#ifndef GAMEMTL_H
+#define GAMEMTL_H
+
+#include <Max.h>
+#include "w3dmtl.h"
+#include "w3d_file.h"
+
+
+// GameMtl flags values
+#define GAMEMTL_CONVERTED_TO_NOLOD		(1<<0)	// this material has been converted to use the NO_LOD flag on textures
+
+#define GAMEMTL_DISPLACEMENT_ROLLUP_OPEN (1<<25)
+#define GAMEMTL_SURFACE_ROLLUP_OPEN		(1<<26)
+#define GAMEMTL_PASSCOUNT_ROLLUP_OPEN	(1<<27)
+#define GAMEMTL_PASS0_ROLLUP_OPEN		(1<<28)
+#define GAMEMTL_PASS1_ROLLUP_OPEN		(1<<29)
+#define GAMEMTL_PASS2_ROLLUP_OPEN		(1<<30)
+#define GAMEMTL_PASS3_ROLLUP_OPEN		(1<<31)
+
+#define GAMEMTL_ROLLUP_FLAGS				(	GAMEMTL_SURFACE_ROLLUP_OPEN | \
+														GAMEMTL_DISPLACEMENT_ROLLUP_OPEN | \
+														GAMEMTL_PASSCOUNT_ROLLUP_OPEN | \
+														GAMEMTL_PASS0_ROLLUP_OPEN | \
+														GAMEMTL_PASS1_ROLLUP_OPEN | \
+														GAMEMTL_PASS2_ROLLUP_OPEN | \
+														GAMEMTL_PASS3_ROLLUP_OPEN )
+														
+#define GAMEMTL_ID_PARTA		0x29397211
+#define GAMEMTL_ID_PARTB		0x28c016c2
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// Mapping types
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#define GAMEMTL_MAPPING_UV							0
+#define GAMEMTL_MAPPING_ENV						1
+#define GAMEMTL_MAPPING_CHEAP_ENV				2
+#define GAMEMTL_MAPPING_SCREEN               3
+#define GAMEMTL_MAPPING_LINEAR_OFFSET        4
+#define GAMEMTL_MAPPING_SILHOUETTE		      5
+#define	GAMEMTL_MAPPING_SCALE					6
+#define	GAMEMTL_MAPPING_GRID						7
+#define	GAMEMTL_MAPPING_ROTATE					8
+#define	GAMEMTL_MAPPING_SINE_LINEAR_OFFSET	9
+#define	GAMEMTL_MAPPING_STEP_LINEAR_OFFSET	10
+#define	GAMEMTL_MAPPING_ZIGZAG_LINEAR_OFFSET 11
+#define	GAMEMTL_MAPPING_WS_CLASSIC_ENV		12
+#define	GAMEMTL_MAPPING_WS_ENVIRONMENT		13
+#define	GAMEMTL_MAPPING_GRID_CLASSIC_ENV		14
+#define	GAMEMTL_MAPPING_GRID_ENVIRONMENT		15
+#define	GAMEMTL_MAPPING_RANDOM					16
+#define	GAMEMTL_MAPPING_EDGE						17
+#define	GAMEMTL_MAPPING_BUMPENV					18
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// PSX Translucency Type
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#define GAMEMTL_PSX_TRANS_NONE					0
+#define GAMEMTL_PSX_TRANS_100						1
+#define GAMEMTL_PSX_TRANS_50						2
+#define GAMEMTL_PSX_TRANS_25						3
+#define GAMEMTL_PSX_TRANS_MINUS_100				4
+
+class GameMtlDlg;
+class GameMapsClass;
+
+extern Class_ID GameMaterialClassID;
+extern ClassDesc * Get_Game_Material_Desc();
+
+// MLL
+// For Playstation 2 materials.
+extern Class_ID PS2GameMaterialClassID;
+extern ClassDesc * Get_PS2_Game_Material_Desc();
+
+extern Class_ID PCToPS2MaterialClassID;
+extern ClassDesc * Get_PS2_Material_Conversion();
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//		Game Material
+//		This is a plugin-material which attempts to emulate the material
+//		used in our in-game 3D engine.  It has varying degrees of success
+//		at making Max render things like our game but it gives us the
+//		ability to have control over all parameters in our material.
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+class GameMtl: public Mtl 
+{
+
+public:
+
+		enum ShaderTypeEnum
+		{
+			STE_PC_SHADER,
+			STE_PS2_SHADER,
+		};
+
+		GameMtl(BOOL loading = FALSE);
+		~GameMtl(void);
+		
+		Class_ID				ClassID();
+		SClass_ID			SuperClassID();
+
+		// From Animatable
+		void					GetClassName(TSTR& s);  
+		void					DeleteThis()													{ delete this; }
+		int					NumSubs();
+		Animatable *		SubAnim(int i);
+		TSTR					SubAnimName(int i);
+
+		// References
+		int					NumRefs()														{ return REF_COUNT; }
+		RefTargetHandle	Clone(RemapDir &remap = NoRemap());
+		RefResult			NotifyRefChanged(Interval changeInt, RefTargetHandle hTarget, PartID& partID, RefMessage message);
+		void					SetReference(int i, RefTargetHandle rtarg);	
+		RefTargetHandle	GetReference(int i);
+
+		// From MtlBase and Mtl
+		void					SetAmbient(Color c, TimeValue t)							{ Set_Ambient(0,t,c); }		
+		void					SetDiffuse(Color c, TimeValue t)							{ Set_Diffuse(0,t,c); }		
+		void					SetSpecular(Color c, TimeValue t)						{ Set_Specular(0,t,c); }
+		void					SetShininess(float v, TimeValue t)						{ Set_Shininess(0,t,v); }				
+		Color					GetAmbient(int mtlNum=0, BOOL backFace=FALSE)		{ return Get_Ambient(0,0); }
+		Color					GetDiffuse(int mtlNum=0, BOOL backFace=FALSE)		{ return Get_Diffuse(0,0); }
+		Color					GetSpecular(int mtlNum=0, BOOL backFace=FALSE)		{ return Get_Specular(0,0); }
+		float					GetXParency(int mtlNum=0, BOOL backFace=FALSE)		{ return 0.0f; }
+		float					GetShininess(int mtlNum=0, BOOL backFace=FALSE)		{ return Get_Shininess(0,0); }
+		float					GetShinStr(int mtlNum=0, BOOL backFace=FALSE)		{ return 1.0f; }
+		void					Reset(void);
+		void					Update(TimeValue t, Interval& validr);
+		Interval				Validity(TimeValue t);
+		
+		int					NumSubTexmaps(void);
+		void					SetSubTexmap(int i, Texmap * m);
+		Texmap *				GetSubTexmap(int i);
+
+		float					EvalDisplacement(ShadeContext& sc);
+		Interval				DisplacementValidity(TimeValue t);
+		
+		// Rendering
+		void					Shade(ShadeContext& sc);
+		ULONG					Requirements(int subMtlNum);
+		//ULONG					LocalRequirements(int subMtlNum);
+
+		// Material editor
+		void					SetParamDlg(GameMtlDlg * pd)								{ MaterialDialog = pd; }
+		ParamDlg*			CreateParamDlg(HWND hwMtlEdit, IMtlParams *imp);
+
+		// IO stuff
+		IOResult				Save(ISave* iSave);
+		IOResult				Load(ILoad* iLoad);
+
+		// Accessors...
+		void					Set_Flag(ULONG f, ULONG val)								{ if (val) Flags|=f;	else Flags &= ~f; }
+		int					Get_Flag(ULONG f)		 										{ return ((Flags&f) ? 1 : 0); }
+
+		void					Set_Surface_Type(unsigned int type)						{ SurfaceType = type; }
+		unsigned int		Get_Surface_Type(void) const								{ return SurfaceType; }
+
+		void					Set_Sort_Level(int level)									{ SortLevel = level; }
+		int					Get_Sort_Level(void) const									{ return SortLevel; }
+		
+		void					Set_Pass_Count(int passcount);
+		int					Get_Pass_Count(void);
+	
+		IParamBlock *		Get_Parameter_Block(int pass);
+		int					Get_Current_Page(int pass)									{ return CurPage[pass]; }
+		Color					Get_Ambient(int pass,TimeValue t);
+		Color					Get_Diffuse(int pass,TimeValue t);
+		Color					Get_Specular(int pass,TimeValue t);
+		Color					Get_Emissive(int pass,TimeValue t);
+		float					Get_Shininess(int pass,TimeValue t);
+		float					Get_Opacity(int pass,TimeValue t);
+		float					Get_Translucency(int pass,TimeValue t);
+		int					Get_Copy_Specular_To_Diffuse(int pass);
+		int					Get_Mapping_Type(int pass, int stage=0);
+		int					Get_PSX_Translucency(int pass);
+		int					Get_PSX_Lighting(int pass);
+									
+		int					Get_Depth_Compare(int pass);
+		int					Get_Depth_Mask(int pass);
+		int					Get_Alpha_Test(int pass);
+		int					Get_Dest_Blend(int pass);
+		int					Get_Pri_Gradient(int pass);
+		int					Get_Sec_Gradient(int pass);
+		int					Get_Src_Blend(int pass);
+		int					Get_Detail_Color_Func(int pass);
+		int					Get_Detail_Alpha_Func(int pass);
+		int					Get_PS2_Shader_Param_A(int pass);
+		int					Get_PS2_Shader_Param_B(int pass);
+		int					Get_PS2_Shader_Param_C(int pass);
+		int					Get_PS2_Shader_Param_D(int pass);
+		
+		int					Get_Texture_Enable(int pass,int stage);
+		int					Get_Texture_Publish(int pass,int stage);
+		int					Get_Texture_Resize(int pass,int stage);		// NOTE: obsolete, replaced by Get_Texture_No_LOD
+		int					Get_Texture_No_Mipmap(int pass,int stage);	// NOTE: obsolete, replaced by Get_Texture_No_LOD
+		int					Get_Texture_Clamp_U(int pass,int stage);
+		int					Get_Texture_Clamp_V(int pass,int stage);
+		int					Get_Texture_No_LOD(int pass,int stage);
+		int					Get_Texture_Alpha_Bitmap(int pass,int stage);
+		int					Get_Texture_Hint(int pass,int stage);
+		int					Get_Texture_Display(int pass,int stage);
+		float					Get_Texture_Frame_Rate(int pass,int stage);
+		int					Get_Texture_Frame_Count(int pass,int stage);
+		int					Get_Texture_Anim_Type(int pass,int stage);
+		Texmap *				Get_Texture(int pass,int stage);
+		Texmap *				Get_Displacement_Map(void) const								{ return DisplacementMap; }
+		float					Get_Displacement_Amount(void) const							{ return DisplacementAmt; }
+		int					Get_Displacement_Map_Index(void) const;
+		int					Get_Map_Channel(int pass,int stage);
+
+		void					Set_Current_Page(int pass,int page)							{ CurPage[pass] = page; }
+		void					Set_Ambient(int pass,TimeValue t,Color color);
+		void					Set_Diffuse(int pass,TimeValue t,Color color);
+		void					Set_Specular(int pass,TimeValue t,Color color);
+		void					Set_Emissive(int pass,TimeValue t,Color color);
+		void					Set_Shininess(int pass,TimeValue t,float val);
+		void					Set_Opacity(int pass,TimeValue t,float val);
+		void					Set_Translucency(int pass,TimeValue t,float val);
+		void					Set_Copy_Specular_To_Diffuse(int pass,bool val);
+		void					Set_Mapping_Type(int pass,int stage,int val);
+		void					Set_PSX_Translucency(int pass,int val);
+		void					Set_PSX_Lighting(int pass,bool val);
+		
+		void					Set_Depth_Compare(int pass,int val);
+		void					Set_Depth_Mask(int pass,int val);
+		void					Set_Alpha_Test(int pass,int val);
+		void					Set_Dest_Blend(int pass,int val);
+		void					Set_Pri_Gradient(int pass,int val);
+		void					Set_Sec_Gradient(int pass,int val);
+		void					Set_Src_Blend(int pass,int val);
+		void					Set_Detail_Color_Func(int pass,int val);
+		void					Set_Detail_Alpha_Func(int pass,int val);
+		void					Set_PS2_Shader_Param_A(int pass,int val);
+		void					Set_PS2_Shader_Param_B(int pass,int val);
+		void					Set_PS2_Shader_Param_C(int pass,int val);
+		void					Set_PS2_Shader_Param_D(int pass,int val);
+		
+		void					Set_Texture_Enable(int pass,int stage,bool val);
+		void					Set_Texture_Publish(int pass,int stage,bool val);
+		void					Set_Texture_Resize(int pass,int stage,bool val);		// NOTE: obsolete: replaced by Set_Texture_No_LOD
+		void					Set_Texture_No_Mipmap(int pass,int stage,bool val);	// NOTE: obsolete: replaced by Set_Texture_No_LOD
+		void					Set_Texture_Clamp_U(int pass,int stage,bool val);
+		void					Set_Texture_Clamp_V(int pass,int stage,bool val);
+		void					Set_Texture_No_LOD(int pass,int stage,bool val);
+		void					Set_Texture_Alpha_Bitmap(int pass,int stage,bool val);
+		void					Set_Texture_Hint(int pass,int stage,int val);
+		void					Set_Texture_Display(int pass,int stage,bool val);
+		void					Set_Texture_Frame_Rate(int pass,int stage,float val);
+		void					Set_Texture_Frame_Count(int pass,int stage,int val);
+		void					Set_Texture_Anim_Type(int pass,int stage,int val);
+		void					Set_Texture(int pass,int stage,Texmap * tex);
+		void					Set_Displacement_Amount(float amount)					{ DisplacementAmt = amount; Notify_Changed (); }
+
+		void					Set_Map_Channel(int pass,int stage,int channel);
+
+		void					Notify_Changed(void);
+
+		// This returns the mapping args string buffer for that pass after
+		// assuring that it is at least of length 'len'.
+		char *				Get_Mapping_Arg_Buffer(int pass, int stage=0, unsigned int len = 0U);
+
+		int					pass_stage_to_texmap_index(int pass,int stage);
+		void					texmap_index_to_pass_stage(int index,int * set_pass,int * set_stage);
+
+		// Set and get the type of shader, PC or PS2.
+		// MLL
+		int					Get_Shader_Type()						{return (ShaderType);}
+		void					Set_Shader_Type(int shadertype)	{ShaderType = shadertype;}
+
+		// Approximate the PS2 shader on the PC.
+		int					Compute_PC_Shader_From_PS2_Shader(int pass);
+		int					Compute_PS2_Shader_From_PC_Shader(int pass);
+
+		// IML: Get/set substitute material.
+		Mtl*					Substitute_Material()				{return (SubstituteMaterial);}
+		void					Set_Substitute_Material (Mtl *m) {SubstituteMaterial = m;}
+
+private:
+
+		int					texture_ref_index(int pass,int stage)			{ return REF_TEXTURE + pass*W3dMaterialClass::MAX_STAGES + stage; }
+		int					pass_ref_index(int pass)							{ return REF_PASS_PARAMETERS + pass; }
+		
+		void					update_viewport_display();
+
+		// Do the shade functions specific to the Playstation 2.
+		void					ps2_shade(ShadeContext& sc);
+
+
+		unsigned int		SurfaceType;
+		int					SortLevel;
+
+		Interval				Ivalid;				// Valid interval		
+		GameMtlDlg *		MaterialDialog;	// Dialog
+		ULONG					Flags;				// Flags		
+		int					RollScroll;			// Rollup scroll position
+		int					CurPage[W3dMaterialClass::MAX_PASSES];		// which page was last open for each pass
+		
+		GameMapsClass *	Maps;					// ref 0 (obsolete...)
+		IParamBlock *		MainParameterBlock;
+		IParamBlock *		PassParameterBlock[W3dMaterialClass::MAX_PASSES];	
+		Texmap *				Texture[W3dMaterialClass::MAX_PASSES][W3dMaterialClass::MAX_STAGES];	
+		char *				MapperArg[W3dMaterialClass::MAX_PASSES][W3dMaterialClass::MAX_STAGES];
+		unsigned int		MapperArgLen[W3dMaterialClass::MAX_PASSES][W3dMaterialClass::MAX_STAGES];
+		Texmap *				DisplacementMap;
+		float					DisplacementAmt;
+
+		// MLL			
+		int					ShaderType;
+		enum 
+		{
+			REF_MAPS = 0,					// obsolete, gamemaps object
+			REF_MAIN	= 1,					// main parameter block is ref 1
+			REF_PASS_PARAMETERS = 2,	// pass parameter blocks are refs 2,3,4,5
+			REF_TEXTURE = 6,				// textures are refs 6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14 (14 is the displacement map)
+			REF_COUNT = 15
+		};
+
+		Mtl *SubstituteMaterial;		// IML: Temporary material used during game to standard material conversion and vice-versa.
+
+		friend class GameMtlDlg;
+		friend class GameMtlPostLoad;
+};
+
+Mtl * CreateGameMtl();
+
+#endif
+
+
+

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/genlodextensiondialog.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Max2W3D                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/genlodextensiondialog.cpp      $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *              Original Author:: Greg Hjelstrom                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                      $Author:: Greg_h                                                      $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 10/10/00 11:14a                                             $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 1                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   GenLodExtensionDialogClass::GenLodExtensionDialogClass -- Constructor                     *
+ *   GenLodExtensionDialogClass::~GenLodExtensionDialogClass -- Destructor                     *
+ *   GenLodExtensionDialogClass::Get_Options -- Presents the dialog, gets user input           *
+ *   GenLodExtensionDialogClass::Dialog_Proc -- Windows message handling                       *
+ *   _gen_lod_ext_dialog_proc -- windows dialog proc                                           *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#include "genlodextensiondialog.h"
+#include "dllmain.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+#include <Max.h>
+
+
+/**********************************************************************************************
+**
+** GenLodExtensionDialogClass Implementation
+**
+**********************************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GenLodExtensionDialogClass::GenLodExtensionDialogClass -- Constructor                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+GenLodExtensionDialogClass::GenLodExtensionDialogClass(Interface * maxinterface) :
+	Hwnd(NULL),
+	Options(NULL),
+	MaxInterface(maxinterface),
+	LodIndexSpin(NULL)
+{
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GenLodExtensionDialogClass::~GenLodExtensionDialogClass -- Destructor                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/10/2000 gth : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+GenLodExtensionDialogClass::~GenLodExtensionDialogClass(void)
+{
+	ReleaseISpinner(LodIndexSpin);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GenLodExtensionDialogClass::Get_Options -- Presents the dialog, gets user input             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/10/2000 gth : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool GenLodExtensionDialogClass::Get_Options(OptionsStruct * options)
+{
+	Options = options;
+
+	// Put up the options dialog box.
+	BOOL result = DialogBoxParam
+						(
+							AppInstance,
+							MAKEINTRESOURCE (IDD_GENERATE_LOD_EXTENSION_DIALOG),
+							MaxInterface->GetMAXHWnd(),
+							(DLGPROC) _gen_lod_ext_dialog_proc,
+							(LPARAM) this
+						);
+
+	if (result == TRUE) {
+		return true;
+	} else {
+		return false;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GenLodExtensionDialogClass::Dialog_Proc -- Windows message handling                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/10/2000 gth : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool GenLodExtensionDialogClass::Dialog_Proc(HWND hWnd,UINT message,WPARAM wParam,LPARAM)
+{
+	switch (message )	{
+
+		case WM_INITDIALOG:
+
+			// Setup the LOD spinner control.
+			LodIndexSpin = SetupIntSpinner
+			(
+				Hwnd,
+				IDC_LOD_INDEX_SPIN,
+				IDC_LOD_INDEX_EDIT,
+				MIN_LOD_INDEX,MAX_LOD_INDEX,INITIAL_LOD_INDEX
+			);
+			
+			return 1;
+
+		case WM_COMMAND:
+
+			switch (LOWORD(wParam))
+			{
+				case IDOK:
+					Options->LodIndex = LodIndexSpin->GetIVal();
+					EndDialog(Hwnd, 1);
+					break;
+
+				case IDCANCEL:
+					EndDialog(Hwnd, 0);
+					break;
+			}
+			return 1;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * _gen_lod_ext_dialog_proc -- windows dialog proc                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/10/2000 gth : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+static BOOL CALLBACK _gen_lod_ext_dialog_proc(HWND hwnd,UINT message,WPARAM wparam,LPARAM lparam)
+{
+	static GenLodExtensionDialogClass * dialog = NULL;
+
+	if (message == WM_INITDIALOG) {
+		dialog = (GenLodExtensionDialogClass *)lparam;
+		dialog->Hwnd = hwnd;
+	}
+
+	if (dialog) {
+		return dialog->Dialog_Proc(hwnd, message, wparam, lparam);
+	} else {
+		return FALSE;
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/genlodextensiondialog.h

@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Max2W3d                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/genlodextensiondialog.h        $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *              Original Author:: Greg Hjelstrom                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                      $Author:: Greg_h                                                      $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 10/10/00 11:14a                                             $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 1                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef GENLODEXTENSIONDIALOG_H
+#define GENLODEXTENSIONDIALOG_H
+
+#include <windows.h>
+
+class Interface;
+class ISpinnerControl;
+
+/**********************************************************************************************
+**
+** GenLodExtensionDialogClass - Dialog box for the LOD extension naming parameters
+**
+**********************************************************************************************/
+class GenLodExtensionDialogClass
+{
+public:
+
+	GenLodExtensionDialogClass(Interface * maxinterface);
+	~GenLodExtensionDialogClass();
+	
+	struct OptionsStruct
+	{
+		OptionsStruct(void) : LodIndex(0)
+		{ 
+		}
+		
+		// name options
+		int		LodIndex;
+	};
+
+	bool Get_Options(OptionsStruct * options);
+	bool Dialog_Proc(HWND hWnd,UINT message,WPARAM wParam,LPARAM);
+		
+private:
+
+	enum 
+	{
+		MIN_LOD_INDEX				= 0,
+		MAX_LOD_INDEX				= 99,
+		INITIAL_LOD_INDEX			= 0,
+	};
+
+	HWND								Hwnd;
+
+	OptionsStruct *				Options;
+	Interface *						MaxInterface;
+	ISpinnerControl *				LodIndexSpin;
+
+	friend BOOL CALLBACK			_gen_lod_ext_dialog_proc(HWND Hwnd,UINT message,WPARAM wParam,LPARAM lParam);
+
+};
+
+
+
+
+#endif //GENLODEXTENSIONDIALOG_H

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/genmtlnamesdialog.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Max2W3D                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/genmtlnamesdialog.cpp          $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *              Original Author:: Greg Hjelstrom                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                      $Author:: Greg_h                                                      $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 10/10/00 11:12a                                             $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 1                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   GenMtlNamesDialogClass::GenMtlNamesDialogClass -- Constructor                             *
+ *   GenMtlNamesDialogClass::~GenMtlNamesDialogClass -- Destructor                             *
+ *   GenMtlNamesDialogClass::Get_Options -- present the dialog, get user input                 *
+ *   GenMtlNamesDialogClass::Ok_To_Exit -- verify that the input is valid                      *
+ *   GenMtlNamesDialogClass::Dialog_Proc -- windows message handling                           *
+ *   _gen_mtl_names_dialog_proc -- windows dialog proc for GenMtlNamesDialog                   *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "genmtlnamesdialog.h"
+#include "dllmain.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+#include "w3d_file.h"
+#include <Max.h>
+
+static BOOL CALLBACK _gen_mtl_names_dialog_proc(HWND Hwnd,UINT message,WPARAM wParam,LPARAM lParam);
+
+
+/**********************************************************************************************
+**
+** GenMtlNamesDialogClass Implementation
+**
+**********************************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GenMtlNamesDialogClass::GenMtlNamesDialogClass -- Constructor                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+GenMtlNamesDialogClass::GenMtlNamesDialogClass(Interface * maxinterface) :
+	Hwnd(NULL),
+	Options(NULL),
+	MaxInterface(maxinterface),
+	NameIndexSpin(NULL)
+{
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GenMtlNamesDialogClass::~GenMtlNamesDialogClass -- Destructor                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/10/2000 gth : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+GenMtlNamesDialogClass::~GenMtlNamesDialogClass(void)
+{
+	ReleaseISpinner(NameIndexSpin);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GenMtlNamesDialogClass::Get_Options -- present the dialog, get user input                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ * options - pointer to structure to hold the user's input                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ * true - user pressed ok and the input is valid                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/10/2000 gth : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool GenMtlNamesDialogClass::Get_Options(OptionsStruct * options)
+{
+	Options = options;
+
+	// Put up the options dialog box.
+	BOOL result = DialogBoxParam
+						(
+							AppInstance,
+							MAKEINTRESOURCE (IDD_GENERATE_MTL_NAMES_DIALOG),
+							MaxInterface->GetMAXHWnd(),
+							(DLGPROC) _gen_mtl_names_dialog_proc,
+							(LPARAM) this
+						);
+
+	if (result == TRUE) {
+		return true;
+	} else {
+		return false;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GenMtlNamesDialogClass::Ok_To_Exit -- verify that the input is valid                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/10/2000 gth : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool GenMtlNamesDialogClass::Ok_To_Exit(void)
+{
+	// just check that the user entered a name
+	char buf[W3D_NAME_LEN];
+	GetWindowText(GetDlgItem(Hwnd,IDC_BASE_NAME_EDIT),buf,sizeof(buf));
+	
+	if (strlen(buf) == 0) {
+		MessageBox(Hwnd,"Please enter a root name to use.\n","Error",MB_OK);
+		return false;
+	} else {
+		return true;
+	}
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GenMtlNamesDialogClass::Dialog_Proc -- windows message handling                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/10/2000 gth : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool GenMtlNamesDialogClass::Dialog_Proc(HWND hWnd,UINT message,WPARAM wParam,LPARAM)
+{
+	switch (message )	{
+
+		case WM_INITDIALOG:
+
+			NameIndexSpin = SetupIntSpinner
+			(
+				Hwnd,
+				IDC_NAME_INDEX_SPIN,
+				IDC_NAME_INDEX_EDIT,
+				MIN_NAME_INDEX,MAX_NAME_INDEX,INITIAL_NAME_INDEX
+			);
+			
+			// limit the edit box characters
+			SendDlgItemMessage(Hwnd,IDC_BASE_NAME_EDIT,EM_LIMITTEXT,MAX_ROOT_NAME_LEN,0);
+
+			// set initial name to root of the filename
+			char buf[_MAX_FNAME];
+			_splitpath(MaxInterface->GetCurFileName(),NULL,NULL,buf,NULL);
+			buf[MAX_ROOT_NAME_LEN+1] = 0;
+			SetWindowText(GetDlgItem(Hwnd,IDC_BASE_NAME_EDIT),buf);
+
+			// init radio buttons
+			CheckDlgButton(Hwnd,IDC_AFFECT_ALL_RADIO,BST_UNCHECKED);
+			CheckDlgButton(Hwnd,IDC_AFFECT_SELECTED_RADIO,BST_CHECKED);
+		
+			return 1;
+
+		case WM_COMMAND:
+
+			switch (LOWORD(wParam))
+			{
+				case IDOK:
+					if (Ok_To_Exit()) {
+						// general options
+						Options->OnlyAffectSelected = (IsDlgButtonChecked(Hwnd,IDC_AFFECT_SELECTED_RADIO) == BST_CHECKED);
+						
+						// naming options
+						Options->NameIndex = NameIndexSpin->GetIVal();
+						GetWindowText(GetDlgItem(Hwnd,IDC_BASE_NAME_EDIT),Options->RootName,sizeof(Options->RootName));
+						
+						EndDialog(Hwnd, 1);
+					}
+					break;
+
+				case IDCANCEL:
+					EndDialog(Hwnd, 0);
+					break;
+
+			}
+			return 1;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * _gen_mtl_names_dialog_proc -- windows dialog proc for GenMtlNamesDialog                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/10/2000 gth : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+static BOOL CALLBACK _gen_mtl_names_dialog_proc(HWND hwnd,UINT message,WPARAM wparam,LPARAM lparam)
+{
+	static GenMtlNamesDialogClass * dialog = NULL;
+
+	if (message == WM_INITDIALOG) {
+		dialog = (GenMtlNamesDialogClass *)lparam;
+		dialog->Hwnd = hwnd;
+	}
+
+	if (dialog) {
+		return dialog->Dialog_Proc(hwnd, message, wparam, lparam);
+	} else {
+		return FALSE;
+	}
+}
+

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/genmtlnamesdialog.h

@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Max2W3d                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/genmtlnamesdialog.h            $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *              Original Author:: Greg Hjelstrom                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                      $Author:: Greg_h                                                      $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 10/10/00 11:12a                                             $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 1                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef GENMTLNAMESDIALOG_H
+#define GENMTLNAMESDIALOG_H
+
+#include <windows.h>
+
+class Interface;
+class ISpinnerControl;
+
+/**********************************************************************************************
+**
+** GenMtlNamesDialogClass - Dialog box for the material naming parameters
+**
+**********************************************************************************************/
+class GenMtlNamesDialogClass
+{
+public:
+
+	GenMtlNamesDialogClass(Interface * maxinterface);
+	~GenMtlNamesDialogClass();
+	
+	enum 
+	{
+		MAX_MATERIAL_NAME_LEN	= 32,
+		MIN_NAME_INDEX				= 0,
+		MAX_NAME_INDEX				= 999,
+		INITIAL_NAME_INDEX		= 0,
+		MAX_ROOT_NAME_LEN			= 28,
+	};
+
+	struct OptionsStruct
+	{
+		OptionsStruct(void) : OnlyAffectSelected(true), NameIndex(0)
+		{ 
+			memset(RootName,0,sizeof(RootName)); 
+		}
+		
+		// overall options		
+		bool		OnlyAffectSelected;
+
+		// name options
+		char		RootName[MAX_MATERIAL_NAME_LEN];
+		int		NameIndex;
+	};
+
+	bool Get_Options(OptionsStruct * options);
+	bool Dialog_Proc(HWND hWnd,UINT message,WPARAM wParam,LPARAM);
+	bool Ok_To_Exit(void);
+		
+private:
+
+	HWND								Hwnd;
+
+	OptionsStruct *				Options;
+	Interface *						MaxInterface;
+	ISpinnerControl *				NameIndexSpin;
+
+	friend BOOL CALLBACK _gen_mtl_names_dialog_proc(HWND hwnd,UINT message,WPARAM wparam,LPARAM lparam);
+
+};
+
+
+#endif //GENMTLNAMESDIALOG_H
+
+

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/gennamesdialog.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,357 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Max2W3D                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/gennamesdialog.cpp             $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *              Original Author:: Greg Hjelstrom                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                      $Author:: Greg_h                                                      $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 12/06/00 3:24p                                              $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 2                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   GenNamesDialogClass::GenNamesDialogClass -- Constructor                                   *
+ *   GenNamesDialogClass::~GenNamesDialogClass -- Destructor                                   *
+ *   GenNamesDialogClass::Get_Options -- Get_Options                                           *
+ *   GenNamesDialogClass::Ok_To_Exit -- verifies that the input is valid                       *
+ *   GenNamesDialogClass::Toggle_Name_Assignment -- toggles the controls related to name assig *
+ *   GenNamesDialogClass::Toggle_Collision_Bits_Assignment -- toggles the controls related to  *
+ *   GenNamesDialogClass::Dialog_Proc -- windows dialog proc                                   *
+ *   _gen_names_dialog_proc -- dialog proc that "thunks" to the class's dialog proc            *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#include "gennamesdialog.h"
+#include "dllmain.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+
+
+static BOOL CALLBACK _gen_names_dialog_proc(HWND Hwnd,UINT message,WPARAM wParam,LPARAM lParam);
+
+
+/**********************************************************************************************
+**
+** GenNamesDialogClass Implementation
+**
+**********************************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GenNamesDialogClass::GenNamesDialogClass -- Constructor                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+GenNamesDialogClass::GenNamesDialogClass(Interface * maxinterface) :
+	Hwnd(NULL),
+	Options(NULL),
+	MaxInterface(maxinterface),
+	NameIndexSpin(NULL)
+{
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GenNamesDialogClass::~GenNamesDialogClass -- Destructor                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/10/2000 gth : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+GenNamesDialogClass::~GenNamesDialogClass(void)
+{
+	ReleaseISpinner(NameIndexSpin);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GenNamesDialogClass::Get_Options -- Get_Options                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    presents the dialog to the user and records his selections into the passed-in options    *
+ *    structure.                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ * options - pointer to a OptionsStruct to store the users input in.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ * true - user pressed ok and entered valid input                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/10/2000 gth : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool GenNamesDialogClass::Get_Options(OptionsStruct * options)
+{
+	Options = options;
+
+	// Put up the options dialog box.
+	BOOL result = DialogBoxParam
+						(
+							AppInstance,
+							MAKEINTRESOURCE (IDD_GENERATE_NAMES_DIALOG),
+							MaxInterface->GetMAXHWnd(),
+							(DLGPROC) _gen_names_dialog_proc,
+							(LPARAM) this
+						);
+
+	if (result == TRUE) {
+		return true;
+	} else {
+		return false;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GenNamesDialogClass::Ok_To_Exit -- verifies that the input is valid                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ * true - dialog contains valid input                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/10/2000 gth : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool GenNamesDialogClass::Ok_To_Exit(void)
+{
+	if (IsDlgButtonChecked(Hwnd,IDC_ASSIGN_NAMES_CHECK) == BST_CHECKED) {
+
+		// just check that the user entered a name
+		char buf[W3D_NAME_LEN];
+		GetWindowText(GetDlgItem(Hwnd,IDC_BASE_NAME_EDIT),buf,sizeof(buf));
+		
+		if (strlen(buf) == 0) {
+			MessageBox(Hwnd,"Please enter a root name to use.\n","Error",MB_OK);
+			return false;
+		} else {
+			return true;
+		}
+	} 
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GenNamesDialogClass::Toggle_Name_Assignment -- toggles the controls related to name assignm *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/10/2000 gth : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GenNamesDialogClass::Toggle_Name_Assignment(void)
+{
+	bool onoff = (IsDlgButtonChecked(Hwnd,IDC_ASSIGN_NAMES_CHECK) == BST_CHECKED);
+	EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(Hwnd,IDC_BASE_NAME_EDIT),onoff);
+	EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(Hwnd,IDC_LOD_INDEX_EDIT),onoff);
+	EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(Hwnd,IDC_LOD_INDEX_SPIN),onoff);
+	EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(Hwnd,IDC_NAME_INDEX_EDIT),onoff);
+	EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(Hwnd,IDC_NAME_INDEX_SPIN),onoff);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GenNamesDialogClass::Toggle_Collision_Bits_Assignment -- toggles the controls related to co *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/10/2000 gth : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GenNamesDialogClass::Toggle_Collision_Bits_Assignment(void)
+{
+	bool onoff = (IsDlgButtonChecked(Hwnd,IDC_ASSIGN_COLLISION_BITS_CHECK) == BST_CHECKED);
+	EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(Hwnd,IDC_COLLISION_PHYSICAL),onoff);
+	EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(Hwnd,IDC_COLLISION_PROJECTILE),onoff);
+	EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(Hwnd,IDC_COLLISION_VIS),onoff);
+	EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(Hwnd,IDC_COLLISION_CAMERA),onoff);
+	EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(Hwnd,IDC_COLLISION_VEHICLE),onoff);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GenNamesDialogClass::Dialog_Proc -- windows dialog proc                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/10/2000 gth : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool GenNamesDialogClass::Dialog_Proc(HWND hWnd,UINT message,WPARAM wParam,LPARAM)
+{
+	switch (message )	{
+
+		case WM_INITDIALOG:
+
+			NameIndexSpin = SetupIntSpinner
+			(
+				Hwnd,
+				IDC_NAME_INDEX_SPIN,
+				IDC_NAME_INDEX_EDIT,
+				MIN_NAME_INDEX,MAX_NAME_INDEX,INITIAL_NAME_INDEX
+			);
+			
+			// limit the base name edit box to 10 characters
+			SendDlgItemMessage(Hwnd,IDC_BASE_NAME_EDIT,EM_LIMITTEXT,MAX_ROOT_NAME_LEN,0);
+
+			// limit the suffix and prefix edit boxes
+			SendDlgItemMessage(Hwnd,IDC_PREFIX_EDIT,EM_LIMITTEXT,MAX_PREFIX_LEN,0);
+			SendDlgItemMessage(Hwnd,IDC_SUFFIX_EDIT,EM_LIMITTEXT,MAX_SUFFIX_LEN,0);
+
+			// set initial name to root of the filename
+			char buf[_MAX_FNAME];
+			_splitpath(MaxInterface->GetCurFileName(),NULL,NULL,buf,NULL);
+			buf[MAX_ROOT_NAME_LEN+1] = 0;
+			SetWindowText(GetDlgItem(Hwnd,IDC_BASE_NAME_EDIT),buf);
+
+			// init radio buttons
+			CheckDlgButton(Hwnd,IDC_AFFECT_ALL_RADIO,BST_UNCHECKED);
+			CheckDlgButton(Hwnd,IDC_AFFECT_SELECTED_RADIO,BST_CHECKED);
+		
+			// init the check boxes
+			CheckDlgButton(Hwnd,IDC_ASSIGN_NAMES_CHECK,BST_CHECKED);
+			CheckDlgButton(Hwnd,IDC_ASSIGN_PREFIX_CHECK,BST_UNCHECKED);
+			CheckDlgButton(Hwnd,IDC_ASSIGN_SUFFIX_CHECK,BST_UNCHECKED);
+			CheckDlgButton(Hwnd,IDC_ASSIGN_COLLISION_BITS_CHECK,BST_CHECKED);
+			CheckDlgButton(Hwnd,IDC_COLLISION_PHYSICAL,BST_CHECKED);
+			CheckDlgButton(Hwnd,IDC_COLLISION_PROJECTILE,BST_CHECKED);
+			CheckDlgButton(Hwnd,IDC_COLLISION_VIS,BST_CHECKED);
+			CheckDlgButton(Hwnd,IDC_COLLISION_CAMERA,BST_CHECKED);
+			CheckDlgButton(Hwnd,IDC_COLLISION_VEHICLE,BST_CHECKED);
+			return 1;
+
+		case WM_COMMAND:
+
+			switch (LOWORD(wParam))
+			{
+				case IDOK:
+					if (Ok_To_Exit()) {
+						// general options
+						Options->AssignNames = (IsDlgButtonChecked(Hwnd,IDC_ASSIGN_NAMES_CHECK) == BST_CHECKED);
+						Options->AssignPrefix = (IsDlgButtonChecked(Hwnd,IDC_ASSIGN_PREFIX_CHECK) == BST_CHECKED);
+						Options->AssignSuffix = (IsDlgButtonChecked(Hwnd,IDC_ASSIGN_SUFFIX_CHECK) == BST_CHECKED);
+						Options->AssignCollisionBits = (IsDlgButtonChecked(Hwnd,IDC_ASSIGN_COLLISION_BITS_CHECK) == BST_CHECKED);
+						Options->OnlyAffectSelected = (IsDlgButtonChecked(Hwnd,IDC_AFFECT_SELECTED_RADIO) == BST_CHECKED);
+						
+						// naming options
+						Options->NameIndex = NameIndexSpin->GetIVal();
+						GetWindowText(GetDlgItem(Hwnd,IDC_BASE_NAME_EDIT),Options->RootName,sizeof(Options->RootName));
+						GetWindowText(GetDlgItem(Hwnd,IDC_PREFIX_EDIT),Options->PrefixName,sizeof(Options->PrefixName));
+						GetWindowText(GetDlgItem(Hwnd,IDC_SUFFIX_EDIT),Options->SuffixName,sizeof(Options->SuffixName));
+						
+						// collision options
+						Options->PhysicalCollision = (IsDlgButtonChecked(Hwnd,IDC_COLLISION_PHYSICAL) == BST_CHECKED);
+						Options->ProjectileCollision = (IsDlgButtonChecked(Hwnd,IDC_COLLISION_PROJECTILE) == BST_CHECKED);
+						Options->VisCollision = (IsDlgButtonChecked(Hwnd,IDC_COLLISION_VIS) == BST_CHECKED);
+						Options->CameraCollision = (IsDlgButtonChecked(Hwnd,IDC_COLLISION_CAMERA) == BST_CHECKED);
+						Options->VehicleCollision = (IsDlgButtonChecked(Hwnd,IDC_COLLISION_VEHICLE) == BST_CHECKED);
+						EndDialog(Hwnd, 1);
+					}
+					break;
+
+				case IDCANCEL:
+					EndDialog(Hwnd, 0);
+					break;
+
+				case IDC_ASSIGN_NAMES_CHECK:
+					Toggle_Name_Assignment();
+					break;
+
+				case IDC_ASSIGN_PREFIX_CHECK:
+					EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(Hwnd,IDC_PREFIX_EDIT),(IsDlgButtonChecked(Hwnd,IDC_ASSIGN_SUFFIX_CHECK) == BST_CHECKED));
+					break;
+
+				case IDC_ASSIGN_SUFFIX_CHECK:
+					EnableWindow(GetDlgItem(Hwnd,IDC_SUFFIX_EDIT),(IsDlgButtonChecked(Hwnd,IDC_ASSIGN_SUFFIX_CHECK) == BST_CHECKED));
+					break;
+
+				case IDC_ASSIGN_COLLISION_BITS_CHECK:
+					Toggle_Collision_Bits_Assignment();
+					break;
+			}
+			return 1;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * _gen_names_dialog_proc -- dialog proc that "thunks" to the class's dialog proc              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/10/2000 gth : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+static BOOL CALLBACK _gen_names_dialog_proc(HWND hwnd,UINT message,WPARAM wparam,LPARAM lparam)
+{
+	static GenNamesDialogClass * dialog = NULL;
+
+	if (message == WM_INITDIALOG) {
+		dialog = (GenNamesDialogClass *)lparam;
+		dialog->Hwnd = hwnd;
+	}
+
+	if (dialog) {
+		return dialog->Dialog_Proc(hwnd, message, wparam, lparam);
+	} else {
+		return FALSE;
+	}
+}
+
+

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/gennamesdialog.h

@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Max2W3D                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/gennamesdialog.h               $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *              Original Author:: Greg Hjelstrom                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                      $Author:: Greg_h                                                      $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 12/06/00 3:25p                                              $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 2                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#include <Max.h>
+#include "w3d_file.h"
+
+
+/**********************************************************************************************
+**
+** GenNamesDialogClass - Dialog box for the node naming parameters
+**
+**********************************************************************************************/
+class GenNamesDialogClass
+{
+public:
+
+	GenNamesDialogClass(Interface * maxinterface);
+	~GenNamesDialogClass();
+	
+	struct OptionsStruct
+	{
+		OptionsStruct(void) : OnlyAffectSelected(false), NameIndex(0), AssignCollisionBits(false) 
+		{ 
+			memset(RootName,0,sizeof(RootName)); 
+			memset(PrefixName,0,sizeof(PrefixName));
+			memset(SuffixName,0,sizeof(SuffixName));
+		}
+		
+		// overall options		
+		bool		AssignNames;				
+		bool		AssignPrefix;				
+		bool		AssignSuffix;
+		bool		AssignCollisionBits;
+		bool		OnlyAffectSelected;
+
+		// name options
+		char		RootName[W3D_NAME_LEN];
+		char		PrefixName[W3D_NAME_LEN];
+		char		SuffixName[W3D_NAME_LEN];
+		int		NameIndex;
+
+		// collision bit options
+		bool		PhysicalCollision;
+		bool		ProjectileCollision;
+		bool		VisCollision;
+		bool		CameraCollision;
+		bool		VehicleCollision;
+	};
+
+	bool Get_Options(OptionsStruct * options);
+	bool Dialog_Proc(HWND hWnd,UINT message,WPARAM wParam,LPARAM);
+	bool Ok_To_Exit(void);
+	void Toggle_Collision_Bits_Assignment(void);
+	void Toggle_Name_Assignment(void);
+		
+private:
+
+	enum 
+	{
+		MIN_NAME_INDEX				= 0,
+		MAX_NAME_INDEX				= 999,
+		INITIAL_NAME_INDEX		= 0,
+		MAX_ROOT_NAME_LEN			= 10,
+		MAX_PREFIX_LEN				= 3,
+		MAX_SUFFIX_LEN				= 3,
+	};
+
+	HWND								Hwnd;
+
+	OptionsStruct *				Options;
+	Interface *						MaxInterface;
+	ISpinnerControl *				NameIndexSpin;
+
+	friend BOOL CALLBACK			_gen_names_dialog_proc(HWND Hwnd,UINT message,WPARAM wParam,LPARAM lParam);
+
+};
+

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/geometryexportcontext.h

@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Max2W3D                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/geometryexportcontext.h        $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *              Original Author:: Greg Hjelstrom                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                      $Author:: Greg_h                                                      $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 10/19/00 11:32a                                             $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 1                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#ifndef GEOMETRYEXPORTCONTEXT_H
+#define GEOMETRYEXPORTCONTEXT_H
+
+#include <Max.h>
+
+class ChunkSaveClass;
+class MaxWorldInfoClass;
+class HierarchySaveClass;
+class INodeListClass;
+class Progress_Meter_Class;
+struct W3dExportOptionsStruct;
+
+ 
+/**
+** ExportContextClass
+** This class encapsulates a bunch of datastructures needed during the geometry export
+** process. 
+** NOTE: The user must plug in a valid ProgressMeter before each export operation.
+*/
+class GeometryExportContextClass
+{
+public:
+	GeometryExportContextClass(	char * model_name,
+											ChunkSaveClass & csave,
+											MaxWorldInfoClass & world_info,
+											W3dExportOptionsStruct & options,
+											HierarchySaveClass * htree,
+											INode * origin,
+											INodeListClass * origin_list,
+											TimeValue curtime,
+											unsigned int *materialColors
+										) :
+		CSave(csave),
+		WorldInfo(world_info),
+		Options(options),
+		CurTime(curtime),
+		HTree(htree),
+		OriginList(origin_list),
+		Origin(origin),
+		OriginTransform(1),
+		ProgressMeter(NULL),
+		materialColors(materialColors),
+		numMaterialColors(0),
+		numHouseColors(0),
+		materialColorTexture(NULL)
+	{
+		ModelName = strdup(model_name);
+		OriginTransform = Origin->GetNodeTM(CurTime);
+	}
+	
+	~GeometryExportContextClass(void)
+	{
+		delete[] ModelName;
+	}
+
+	char *							ModelName;
+	ChunkSaveClass &				CSave;
+	MaxWorldInfoClass &			WorldInfo;
+	W3dExportOptionsStruct &	Options;
+	TimeValue						CurTime;
+	HierarchySaveClass *			HTree;
+	INodeListClass *				OriginList;
+
+	INode *							Origin;
+	Matrix3							OriginTransform;
+	Progress_Meter_Class	*		ProgressMeter;
+	unsigned int *					materialColors;	///MW: holds all used material colors.
+	int								numMaterialColors;	///MW: number of used material colors.
+	int								numHouseColors;		///MW: number of used house colors
+	char	*						materialColorTexture; //MW: texture to hold material colors
+};
+
+
+
+#endif //GEOMETRYEXPORTCONTEXT_H
+

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/geometryexporttask.h

@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Max2W3d                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/geometryexporttask.h           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *              Original Author:: Greg Hjelstrom                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                      $Author:: Greg_h                                                      $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 10/27/00 5:00p                                              $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 6                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef GEOMETRYEXPORTTASK_H
+#define GEOMETRYEXPORTTASK_H
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include <Max.h>
+#include "w3d_file.h"
+#include "vector.h"
+
+
+class GeometryExportContextClass;
+
+
+/**
+** GeometryExportTaskClass
+** This abstract base class defines the interface for a geometry export task.
+** Derived classes will encapsulate the job of exporting meshes, collision
+** boxes, dazzles, etc.  The factory function Create_Task will create the 
+** appropriate task for a given INode.
+*/
+class GeometryExportTaskClass
+{
+public:
+
+	GeometryExportTaskClass(INode * node,GeometryExportContextClass & context);
+	GeometryExportTaskClass(const GeometryExportTaskClass & that);
+	virtual ~GeometryExportTaskClass(void);
+
+	virtual void							Export_Geometry(GeometryExportContextClass & context) = 0;
+
+	/*
+	** Accessors
+	*/
+	char *									Get_Name(void)								{ return Name; }
+	char *									Get_Container_Name(void)				{ return ContainerName; }
+	void										Get_Full_Name(char * buffer,int size);
+
+	int										Get_Bone_Index(void)						{ return BoneIndex; }
+	INode *									Get_Object_Node(void)					{ return Node; }
+	Matrix3									Get_Export_Transform(void)				{ return ExportSpace; }
+
+	void										Set_Name(char * name)					{ strncpy(Name,name,sizeof(Name)); }
+	void										Set_Container_Name(char * name)		{ strncpy(ContainerName,name,sizeof(ContainerName)); }
+	/*
+	** Unique Name generation. During optimization, new meshes may get created.  When this happens,
+	** we have to create a unique name for each one.  The name will be generated from the original
+	** mesh's name, the index passed in, and the LOD level of the original mesh.
+	*/
+	void										Generate_Name(char * root,int index,GeometryExportContextClass & context);
+
+
+	/*
+	** Get vertex normal.  This function should return the normal of a vertex at the
+	** specified x,y,z and smoothing_group if one exists.  It is used in the algorithm which
+	** smooths the vertex normals on the boundaries of meshes.
+	*/
+	virtual Point3							Get_Shared_Vertex_Normal(const Point3 & world_space_point,int smgroup) { return Point3(0,0,0); }
+
+	/*
+	** Aggregate Model Detection.  An "aggregate" is an external W3D model that we are requesting
+	** to be attached to a bone in the model being exported.  In order for our LOD system to work 
+	** properly, some special handling of aggregates is required (they must be added into the model
+	** as "additional models" rather than being placed in the normal LOD arrays).  This virtual
+	** can be used to detect "aggregate" models.
+	*/
+	virtual bool							Is_Aggregate(void)						{ return false; }
+	
+	/*
+	** Proxy Detection. A "proxy" is a reference (by name) to an external game object that should
+	** be instantiated at the specified transform.  Like the aggregates, these had to unfortunately
+	** be handled with special cases and therefore have this virtual function devoted solely to them.
+	*/
+	virtual bool							Is_Proxy(void)								{ return false; }
+
+	/*
+	** Virtual Constructor
+	*/
+	static GeometryExportTaskClass *	Create_Task(INode * node,GeometryExportContextClass & context);
+
+	/*
+	** Pre-Export Optimization of a set of geometry export tasks.  This does things like
+	** separating multi-material meshes, combining small meshes which are nearby and use the
+	** same material, etc.
+	*/
+	static void Optimize_Geometry(	DynamicVectorClass<GeometryExportTaskClass *> & tasks,
+												GeometryExportContextClass & context	);
+
+protected:
+
+	/*
+	** Internal RTTI
+	*/
+	enum 
+	{
+		MESH							= 0,
+		COLLISIONBOX,
+		DAZZLE,
+		NULLOBJ,
+		AGGREGATE,
+		PROXY,
+	};
+	virtual int	Get_Geometry_Type(void) = 0;
+			
+protected:
+	
+	char					Name[W3D_NAME_LEN];
+	char					ContainerName[W3D_NAME_LEN];
+	int					BoneIndex;
+	
+	Matrix3				ExportSpace;
+	TimeValue			CurTime;
+	INode *				Node;
+};
+
+
+
+#endif //GEOMETRYEXPORTTASK_H
+

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/gridsnapmodifier.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,282 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Max2W3d                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/gridsnapmodifier.cpp           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *              Original Author:: Greg Hjelstrom                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                      $Author:: Greg_h                                                      $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 5/01/01 8:29p                                               $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 1                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+
+#include "Max.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+#include "simpmod.h"
+#include "dllmain.h"
+#include "iparamb2.h"
+
+
+/*
+
+  WARNING WARNING WARNING PLEASE READ - This modifier was an experiment to see if we could
+  solve cracks in adjacent meshes by snapping to a world-space grid.  It didn't work for a
+  few reasons:
+  - I couldn't implement the world space snapping; the SimpleMod code seems to always force
+  you to work relative to each object.
+  - Snapping to a grid won't always snap vertices to the same grid.  The probability that
+  it will work is a function of the distance between the points and the grid spacing
+
+*/
+
+
+
+#define GRIDSNAPMOD_CLASSID Class_ID(0x7a2d399b, 0x1e3d2004)
+
+
+/**
+** GridSnapModifierClass
+** This modifier will snap all vertices in the geometry being modified to a grid.  Its motivation is to 
+** try to help solve the problem of cracks between adjacent meshes in Renegade levels.  This will work
+** a lot better if the objects have reset-transforms prior to being processed by this modifier.
+*/
+class GridSnapModifierClass : public SimpleMod2 
+{	
+public:
+
+	GridSnapModifierClass();
+
+	// From Animatable
+	void DeleteThis()																			{ delete this; }
+	void GetClassName(TSTR& s)																{ s = Get_String(IDS_GRIDSNAPMODIFIER); }  
+	virtual Class_ID ClassID()																{ return GRIDSNAPMOD_CLASSID; }		
+	void BeginEditParams( IObjParam  *ip, ULONG flags,Animatable *prev);
+	void EndEditParams( IObjParam *ip,ULONG flags,Animatable *next);
+	RefTargetHandle Clone(RemapDir& remap = NoRemap());
+	TCHAR *GetObjectName()																	{ return Get_String(IDS_GRIDSNAPMODIFIER);}
+	IOResult Load(ILoad *iload);
+
+	// Direct paramblock access
+	int	NumParamBlocks()																	{ return 1; }	
+	IParamBlock2* GetParamBlock(int i)													{ return pblock2; }
+	IParamBlock2* GetParamBlockByID(BlockID id)										{ return (pblock2->ID() == id) ? pblock2 : NULL; }
+
+	// From simple mod
+	Deformer& GetDeformer(TimeValue t,ModContext &mc,Matrix3& mat,Matrix3& invmat);		
+	Interval GetValidity(TimeValue t);
+
+	//RefTargetHandle GetReference(int i)
+	//void SetReference(int i,RefTargetHandle rtar)
+	//Animatable * SubAnim(int i)
+};
+
+/**
+** GridSnapDeformerClass
+** This is the callback object used by GridSnapModifierClass to implement the actual geometry changes.  This
+** architecture is required by the SimpleMod base-class.  This Deformer simply snaps vertex positions
+** to the grid defined by its parameters.
+*/
+class GridSnapDeformerClass : public Deformer
+{
+public:
+	GridSnapDeformerClass(void) : GridDimension(0.001f) {}
+		
+	void		Set_Grid_Dimension(float grid_dim)		{ GridDimension = grid_dim; }
+	float		Get_Grid_Dimension(void)					{ return GridDimension; }
+	
+	void		Set_Matrices(const Matrix3 & tm,const Matrix3 & invtm)	{ Transform = tm; InvTransform = invtm; }
+
+	virtual Point3 Map(int i,Point3 p)
+	{
+		p = p*Transform;
+		p.x = floor(p.x / GridDimension) * GridDimension;
+		p.y = floor(p.y / GridDimension) * GridDimension;
+		p.z = floor(p.z / GridDimension) * GridDimension;
+		p = p*InvTransform;
+
+		return p;
+	}
+
+private:
+	float		GridDimension;
+	Matrix3	Transform;
+	Matrix3	InvTransform;
+};
+
+
+/** 
+** GridSnapModifier Class Descriptor
+** This object "links" the plugin into Max's plugin system.  It links the Class-ID to a virtual construction
+** method.  The function Get_Grid_Snap_Modifier_Desc is the only hook to external code.
+*/
+class GridSnapModifierClassDesc:public ClassDesc2 
+{
+public:
+	int 				IsPublic()											{ return 1; }
+	void *			Create(BOOL loading = FALSE)					{ return new GridSnapModifierClass; }
+	const TCHAR *	ClassName()											{ return _T("Grid Snap Modifier"); }
+	SClass_ID		SuperClassID()										{ return OSM_CLASS_ID; }
+	Class_ID			ClassID()											{ return GRIDSNAPMOD_CLASSID; }
+	const TCHAR* 	Category()											{ return _T("Westwood Modifiers");}
+	HINSTANCE		HInstance()											{ return AppInstance; }
+	const TCHAR *	InternalName()										{ return _T("Westwood GridSnap"); }
+};
+
+static GridSnapModifierClassDesc _GridSnapModifierDesc;
+
+ClassDesc* Get_Grid_Snap_Modifier_Desc(void) 
+{	
+	return &_GridSnapModifierDesc; 
+}
+
+
+/*
+** ParamBlock2 Setup
+*/
+enum 
+{
+	GSM_PARAMS = 0,
+};
+
+enum 
+{
+	GSM_PARAM_GRIDDIMENSION = 0,	
+};
+
+static ParamBlockDesc2 _GridSnapParamBlockDesc
+(
+	// parameter block settings
+	GSM_PARAMS,_T("GridSnap Parameters"), 0, &_GridSnapModifierDesc, P_AUTO_CONSTRUCT + P_AUTO_UI, SIMPMOD_PBLOCKREF,
+	
+	// dialog box
+	IDD_GRIDSNAP_PARAMS, IDS_GRIDSNAP_TITLE, 0, 0, NULL,
+	
+	// parameters
+	GSM_PARAM_GRIDDIMENSION, _T("Grid Dimension"), TYPE_FLOAT, P_RESET_DEFAULT, IDS_GRID_DIMENSION,
+		p_default,		0.001f,
+		p_range,			0.0001f, 10.0f,
+		p_ui,				TYPE_SPINNER, EDITTYPE_FLOAT, IDC_GRIDDIM_EDIT, IDC_GRIDDIM_SPIN, 0.0001f,
+		end,
+
+	end
+);
+
+
+/********************************************************************************************
+**
+** GridSnapModifierClass Implementation
+**
+********************************************************************************************/
+
+GridSnapModifierClass::GridSnapModifierClass()
+{
+	// create the parameter block, storing in the base-class's pblock variable
+	_GridSnapModifierDesc.MakeAutoParamBlocks(this);
+	assert(pblock2);
+}
+
+void GridSnapModifierClass::BeginEditParams( IObjParam  *ip, ULONG flags,Animatable *prev)
+{
+	this->ip = ip;
+
+	SimpleMod2::BeginEditParams(ip,flags,prev);
+	_GridSnapModifierDesc.BeginEditParams(ip, this, flags, prev);
+}
+
+void GridSnapModifierClass::EndEditParams( IObjParam *ip,ULONG flags,Animatable *next)
+{
+	SimpleMod2::EndEditParams(ip,flags,next);
+	_GridSnapModifierDesc.EndEditParams(ip, this, flags, next);
+
+	this->ip = NULL;
+}
+
+RefTargetHandle GridSnapModifierClass::Clone(RemapDir& remap)
+{
+	GridSnapModifierClass * newmod = new GridSnapModifierClass();	
+	newmod->ReplaceReference(SIMPMOD_PBLOCKREF,pblock2->Clone(remap));
+	newmod->SimpleModClone(this);
+	return(newmod);
+}
+
+IOResult GridSnapModifierClass::Load(ILoad *iload)
+{
+	Modifier::Load(iload);
+	return IO_OK;
+}
+
+Deformer& GridSnapModifierClass::GetDeformer(TimeValue t,ModContext &mc,Matrix3& mat,Matrix3& invmat)
+{
+	float dimension = 0.0f; Interval valid = FOREVER;
+	pblock2->GetValue(GSM_PARAM_GRIDDIMENSION, t, dimension, FOREVER);
+
+	static GridSnapDeformerClass deformer;
+	deformer.Set_Grid_Dimension(dimension);
+	deformer.Set_Matrices(mat,invmat);
+	return deformer;
+}
+
+Interval GridSnapModifierClass::GetValidity(TimeValue t)
+{
+	float f;	
+	Interval valid = FOREVER;
+	pblock2->GetValue(GSM_PARAM_GRIDDIMENSION, t, f, valid);
+	return valid;
+}
+
+RefTargetHandle SimpleMod2::GetReference(int i)
+{
+	switch (i) {
+		case 0: return tmControl;
+		case 1: return posControl;
+		case 2: return pblock2;
+		default: return NULL;
+	}
+}
+
+void SimpleMod2::SetReference(int i,RefTargetHandle rtarg)
+{
+	switch (i) {
+		case 0: tmControl = (Control*)rtarg; break;
+		case 1: posControl = (Control*)rtarg; break;
+		case 2: pblock2 = (IParamBlock2*)rtarg; break;
+	}
+}
+
+Animatable * SimpleMod2::SubAnim(int i)
+{
+	switch (i) {
+		case 0: return posControl;
+		case 1: return tmControl;
+		case 2: return pblock2;		
+		default: return NULL;
+	}
+}

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/gridsnapmodifier.h

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Max2W3d                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/gridsnapmodifier.h             $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *              Original Author:: Greg Hjelstrom                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                      $Author:: Greg_h                                                      $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 5/01/01 5:56p                                               $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 1                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef GRIDSNAPMODIFIER_H
+#define GRIDSNAPMODIFIER_H
+
+class ClassDesc;
+
+ClassDesc * Get_Grid_Snap_Modifier_Desc(void);
+
+
+#endif //GRIDSNAPMODIFIER_H

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/hiersave.h

@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/hiersave.h 29    10/26/00 5:59p Greg_h $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***                            Confidential - Westwood Studios                              *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Commando / G 3D Engine                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/hiersave.h                     $* 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                      $Author:: Greg_h                                                      $* 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                     $Modtime:: 10/26/00 5:09p                                              $* 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    $Revision:: 29                                                          $* 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef HIERSAVE_H
+#define HIERSAVE_H
+
+#include "always.h"
+
+#include <Max.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifndef W3D_FILE_H
+#include "w3d_file.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PROGRESS_H
+#include "progress.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef CHUNKIO_H
+#include "chunkio.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NODELIST_H
+#include "nodelist.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef VECTOR_H
+#include "vector.h"
+#endif
+
+
+
+struct HierarchyNodeStruct
+{
+	INode *					MaxNode;
+	W3dPivotStruct			Pivot;
+	W3dPivotFixupStruct	Fixup;
+
+	bool operator == (const HierarchyNodeStruct & that) { return false; }
+	bool operator != (const HierarchyNodeStruct & that) { return !(*this == that); }
+};
+
+
+class HierarchySaveClass
+{
+
+public:
+
+	enum {
+		MATRIX_FIXUP_NONE = 0,
+		MATRIX_FIXUP_TRANS = 1,
+		MATRIX_FIXUP_TRANS_ROT = 2
+	};
+
+	HierarchySaveClass();
+	
+	HierarchySaveClass(
+					INode *						root,
+					TimeValue					time,
+					Progress_Meter_Class &	treemeter,
+					char *						hname,
+					int							fixup_type = MATRIX_FIXUP_NONE,
+					HierarchySaveClass *		fixuptree = NULL);
+
+	HierarchySaveClass(
+					INodeListClass *			rootlist,
+					TimeValue					time,
+					Progress_Meter_Class &	treemeter,
+					char *						hname,
+					int							fixup_type = MATRIX_FIXUP_NONE,
+					HierarchySaveClass *		fixuptree = NULL,
+					const Matrix3 &			origin_offset = Matrix3(1));
+
+	~HierarchySaveClass();
+
+	bool				Save(ChunkSaveClass & csave);
+	bool				Load(ChunkLoadClass & cload);
+	int				Num_Nodes(void) const { return CurNode; }
+	const char *	Get_Name(void) const;
+	const char *	Get_Node_Name(int node) const;
+	
+	// get ahold of the max inode
+	INode *			Get_Node(int node) const;
+
+	// Returns the node's transform from object to world space
+	Matrix3			Get_Node_Transform(int node) const;
+
+	// Returns the node's transform relative to its parent
+	Matrix3			Get_Node_Relative_Transform(int node) const { return get_relative_transform(node); }
+
+	// Get the fixup matrix for the given pivot (always applied to the *relative* transform)
+	Matrix3			Get_Fixup_Transform(int node) const;
+
+	// Finds a node by name
+	int				Find_Named_Node(const char * name) const;
+
+	// Get the coordinate system to use when exporting the given INode.  Note that this
+	// function takes into account the multiple skeletons present when exporting LOD models.
+	void				Get_Export_Coordinate_System(INode * node,int * set_bone_index,INode ** set_bone_node,Matrix3 * set_transform);
+
+	// Turning on terrian mode will cause all HTrees to force all normal meshes to be
+	// attached to the RootTransform regardless of the status of their 'Export_Transform' flag
+	static void		Enable_Terrain_Optimization(bool onoff)	{ TerrainModeEnabled = onoff; }
+
+private:
+
+	enum { MAX_PIVOTS = 4096, DEFAULT_NODE_ARRAY_SIZE = 512, NODE_ARRAY_GROWTH_SIZE = 32 };
+
+	TimeValue				CurTime;									
+	W3dHierarchyStruct	HierarchyHeader;
+	DynamicVectorClass<HierarchyNodeStruct> Node;
+	int						CurNode;
+	int						FixupType;
+	Matrix3					OriginOffsetTransform;				// this transform makes a node relative to the origin
+	HierarchySaveClass *	FixupTree;
+
+	static bool				TerrainModeEnabled;
+
+	void	add_tree(INode * node,int pidx);
+	int	add_node(INode * node,int pidx);
+
+	bool	save_header(ChunkSaveClass & csave);
+	bool	save_pivots(ChunkSaveClass & csave);
+	bool	save_fixups(ChunkSaveClass & csave);
+
+	bool	load_header(ChunkLoadClass & cload);
+	bool	load_pivots(ChunkLoadClass & cload);
+	bool	load_fixups(ChunkLoadClass & cload);
+
+	Matrix3	get_relative_transform(int nodeidx) const;
+	Matrix3	fixup_matrix(const Matrix3 & src) const;
+	void	 	Free(void);
+};
+
+#endif /*HIERSAVE_H*/

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/hlodsave.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,426 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Renegade / G                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/hlodsave.cpp                   $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                      $Author:: Greg_h                                                      $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 11/07/00 5:24p                                              $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 9                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *    -- The constructor builds the whole HLOD tree in a                                       *
+ *    -- Destructor blows away the dynamic memory we used.                                     *
+ *    -- Method called when saving to a W3D file. Saves the chunks                             *
+ *    -- Write the header                                                                      *
+ *    -- Writes each LOD                                                                       *
+ *    -- Writes the mesh to bone connectivity info for each mesh in an LOD.                    *
+ *   HLodSaveClass::save_aggregate_array -- save the aggregates (if any)                       *
+ *   HLodSaveClass::save_proxy_array -- save the array of proxies (if any)                     *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#include "hlodsave.h"
+#include "meshcon.h"
+#include "errclass.h"
+#include "util.h"
+#include "w3dappdata.h"
+#include "wwmath.h"	// NO_MAX_SCREEN_SIZE
+#include "exportlog.h"
+
+
+
+/* Behold, the applicable snippets of code from w3d_file.h that are applicable to this module!
+
+	W3D_CHUNK_HLOD										=0x00000700,	// description of an HLod object (see HLodClass)
+		W3D_CHUNK_HLOD_HEADER,											// general information such as name and version
+		W3D_CHUNK_HLOD_LOD_ARRAY,										// wrapper around the array of objects for each level of detail
+			W3D_CHUNK_HLOD_LOD_ARRAY_HEADER,							// info on the objects in this level of detail array
+			W3D_CHUNK_HLOD_SUB_OBJECT,									// an object in this level of detail array
+
+struct W3dHLodHeaderStruct
+{
+	uint32					Version;
+	uint32					LodCount;
+	char						Name[W3D_NAME_LEN];
+	char						HierarchyName[W3D_NAME_LEN];		// name of the hierarchy tree to use (\0 if none)
+};
+
+struct W3dHLodArrayHeaderStruct
+{
+	uint32					ModelCount;
+	float32					MaxScreenSize;		// if model is bigger than this, switch to higher lod.
+};
+
+struct W3dHLodSubObjectStruct
+{
+	uint32					BoneIndex;
+	char						Name[W3D_NAME_LEN*2];
+};
+*/
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HLodSaveClass -- The constructor builds the whole HLOD tree in a form suitable for saving   *
+ *  to a W3D file.                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   9/14/1999  AJA : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+HLodSaveClass::HLodSaveClass (MeshConnectionsClass **connections, int lod_count, TimeValue CurTime,
+										char *name, const char *htree_name, Progress_Meter_Class &meter,
+										INodeListClass *origin_list)
+:	lod_array(NULL)
+{
+	/*
+	** Fill in the W3dHLodHeaderStruct
+	*/
+	header.Version = W3D_CURRENT_HLOD_VERSION;
+	header.LodCount = lod_count;
+	Set_W3D_Name(header.Name, name);
+	Set_W3D_Name(header.HierarchyName, htree_name);
+	ExportLog::printf("\nExporting HLOD object: %s\n",header.Name);
+	ExportLog::printf(" lod count: %d\n",header.LodCount);
+
+	/*
+	** Create the array of stuff for each LOD.
+	*/
+	lod_array = new HLodArrayEntry[lod_count];
+	if (!lod_array)
+		throw ErrorClass("Out Of Memory!");
+
+	int i;
+	for (i = 0; i < lod_count; i++)
+	{
+	
+		ExportLog::printf(" Exporting LOD Array %d\n",i);
+		
+		INode *origin = connections[i]->Get_Origin();
+		int sub_obj_count = connections[i]->Get_Sub_Object_Count();
+		lod_array[i].Allocate_Sub_Objects(sub_obj_count);
+		lod_array[i].header.ModelCount = sub_obj_count;
+
+		float screen_size = NO_MAX_SCREEN_SIZE;
+		if (origin)
+			origin->GetUserPropFloat("MaxScreenSize", screen_size);
+		lod_array[i].header.MaxScreenSize = screen_size;
+
+		/*
+		** Create the info per mesh in this LOD.
+		*/
+		int j;
+		W3dHLodSubObjectStruct *sub_obj = lod_array[i].sub_obj;
+		ExportLog::printf(" sub-object count: %d\n",sub_obj_count);
+		for (j = 0; j < sub_obj_count; j++)
+		{
+			char	*mesh_name;
+			int	bone_index;
+			INode	*mesh_node;
+			if (!connections[i]->Get_Sub_Object_Data(j, &mesh_name, &bone_index, &mesh_node))
+				throw ErrorClass("Model %s  is missing connection data!", name);
+
+			strcpy(sub_obj[j].Name, mesh_name);
+			sub_obj[j].BoneIndex = bone_index;
+
+			ExportLog::printf("  Sub Object: %s Bone: %d\n",mesh_name,bone_index);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Copy aggregates from the Top-Level LOD
+	*/
+	int agg_count = connections[lod_count-1]->Get_Aggregate_Count();
+	aggregate_array.Allocate_Sub_Objects(agg_count);
+	aggregate_array.header.ModelCount = agg_count;
+	aggregate_array.header.MaxScreenSize = 0.0f;
+	
+	ExportLog::printf(" Exporting Aggregates:\n");
+	ExportLog::printf(" aggregate count: %d\n",agg_count);
+
+	for (i=0; i<agg_count; i++) {
+
+		char	*mesh_name;
+		int	bone_index;
+		INode	*mesh_node;
+		connections[lod_count-1]->Get_Aggregate_Data(i, &mesh_name, &bone_index, &mesh_node);
+
+		W3dHLodSubObjectStruct & sub_obj = aggregate_array.sub_obj[i];
+		strcpy(sub_obj.Name, mesh_name);
+		sub_obj.BoneIndex = bone_index;
+
+		ExportLog::printf("  Aggregate object: %s Bone: %d\n",mesh_name,bone_index);
+
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Copy the proxy objects from the Top-Level LOD
+	*/
+	int proxy_count = connections[lod_count-1]->Get_Proxy_Count();
+	proxy_array.Allocate_Sub_Objects(proxy_count);
+	proxy_array.header.ModelCount = proxy_count;
+	proxy_array.header.MaxScreenSize = 0.0f;
+	
+	ExportLog::printf(" Exporting Proxies\n");
+	ExportLog::printf(" proxy count: %d\n",proxy_count);
+	for (i=0; i<proxy_count; i++) {
+	
+		char	*mesh_name;
+		int	bone_index;
+		INode	*mesh_node;
+		connections[lod_count-1]->Get_Proxy_Data(i, &mesh_name, &bone_index, &mesh_node);
+
+		W3dHLodSubObjectStruct & sub_obj = proxy_array.sub_obj[i];
+		strcpy(sub_obj.Name, mesh_name);
+		sub_obj.BoneIndex = bone_index;
+
+		ExportLog::printf("  Proxy object: %s Bone: %d\n",mesh_name,bone_index);
+	}
+
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ~HLodSaveClass -- Destructor blows away the dynamic memory we used.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   9/14/1999  AJA : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+HLodSaveClass::~HLodSaveClass (void)
+{
+	if (lod_array)
+	{
+		delete []lod_array;
+		lod_array = NULL;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HLodSaveClass::Save -- Method called when saving to a W3D file. Saves the chunks that       *
+ *  define a HLOD.                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   9/14/1999  AJA : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool HLodSaveClass::Save(ChunkSaveClass &csave)
+{
+	if (!lod_array)
+		return false;
+
+	if (!csave.Begin_Chunk(W3D_CHUNK_HLOD))
+		return false;
+
+	if (!save_header(csave))
+		return false;
+
+	if (!save_lod_arrays(csave))
+		return false;
+
+	if (!save_aggregate_array(csave))
+		return false;
+
+	if (!save_proxy_array(csave)) 
+		return false;
+
+	if (!csave.End_Chunk())
+		return false;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HLodSaveClass::save_header -- Write the header                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   9/14/1999  AJA : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool HLodSaveClass::save_header (ChunkSaveClass &csave)
+{
+	if (!csave.Begin_Chunk(W3D_CHUNK_HLOD_HEADER))
+		return false;
+
+	if (csave.Write(&header, sizeof(header)) != sizeof(header))
+		return false;
+
+	if (!csave.End_Chunk())
+		return false;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HLodSaveClass::save_lod_arrays -- Writes each LOD                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   9/14/1999  AJA : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool HLodSaveClass::save_lod_arrays(ChunkSaveClass &csave)
+{
+	for (int i = 0; i < header.LodCount; i++)
+	{
+		if (!csave.Begin_Chunk(W3D_CHUNK_HLOD_LOD_ARRAY))
+			return false;
+
+		if (!save_sub_object_array(csave, lod_array[i]))
+			return false;
+
+		if (!csave.End_Chunk())
+			return false;
+	}
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HLodSaveClass::save_aggregate_array -- save the aggregates (if any)                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/25/2000 gth : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool HLodSaveClass::save_aggregate_array(ChunkSaveClass & csave)
+{
+	if (aggregate_array.num_sub_objects > 0) {
+		if (!csave.Begin_Chunk(W3D_CHUNK_HLOD_AGGREGATE_ARRAY))
+			return false;
+
+		if (!save_sub_object_array(csave, aggregate_array))
+			return false;
+
+		if (!csave.End_Chunk())
+			return false;
+	}
+	return true;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HLodSaveClass::save_proxy_array -- save the array of proxies (if any)                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/27/2000 gth : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool HLodSaveClass::save_proxy_array(ChunkSaveClass & csave)
+{
+	if (proxy_array.num_sub_objects > 0) {
+		if (!csave.Begin_Chunk(W3D_CHUNK_HLOD_PROXY_ARRAY))
+			return false;
+
+		if (!save_sub_object_array(csave, proxy_array))
+			return false;
+
+		if (!csave.End_Chunk())
+			return false;
+	}
+	return true;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HLodSaveClass::save_sub_object_array -- Writes the mesh to bone connectivity info for each  *
+ * mesh in an LOD.                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   9/14/1999  AJA : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool HLodSaveClass::save_sub_object_array(ChunkSaveClass &csave, const HLodArrayEntry & array)
+{
+	if (!csave.Begin_Chunk(W3D_CHUNK_HLOD_SUB_OBJECT_ARRAY_HEADER))
+		return false;
+	
+	if (csave.Write(&(array.header), sizeof(array.header)) != sizeof(array.header))
+		return false;
+
+	if (!csave.End_Chunk())
+		return false;
+
+	for (int j = 0; j < array.num_sub_objects; j++)
+	{
+		if (!csave.Begin_Chunk(W3D_CHUNK_HLOD_SUB_OBJECT))
+			return false;
+
+		if (csave.Write(&(array.sub_obj[j]), sizeof(array.sub_obj[j])) != sizeof(array.sub_obj[j]))
+			return false;
+
+		if (!csave.End_Chunk())
+			return false;
+	}
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+

Generals/Code/Tools/WW3D/max2w3d/hlodsave.h

@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer Generals(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Renegade / G                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Archive:: /Commando/Code/Tools/max2w3d/hlodsave.h                     $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                      $Author:: Greg_h                                                      $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                     $Modtime:: 10/27/00 10:22a                                             $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    $Revision:: 4                                                           $*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#ifndef HLODSAVE_H
+#define HLODSAVE_H
+
+#include "always.h"
+
+#include <Max.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "w3d_file.h"
+#include "progress.h"
+#include "chunkio.h"
+#include "meshcon.h"
+
+
+class INodeListClass;
+class MeshConnectionsClass;
+
+
+/**
+** HLodSaveClass
+** This object takes an array of mesh-connections objects and exports an LOD model
+** constructed from them.
+*/
+class HLodSaveClass
+{
+public:
+	HLodSaveClass (MeshConnectionsClass **connections, int lod_count, TimeValue CurTime,
+						char *name, const char *htree_name, Progress_Meter_Class &meter,
+						INodeListClass *origin_list);
+	~HLodSaveClass (void);
+
+	bool Save (ChunkSaveClass &csave);
+
+
+protected:
+
+	/*
+	** class HLodArrayEntry hold the HLOD tree that we will save out in the Save() method.
+	*/
+	class HLodArrayEntry
+	{
+	public:
+		W3dHLodArrayHeaderStruct	header;
+		W3dHLodSubObjectStruct		*sub_obj;
+		int								num_sub_objects;
+
+		HLodArrayEntry (int num_sub_objs = 0)
+		{
+			sub_obj = NULL;
+			num_sub_objects = 0;
+			Allocate_Sub_Objects(num_sub_objs);
+		}
+
+		~HLodArrayEntry (void)
+		{
+			if (sub_obj)
+			{
+				delete sub_obj;
+				sub_obj = NULL;
+				num_sub_objects = 0;
+			}
+		}
+
+		bool Allocate_Sub_Objects (int num)
+		{
+			if (num <= 0) return false;
+			num_sub_objects = 0;
+			sub_obj = new W3dHLodSubObjectStruct[num];
+			if (!sub_obj) return false;
+			num_sub_objects = num;
+			return true;
+		}
+
+		bool operator == (const HLodArrayEntry & that)	{ return false; }
+		bool operator != (const HLodArrayEntry & that)	{ return !(*this == that); }
+	};
+
+	bool save_header (ChunkSaveClass &csave);
+	bool save_lod_arrays (ChunkSaveClass &csave);
+	bool save_aggregate_array (ChunkSaveClass & csave);
+	bool save_proxy_array(ChunkSaveClass & csave);
+	bool save_sub_object_array(ChunkSaveClass & csave, const HLodArrayEntry & array);
+
+	W3dHLodHeaderStruct					header;
+	HLodArrayEntry	*						lod_array;
+	HLodArrayEntry							aggregate_array;
+	HLodArrayEntry							proxy_array;
+};
+
+
+
+#endif